FCC ID: E4E6CYSIDV6800208 ReaderWriter/RFID System

 

V680-series ID Flag Sensors Users Manual ID Flag Sensors V680-HAM91 V680-HAM81 Antennas V680-HS51 V680-HS52 V680-HS61 V680-HS63 V680-HS65 RF Tags V680-D1KP52MT V680-D1KP52M-BT01/D1KP52M-BT11 V680-D1KP53M V680-D1KP54T V680-D1KP66T/-D1KP66MT V680-D1KP66T-SP V680-D1KP58HTN V680-D2KF52M V680-D2KF52M-BT01/D2KF52M-BT11 V680-D8KF67/-D8KF67M V680-D8KF68/-D32KF68 V680S-D2KF67/-D2KF67M V680S-D2KF68/-D2KF68M V680S-D8KF67/-D8KF67M V680S-D8KF68/-D8KF68M Man. No.: Z279-E1-09 Introduction Thank you for purchasing a V680/V680S-series ID System. This manual describes the functions, performance, and application methods needed for optimum use of the V680-series RFID System. Please observe the following items when using the ID System. Allow the ID System to be installed and operated only by qualified specialist with a sufficient knowledge of electrical systems. Read and understand this manual before attempting to use the ID System and use the ID System correctly. Keep this manual in a safe and accessible location so that it is available for reference when required. I n t r o d u c t i o n S e c t i o n 1 S e c t i o n 2 S e c t i o n 3 S e c t i o n 4 S e c t i o n 5 S e c t i o n 6 S e c t i o n 7 Introduc-

tion READ AND UNDERSTAND THIS DOCUMENT Section 1 Product Overview Section 2 Names and Functions of Components Section 3 Functions Section 4 Installation, Connections, and Wiring Section 5 Control I/O Interface Section 6 Troubleshooting Section 7 Appendices RFID System 19MAH-086V 18MAH-086V 15SH-086V 25SH-086V 16SH-086V 36SH-086V 56SH-086V TM25PK1-086V V680-1KP52MT-BT01/-D1KP52M-BT11 M35PK1-086V T45PK1-086V V680-1KP66T/-D1KP66MT PS-T66PK1-086V NTH85PK1-086V M25FK2-086V V680-2KF52MT-BT01/-D 2KF52M-BT11 V680-8KF67/-D8KF67M V680-D8KF68/-D32KF68 V680S-2KF67/-D2KF67M V680S-2KF68/-D2KF68M V680S-8KF67/-D8KF67M V680S-8KF68/-D8KF68M User's Manual rosneS galF DI rosneS galF DI annetnA annetnA annetnA annetnA annetnA gaT FR RF Tag gaT FR gaT FR RF Tag gaT FR gaT FR gaT FR RF Tag RF Tag RF Tag RF Tag RF Tag RF Tag RF Tag I n t r o d u c t i o n Introduction READ AND UNDERSTAND THIS DOCUMENT Please read and understand this document before using the products. Please consult your OMRON representative if you have any questions or comments. WARRANTY OMRONs exclusive warranty is that the products are free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one year (or other period if specified) from date of sale by OMRON. OMRON MAKES NO WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, REGARDING NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, OR FIT-

NESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE OF THE PRODUCTS. ANY BUYER OR USER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE BUYER OR USER ALONE HAS DETERMINED THAT THE PRODUCTS WILL SUITABLY MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THEIR INTENDED USE. OMRON DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY OMRON SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, LOSS OF PROFITS OR COMMERCIAL LOSS IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THE PRODUCTS, WHETHER SUCH CLAIM IS BASED ON CONTRACT, WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE, OR STRICT LIABIL-

ITY. In no event shall responsibility of OMRON for any act exceed the individual price of the product on which liability is asserted. IN NO EVENT SHALL OMRON BE RESPONSIBLE FOR WARRANTY, REPAIR, OR OTHER CLAIMS REGARDING THE PRODUCTS UNLESS OMRONS ANALYSIS CONFIRMS THAT THE PRODUCTS WERE PROPERLY HANDLED, STORED, INSTALLED, AND MAINTAINED AND NOT SUBJECT TO CON-

TAMINATION, ABUSE, MISUSE, OR INAPPROPRIATE MODIFICATION OR REPAIR. SUITABILITY FOR USE THE PRODUCTS CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT ARE NOT SAFETY RATED. THEY ARE NOT DESIGNED OR RATED FOR ENSURING SAFETY OF PERSONS, AND SHOULD NOT BE RELIED UPON AS A SAFETY COMPONENT OR PROTECTIVE DEVICE FOR SUCH PURPOSES. Please refer to sep-

arate catalogs for OMRON's safety rated products. OMRON shall not be responsible for conformity with any standards, codes, or regulations that apply to the combination of products in the customers applica-

tion or use of the product. At the customers request, OMRON will provide applicable third party certification documents identifying ratings and limitations of use that apply to the prod-

ucts. This information by itself is not sufficient for a complete determination of the suitability of the products in combination with the end product, machine, system, or other application or use. The following are some examples of applications for which particular attention must be given. This is not intended to be an exhaustive list of all possible uses of the products, nor is it intended to imply that the uses listed may be suitable for the products:

Outdoor use, uses involving potential chemical contamination or electrical interference, or conditions or uses not described in this document. Nuclear energy control systems, combustion systems, railroad systems, aviation systems, medical equipment, amusement machines, vehicles, safety equipment, and installations subject to separate industry or government regulations. Systems, machines, and equipment that could present a risk to life or property. Please know and observe all prohibitions of use applicable to the products. NEVER USE THE PRODUCTS FOR AN APPLICATION INVOLVING SERIOUS RISK TO LIFE OR PROPERTY WITHOUT ENSURING THAT THE SYSTEM AS A WHOLE HAS BEEN DESIGNED TO ADDRESS THE RISKS, AND THAT THE OMRON PRODUCT IS PROPERLY RATED AND INSTALLED FOR THE INTENDED USE WITHIN THE OVERALL EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEM. PERFORMANCE DATA Performance data given in this document is provided as a guide for the user in determining suitability and does not constitute a warranty. It may represent the result of OMRONs test conditions, and the users must correlate it to actual application requirements. Actual performance is subject to the OMRON Warranty and Limitations of Liability. CHANGE IN SPECIFICATIONS Product specifications and accessories may be changed at any time based on improvements and other reasons. It is our practice to change model numbers when published ratings or features are changed, or when significant construction changes are made. However, some specifications of the product may be changed without any notice. When in doubt, special model numbers may be assigned to fix or establish key spec-

ifications for your application on your request. Please consult with your OMRON representative at any time to confirm actual specifications of purchased prod-

ucts. DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Dimensions and weights are nominal and are not to be used for manufacturing purposes, even when tolerances are shown. ERRORS AND OMISSIONS The information in this document has been carefully checked and is believed to be accurate; however, no responsibility is assumed for clerical, typographical, or proofreading errors, or omissions. PROGRAMMABLE PRODUCTS OMRON shall not be responsible for the users programming of a programmable product, or any consequence thereof. COPYRIGHT AND COPY PERMISSION This document shall not be copied for sales or promotions without permission. This document is protected by copyright and is intended solely for use in con-

junction with the product. Please notify us before copying or reproducing this document in any manner, for any other purpose. If copying or transmitting this document to another, please copy or transmit it in its entirety. 2 RFID System User's Manual Introduction Safety Precautions

Alert Symbols for Safe Use The following symbols are used in this manual to indicate precautions that must be observed to ensure safe use of V680-HAM91, V680-HAM81, V680-series Antennas, and V680/V680S-series RF Tags. The precautions provided here contain important safety information. Be sure to observe these precautions. The following signal words are used in this manual. WARNING Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in minor or mod-

erate injury, or may result in serious injury or death. Additionally, there may be significant property damage. I n t r o d u c t i o n

Meanings of Alert Symbols Indicates general prohibitions for which there is no specific symbol.

Warning WARNING These Products are not designed to be used either directly or indirectly in applications that detect human presence for the purpose of maintaining safety. Do not use these Products as a sensing means for protecting human lives. RFID System User's Manual 3 Introduction I n t r o d u c t i o n Precautions for Safe Use Be sure to observe the following precautions to ensure safe use of the Products. 1. Do not use the Products in environments with flammable, explosive, or corrosive gasses. 2. Do not attempt to disassemble, repair, or modify any Product. 3. Because a cable has a locking mechanism, make sure that it has been locked before using the cable. 4. Make sure the power supplied by the DC power supply unit is within the rated power supply voltage (24 VDC +10%/15%) before using the Product. 5. Do not connect the power supply in reverse. 6. Do not allow water or pieces of wire to enter from openings in the case. Doing so may cause fire or electric shock. 7. Provide sufficient ventilation space. 8. Do not install the Products near any equipment that generates a large amount of heat (such as heaters, transformers, and large-capacity resistors). 9. Turn OFF the Controller power supply before mounting or removing an Antenna. 10. If an error is detected in any Product, immediately stop operation and turn OFF the power supply. Consult with an OMRON representative. 11. Dispose of the Products as industrial waste. 12. Using thinner, benzene, acetone, or kerosene for cleaning may affect the resin parts and the surface of the case. For detail, refer Chemical Resistance of the Antennas and RF Tags on page 210 and do not use chemicals that affect the resin parts and the surface of the case. 13. If multiple Antennas are mounted near each other, communications performance may decrease due to mutual interference. Refer to Mutual Interference between Antennas (Reference) on page 149 and check to make sure there is no mutual interference between the Antennas. 14. To remove the Unit, catch a tool on the hook and gently remove the Unit. 15. Do not perform wiring incorrectly or short-circuit the load. Doing so may result in rupture or damage from burning. 16. Do not use the product in environments subject to oil. 17. Do not never use the AC power supply. 4 RFID System User's Manual Introduction Precautions for Correct Use Always observe the following precautions to prevent operation failures, malfunctions, and adverse effects on performance and equipment. I n t r o d u c t i o n 1. Installation and Storage Environment Do not use or store the Product in the following locations. Locations subject to corrosive gases, dust, dirt, metal powder, or salt. Locations where the specified ambient temperature and ambient humidity range is exceeded. Locations subject to extreme temperature changes that may result in condensation. Locations where the product would be directly subjected to vibration or shock exceeding specifica-

tions. Locations subject to contact with water, oil, or chemicals 2. Installation The Products communicate with RF Tags using the 13.56-MHz frequency band. Some motors, inverters, and switching power supplies generate noise that can affect communications with the RF Tags and cause errors. If such devices are located near the RF Tags, always test operation in advance to confirm whether the system will be affected. Observe the following precautions to minimize the effects of normal noise.

(1) Ground all metal objects in the vicinity of the Products to 100 or less.

(2) Do not use the Products near high-voltage or high-current lines. Do not pull on the cables with excessive strength. The Product is not waterproof. Do not use it in an environment where mist is present. Do not expose the Products to chemicals that adversely affect the Product materials. The dust cover is attached at the CN2 connector. When neither writing in the RF Tags nor address shift function/noise check function is used, the connection to this connector is unnecessary. In this case, please keep the duct cover attached. The communications range is adversely affected if there is any metal material around the RF Tag. Transmission will not be possible if the front and back panels are mistakenly reversed and the Unit is mounted to a metallic surface. V680-D1KP66MT V680S-D2KF67M V680S-D2KF68M V680S-D8KF67M V680S-D8KF68M The transmission distance will be reduced when the Unit is not mounted to a metallic surface. mounted to a metallic surface. V680-D1KP66MT V680S-D2KF67M V680S-D2KF68M V680S-D8KF67M V680S-D8KF68M The maximum communications range can be obtained when the Antenna faces the RF tag directly. When the RF tag is installed at a tilt, the communications range is reduced. Consider the effect of the RF tag at tilt when installing the RF Tag. RFID System User's Manual 5 Introduction I n t r o d u c t i o n Provide the mounting distances between plural RF tags to prevent them from malfunctions due to mutual interference. If the central axis of an antenna and RF tag shifts, a communications range will fall. Do not touch the product immediately after usage at high temperatures. Doing so may occasionally result in burning. 3. About control at the initial state There is a possibility that the state of Input/Output becomes unstable while starting this product. Please control Input/Output after one second or more passes after turning on the power supply to this product. 4. Use at high temperatures (V680-D1KP58HTN) Data stored in memory in the RF Tag may be lost due to the characteristics of EEPROM, if the accu-

mulated usage time of the RF Tag at a high temperature over 125C exceeds 10 hours after writing data to the RF Tag. Do not communicate between the Antenna and the RF Tag in an environment where the ambient operating temperature is 85C or higher. An error in communications between the Antenna and the RF Tag may occur. Do not use the commands using UID (unique identification number for each RF Tag) when the RF tag is used at a high temperature over 125C. The UID may be lost due to the characteristics of EEPROM. For Use at high temperatures, refer to Product Specifications - Use at high temperatures (V680-D1KP58HTN) in Sec-

tion 7 Appendices. p.101 6 RFID System User's Manual I n t r o d u c t i o n M e a n n g s o f i S y m b o l s Introduction Meanings of Symbols Indicates particularly important points related to a function, including precautions and application advice. Indicates page numbers containing relevant information. Indicates reference to helpful information and explanations for difficult terminology. RFID System User's Manual 7 Introduction MEMO I n t r o d u c t i o n M e a n n g s o f i S y m b o l s 8 RFID System User's Manual Table of Contents Introduction Safety Precautions Precautions for Safe Use Precautions for Correct Use Meanings of Symbols Table of Contents Section 1 Product Overview Features System Configuration Section 2 Names and Functions of Components ID Flag Sensor Antennas RF Tags Section 3 Functions Communications Mode Optional Functions Wire-saving Mode Parity Check Address Shift Noise Measurement Write Protection Section 4 Installation, Connections, and Wiring ID Flag Sensor Installing Antennas Installing RF Tags Introduction I n t r o c u c t i o n 3 4 5 7 9 11 12 13 15 16 23 24 27 28 30 32 33 34 35 36 39 40 45 48 RFID System User's Manual 9 59 60 61 62 71 75 76 77 78 79 80 114 157 207 208 210 216 231 234 Introduction I n t r o d u c t i o n Section 5 Control I/O Interface I/O Interface Control I/O Control Flow Timing Charts Sample Programming Section 6 Troubleshooting Handling Errors Errors and Countermeasures Maintenance and Inspection Section 7 Appendices Product Specifications Characteristics Reference Data: Antenna and RF Tags Installation RF Tag Memory Capacities and Memory Types RF Tag Memory Map Chemical Resistance of the Antennas and RF Tags V600-Compatible Mode Degree of Protection Revision History 10 RFID System User's Manual Section 1 Product Overview Features System Configuration 12 13 S e c t i o n 1 P r o d u c t O v e r v i e w RFID System Users Manual 11 Section 1 Product Overview Features The V680-series ID System uses electromagnetic induction in the 13.56-MHz bandwidth, which conforms to the international standards in ISO/IEC 18000-3 (ISO/IEC 15693). A V680-series ID System enables reading and writing RF Tag data without contact by connecting a V680-HAM91/V680-HAM81 ID Flag Sensor to a V680-series Antenna. With control performed in connection with the Basic I/O Units of a Programmable Controller, ID Flag Sensors provide data management for applications such as quality and process control at production sites. S e c t i o n 1 F e a t u r e s

Simple Operation with I/O Control as Simple as Using a Regular Sensor The V680-HAM91 and V680-HAM81 can be used right away to create an RFID System with operation as easy as with regular Sensors. Start operation simply by setting the mode switch on the ID Flag Sensor to output the read results to the I/O interface.

Advanced Line Management In accessing RF Tag data, up to 64,000 IDs are possible with 16-bit data. And, using the address shift function enables accessing up to 128 bits, making it possible to build advanced lines.

Conforms to International Standards of ISO/IEC 18000-3 (ISO/IEC 15693) Compliance with international standards enables the V680 to be exported to and used in the world's main countries.

RF Tags Available with EEPROM or FRAM Two types of RF Tag memory are available: EEPROM, with a maximum heat resistance of 180C

(30 min./200 cycles) and a capacity of 1,000 bytes, and FRAM, with a capacity of 2, 8, or 32 kilobytes, and long memory life of 10 billion accesses. Chose the ideal type for various worksite applications.

Smooth Replacement of Previous RFID Systems All functions of the previous V600 Series are supported, so assets on existing lines can still be used. 12 RFID System User's Manual Section 1 Product Overview System Configuration The ID Flag Sensor is connected to a Programmable Co ntroller or wire-reduction device using I/O Interface. The ID Flag Sensor can be connected with a connector by using a optional interface cable. All of the various V680-series Antennas and RF Tags can be used. Host Programmable Controllers, Link Terminal (B7A), I/O Relay Terminal etc. Sensor Controller Interface Cable Terminal block wiring V680-A60 2 m 5 m 10 m ID Flag Sensor Connector connection V680-HAM81 V680-HAM91 Antenna V680-HS51 V680-HS52-R V680-HS52-W V680-HS61 V680-HS63-R V680-HS63-W V680-HS65-R V680-HS65-W Connector connection S e c t i o n 1 S y s t e m C o n fi g u r a t i o n Wireless Communications RF Tags V680-D1KP52MT V680-D2KF52M V680-D1KP52M-BT01 V680-D1KP52M-BT11 V680-D2KF52M-BT01 V680-D2KF52M-BT11 V680-D1KP53M V680-D1KP58HTN V680-D8KF68 V680-D32KF68 V680S-D2KF68 V680S-D2KF68M V680S-D8KF68 V680S-D8KF68M V680-D1KP54T V680-D1KP66T V680-D1KP66MT V680-D1KP66T-SP V680-D8KF67 V680-D8KF67M V680S-D2KF67 V680S-D2KF67M V680S-D8KF67 V680S-D8KF67M When embedding the V680-D1KP52MT, V680-D1KP53M, and V680-D 2KF52M in a metal surface, please use the V680-HS51 or -HS52 Antenna. It can not communicate with the V680-HS63 Antenna. When using a V680S-D8KF @@ , to use the ID Flag Sensor production after October 2014. RFID System User's Manual 13 Section 1 Product Overview MEMO S e c t i o n 1 S y s t e m C o n f i g u r a t i o n 14 RFID System User's Manual Section 2 Names and Functions of Components ID Flag Sensor Antennas RF Tags 16 23 24 S e c t i o n 2 N a m e s a n d F u n c t i o n s o f C o m p o n e n t s RFID System User's Manual 15 Section 2 Names and Functions of Components ID Flag Sensor

Interface Connector : CN1 Connect to 24VDC power, INHIBIT/TRIG Input and Outputs. Recommended Power Supply : S8VS-03024(OMRON) Note. Please use the Interface Cable(Optional).

Interface Connector : CN2 Connect to Inputs. Note. Please use the optional Interface Cable(Optional).

State Indicator LED RUN : ID Flag Sensor Status(Green) T/R : RF Tag communications status(Yellow) NORMAL/ERROR : IF Flag Sensor operation result(Green/Red) READ/WRITE : READ or WRITE operation status(Green/Yellow) VERIFY OK/NG : Verify Read operation result(Green/Red)

Data Display LED Date Display(Green) Error Code Display(Red) Noise Level Display (Green)

Mode Switches IF Flag Sensor Operation Mode setting switches. Access Mode Setting Switch : Set the access mode to the RF Tags. Output Mode Setting Switch : Set the output mode and output time. Read Mode Setting Switch : Set the read operation mode. Write Mode Setting Switch : Set the write operation mode.

Access Address Setting Set the access address to the RF Tag in hexadecimal notation (0000 hex to FFFF hex)

Antenna Connector Connects to V680-series Antennas. S e c t i o n 2 I D F l a g S e n s o r 16 RFID System User's Manual Section 2 Names and Functions of Components

Status Indicator LED

RUN The ID Flag Sensor status is displayed. Status Lit green Normal Definition Not lit No power supply or Fatal error.

T/R The communication status with the RF Tags is displayed. Status Definition Lit yellow Communicating with RF Tag , Measuring Noise level. Not lit Standby

NORMAL ERROR The ID Flag Sensor operation result is displayed. Status Definition Lit green Normal Completion Lit red Not lit Error occurred Standby

READ/WRITE The Read or Write operation mode is displayed. Status Definition Lit green Read operation Lit yellow Write operation Not lit Standby or Noise check operation

VERIFY OK/NG The Verify Read operation result is displayed. Status Definition Lit green Verification result is matched. Lit red Not lit Verification result is mismatched. Standby

Data Display LED The Data Display LED show the 16 bits of data that was read or written when communication complete normally, and show the Error Code when error was occurred. It also show the Noise Level when measured the noise level. Status Definition Lit green Data ( Read, Write, Noise Level ) Flashing red/Lit red Error Code Not lit Standby S e c t i o n 2 I D F l a g S e n s o r RFID System User's Manual 17 Section 2 Names and Functions of Components

I/O Connector CN1 CN1 connects to 24 VDC, INHIBIT/TRIG input and all other Outputs. Triangle mark S e c t i o n 2 I D F l a g S e n s o r 25 26 1 2 I/O connector : CN1 ID Flag Sensor connectors viewed from mating side MIL-compliant Connector (MIL-C-83503)

(Applicable Connector: OMRON XG4A-2639-A) Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 Name FG Not used. Not used. Wire colors

(See Note1.) Description FG line FG ground terminal

NOISE_OUT Gray/Red ON when checking noise 0 V 24 VDC PARITY Blue 24-VDC power supply GND line Brown 24-VDC power supply input line Gray/White Parity check output (Even: OFF, Odd: ON) INHIBIT/TRIG Red Inhibit input for auto modes 1, 2, and 3 Trigger input for trigger modes 1, 2, and 3 NORMAL/STRB Light green Normal read completion output in Read Mode Output for verification results in Verify Mode Normal write completion output for Write Mode Strobe output when Read Mode is set to Wire-saving Mode ERR OD9 OD8 OD11 OD10 OD13 OD12 OD15 OD14 OD1 OD0 OD3 OD2 OD5 OD4 OD7 OD6 Purple Error output (OFF: active) (See Note2.) White/Red Read data output bit 10 White/Black Read data output bit 9 White/Yellow Read data output bit 12 White/Green Read data output bit 11 White/Blue Read data output bit 14 White/Brown Read data output bit 13 Gray/Black Read data output bit 16 White/Orange Read data output bit 15 Yellow Green Black White Read data output bit 2 Read data output bit 1 Match output in Verify Mode Read data output bit 4 Read data output bit 3 Orange Read data output bit 6 Gray Pink Read data output bit 5 Read data output bit 8 Mismatch output in Verify Mode Light blue Read data output bit 7 I/O FG

Output Power supply Power supply Output Input Output Output Output Output Outpu Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Note1: Wire colors are for the V680-A60 Interface Cable (sold separately). 2: ERR Output is OFF active. It turns ON after Powered-up correctly. It can use as checking output for powering up the product. 18 RFID System User's Manual S e c t i o n 2 I D F l a g S e n s o r Section 2 Names and Functions of Components

I/O Connector CN2 CN2 connects to Input signals except for INHIBIT/TRIG. 25 26 Triangle mark 1 2 I/O connector : CN2 ID Flag Sensor connectors viewed from mating side MIL-compliant Connector (MIL-C-83503)

(Applicable Connector: OMRON XG4A-2639-A) Pin No.. Name Wire colors

(See Note.) Description 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 FG Not used. Not used Not used R/W FG line FG ground terminal

Gray/Red

Blue Read/write mode switching input (Read: OFF, Write: ON) NOISE_IN/WRITE PROTECT Brown Noise check mode setting input (Noise check : ON in Read mode) Write protect enable/disable input (Enabled : OFF, Disabled : ON in Write mode) ADR2 Not used ADR0 ADR1 Gray/White Address shift input bit 2 Red

Light green Address shift input bit 0 Purple Address shift input bit 1 ID9 ID8 ID11 ID10 ID13 ID12 ID15 ID14 ID1 ID0 ID3 ID2 ID5 ID4 ID7 ID6 White/Red Write data input bit 10 in Write Mode. Verify data input bit 10 in Verify Mode White/Black Write data input bit 9 in Write Mode Verify data input bit 9 in Verify Mode White/Yellow Write data input bit 12 in Write Mode Verify data input bit 12 in Verify Mode White/Green Write data input bit 11 in Write Mode Verify data input bit 11 in Verify Mode White/Blue Write data input bit 14 in Write Mode Verify data input bit 14 in Verify Mode White/Brown Write data input bit 13 in Write Mode Verify data input bit 13 in Verify Mode Gray/Black Write data input bit 16 in Write Mode Verify data input bit 16 in Verify Mode White/Orange Write data input bit 15 in Write Mode Verify data input bit 15 in Verify Mode Yellow Green Black White Write data input bit 2 in Write Mode Verify data input bit 2 in Verify Mode Write data input bit 1 in Write Mode Verify data input bit 1 in Verify Mode Write data input bit 4 in Write Mode Verify data input bit 4 in Verify Mode Write data input bit 3 in Write Mode Verify data input bit 3 in Verify Mode Orange Write data input bit 6 in Write Mode Verify data input bit 6 in Verify Mode Gray Pink Write data input bit 5 in Write Mode Verify data input bit 5 in Verify Mode Write data input bit 8 in Write Mode Verify data input bit 8 in Verify Mode Light blue Write data input bit 7 in Write Mode Verify data input bit 7 in Verify Mode I/O FG

Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Note: Wire colors are for the V680-A60 Interface Cable (sold separately). This connector is not required if data will not be written to RF Tags or the address shift function and noise check function will not be used. RFID System User's Manual 19 Section 2 Names and Functions of Components

Mode Setting Switches

Access Mode Setting Switch Use this switch to set the communications mode for communications with RF Tags. S e c t i o n 2 I D F l a g S e n s o r Refer to the following figure for a set position of the Setting Switch. No. Name Cutting edge Example) When it sets " 1" . Remarks SYNC1 TRIGGER MODE 1 : The ID Flag Sensor starts to communicate with RF Tags when the trigger signal inputs. AUTO1 AUTO MODE 1 : The ID Flag Sensor starts to communicate with RF Tags automatically when the RF Tag comes in the communication area. SYNC2 TRIGGER MODE 2 : Functional compatible mode with V600 series (V600-HAM91/-HAM81/-HAR91/-HAR81) AUTO2 AUTO MODE 2 : Functional compatible mode with V600 series (V600-HAM91/-HAM81/-HAR91/-HAR81) SYNC3 TRIGGER MODE 3 : Functional compatible mode of V600 series (V600-HAR92) AUTO3 AUTO MODE 3 : Functional compatible mode of V600 series (V600-HAR92) NOISE CHECK

NOISE MEASURING MODE : The maintenance mode to measure the environmental noise level. Setting Prohibit

(The ID Flag Sensor indicates Settings Error.) p.62 p.66 p.218 p.221 p.224 p.226 p.69 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Output Mode Setting Switch Use this switch to set the output mode and output time width. Refer to the following figure for a set position of the Setting Switch. Cutting edge Example) When it sets " 1" . No. Setting Setting Combination with the access mode 10 ms OFF DELAY 10 ms OFF delay 50 ms OFF DELAY 50 ms OFF delay 500 ms OFF DELAY 500 ms OFF delay 10 ms 50 ms 10 ms output 50 ms output CONTINUOUS Continuous output Auto Mode 1, Auto Mode 3, or Trigger Mode 3 Note: A mode setting error will occur if one of the above access modes is not set. Auto Mode 2 or Trigger Mode 3 Note: A mode setting error will occur if one of the above access modes is not set.

Setting prohibited : except for Trigger Mode1(See Note.)

(The ID Flag Sensor indicates Settings Error.) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Note. TRIGGER MODE 1 is not influenced the OUTPUT MODE settings. Set the OUTPUT mode switch either from " 0" to " 9" . The setting of the mode setting switch is read only when the power supply is turned ON. Therefore, settings cannot be changed while the power is being supplied. Turn OFF the power supply before changing the settings. 20 RFID System User's Manual Section 2 Names and Functions of Components

Read Mode Setting Switch Use this switch to set the mode for reading data. Refer to the following figure for a set position of the Setting Switch. No

. Name Cutting edge Example) When it sets " 1" . Description DATA READ1 Outputs read data. DATA READ2 Outputs read data in Wire-saving Mode. VERIFY Compares external input data with read data and outputs the verification result.

Setting prohibited.

(The ID Flag Sensor indicates Settings Error.) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Write Mode Setting Switch Use this switch to set the mode for writing data. Refer to the following figure for a set position of the Setting Switch. Cutting edge Example) When it sets " 1" . No. Name Description S e c t i o n 2 I D F l a g S e n s o r p.32 p.31

2-BYTE WRITE Write the 2 bytes (16 bits) of data that is input to the external data inputs (ID 0 to ID15) to the RF Tag. BIT SET When external data (ID0 to ID15) is input, only the ON bits will be turned ON. The other bits will not be changed. BIT CLEAR When external data (ID0 to ID15) is input, only the ON bits will be turned OFF. The other bits will not be changed. 1-BYTE WRITE Write the 1 byte (8 bits) of data that is input to external data input bits ID0 to ID7 to the RF Tag. Inputs for external data input bits ID8 to ID15 will be ignored. (See Note.)

Setting prohibited.

(The ID Flag Sensor indicates Settings Error.) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Note : This is for supporting V600-series (V600-HAM91/-HAM81) 1byte(8bits) write operation. The setting of the mode setting switch is read only when the power supply is turned ON. Therefore, settings cannot be changed while the power is being supplied. Turn OFF the power supply before changing the settings. RFID System User's Manual 21 Section 2 Names and Functions of Components

Access Address Setting Switches Use these switches to set the memory address for reading data. S e c t i o n 2 I D F l a g S e n s o r Item Description Setting method Specify the memory address of the RF Tag in 4-digit hexadecimal. Example to specify an RF Tag memory address of 01A3 hex:

0 1 A 3 Refer to the following figure for a set position of the Setting Switch. Cutting edge Example) When it sets " B" . Setting range 0000 to FFFF hex (See note.) Default setting: 0000 hex Note: The upper 8 bits will not be read if FFFF hex is specified for a16-bit read/

write operation. All output bits will be OFF. The setting of the access address setting switches is read only when the power supply is turned ON. Therefore, settings cannot be changed while the power is being supplied. Turn OFF the power supply before changing the settings.

Antenna Connector Connect this connector to the V680-series Antenna (described in this User's Manual). 1 2 Pin No. Name Description 1 2 S Signal line GND Analog ground I/O

22 RFID System User's Manual Names and Functions of Components Section 2 Antennas V680-HS51

(2) Communications sufrace

(3) Ferrite core V680-HS52

(2) Communications sufrace

(1) Operation indicator

(3) Ferrite core V680-HS63

(2) Communications sufrace

(3) Ferrite core

(1) Operation indicator V680-HS65

(2) Communications sufrace

(1) Operation indicator

(3) Ferrite core V680-HS61

(3) Ferrite core

(2) Communications sufrace

(4) Connector No. 1 2 3 4 Name Description Operation indicator Lights when a signal is transmitted. Communication surface Mounted facing the RF Tags. Ferrite core Connector Connects to the ID Flag Sensor. S e c t i o n 2 A n t e n n a s

(4) Connector

(4) Connector

(4) Connector

(4) Connector RFID System User's Manual 23 S e c t i o n 2 R F T a g s Section 2 Names and Functions of Components RF Tags

V680-D1KP52MT/-D2KF52M

V680-D1KP52M-BT01/-D2KF52M-BT01

V680-D1KP52M-BT11/-D2KF52M-BT11

V680-D1KP53M

V680-D1KP54T

V680-D1KP66T/D1KP66MT

V680-D1KP66T-SP

V680-D1KP58HTN The ID Flag Sensor communications with the RF Tags through the Antenna to read and write data in the internal memory of the RF Tags. The printed side is the communications surface. Mount the RF Tags with the communications surfaces facing the Antenna. 24 RFID System User's Manual Section 2 Names and Functions of Components S e c t i o n 2 R F T a g s

V680-D8KF67/-D8KF67M

V680-D8KF68/-D32KF68

V680S-D2KF67/-D2KF67M

V680S-D2KF68/-D2KF68M

V680S-D8KF67/-D8KF67M

V680S-D8KF68/-D8KF68M The ID Flag Sensor communications with the RF Tags through the Antenna to read and write data in the internal memory of the RF Tags. The printed side is the communications surface. Mount the RF Tags with the communications surfaces facing the Antenna. RFID System User's Manual 25 Section 2 Names and Functions of Components MEMO S e c t i o n 2 R F T a g s 26 RFID System User's Manual Section 3 Functions Communications Mode Optional Functions Wire-saving Mode Parity Check Address Shift Noise Measurement Write Protection S e c t i o n 3 F u n c t i o n s 28 30 32 33 34 35 36 RFID System User's Manual 27 Section 3 Functions Communications Mode The ID Flag Sensor operates after reading the setting of the mode setting switches when the power supply is turned ON. Set the mode for communications with the RF Tags or set the Noise Measurement Mode on the access mode setting switch. There are three communications modes, each with different timing for completing communications with RF Tags: Mode 1, Mode 2, and Mode 3. Also, each of these modes has two other modes to specify when to start communications with the RF Tags: Trigger Mode and Auto Mode. Mode 2 and Mode 3 are compatible with the V600 series. Communications end timing Communications start timing Access mode setting switch Mode overview Mode 1 Mode 2 Mode 3 Trigger Mode1 Auto Mode1 Trigger Mode2 Auto Mode2 Trigger Mode3 Auto Mode3 0: SYNC1 1: AUTO1 2: SYNC2 3: AUTO2 4: SYNC3 5: AUTO3 Standard modes Compatible with V600-HAR91/81 and HAM91/81. Compatible with V600-HAR92. Some of the functions supported in Mode 1 cannot be used in the V600-compatible modes. For details, refer to V600-Compatible Mode. p.216 S e c t i o n 3 C o m m u n i c a t i o n s M o d e Trigger Mode In Trigger Mode, an RF Tag on a workpiece or pallet in the interrogation zone of the Antenna is detected by a sensor or a switch. A control signal (called the trigger signal) is output from the PLC to the ID Flag Sensor to trigger the ID Flag Sensor to begin communications with the RF Tag. The ID Flag Sensor reads the RF Tag data and outputs the results to the PLC. PLC V680-A60 Interface Cable V680-series RF Tag V680-HAM91/V680-HAM81 ID Flag Sensor V680-series Antenna Pallet Sensor or Switch Only one Interface Cable (I/O connector CN1) is used to read RF Tag data. The address shift, noise check, and parity check functions, however, are not possible when only CN1 is used. 28 RFID System User's Manual Section 3 Functions Auto Mode In Auto Mode, the ID Flag Sensor automatically begins communications with a RF Tag on a workpiece or pallet when it enters the interrogation zone of the Antenna, and then the ID Flag Sensor outputs the result to the PLC. PLC V680-A60 Interface Cable V680-HAM91/V680-HAM81 ID Flag Sensor V680-series Antenna V680-series RF Tag Pallet S e c t i o n 3 C o m m u n i c a t i o n s M o d e Only one Interface Cable (I/O connector CN1) is used to read RF Tag data. The address shift, noise check, and parity check functions, however, are not possible when only CN1 is used. Noise Measurement The Noise Measurement Mode can be used to check if there is noise around the Antenna that is affecting communications with the RF Tag. When the power supply is turned ON with the access mode switch set to this mode, the noise around the Antenna will be measured and the result will be displayed on indicators and output to external outputs. Noise measurement can performed with the above mode setting or by turning ON the NOISE_IN external input when Trigger Mode 1 or Auto Mode 1 is being used. For details, refer to Trigger Mode1 :Noise Measurement. p.69 RFID System User's Manual 29 S e c t i o n 3 O p t i o n a l F u n c t i o n s Section 3 Functions Optional Functions The following optional functions can be enabled by using the mode setting switches (access mode setting, output mode setting, read mode setting, or write mode setting) and specifying the control signal. Function Description Output time operation Specified by setting the output mode. Verification Wire saving Write mode Set the read mode to " VERIFY" . Set the read mode to " DATA READ2" . Specified by setting the write mode. Write protection Specified using the WRITE_PROTECT external input. Address shift Noise check Specified using theADR0 to ADR2 external inputs. Specified using the NOISE_IN external input. Output Time Operation Set the output method and time for the normal completion output (NORMAL/STRB), error completion output (ERR), and data outputs (OD0 to OD15). There are two output methods: OFF delay and fixed time. Out of communications range In communications range Out of communi-

cations range In communications range Out of communi-

cations range RF Tag position Fixed time output OFF delay ON OFF ON OFF Fixed output time Fixed output time t1 ms t1 ms t2 ms OFF delay t2 ms OFF delay The output time operation specification depends on the communications mode. A setting error will occur if an output method that is not supported is set Communications mode Output method specification Output rotary switch setting range Standard modes Trigger Mode 1 Designation not required. Either from " 0" to " 9"

(See note1.) Auto Mode 1 OFF delay 10 ms(0)/50 ms(1)/500 ms(2) OFFDELAY V600-compatible modes Trigger Mode 2 Fixed time 10 ms(3)/50 ms(4)/CONTINUOUS(5) (See note2.) Auto Mode 2 Fixed time 10 ms(3)/50 ms(4)/CONTINUOUS(5) (See note2.) Trigger Mode 3 OFF delay 10 ms(0)/50 ms(1)/500 ms(2) OFFDELAY Auto Mode 3 OFF delay 10 ms(0)/50 ms(1)/500 ms(2) OFFDELAY Note1. : The output will continue in Trigger Mode 1 until the trigger input turns OFF. 2. : When it is set to " CONTINUOUS" at the FIXED TIME OUTPUT, it keeps OUTPUT until INHIBIT/TRIG input turns to OFF. For detail timing of output time, refer to Section 5 Control I/O Interface, and Section 7 Appendices when using V600 compatible mode. p.62, p.216 30 RFID System User's Manual Section 3 Functions Verification The verification function compares the data (16 bits) that is input to the external data input lines (ID0 to ID15) with the actually data (16 bits) read from the RF Tag, and outputs the result to indicate whether the data matches or not. The result of the verification is output to the external data outputs (OD0:

Match, OD7: Mismatch, OD1 to OD6 and OD8 to OD15: Not used.) The result can also be checked on the Data Display LED on the ID Flag Sensor. Wire-saving Mode The Wire-saving Mode enables reading data and detecting errors using only 16 external data outputs

(OD0 to OD15). Control can be performed using one 16-point I/O Unit in a Programmable Controller. For details, refer to Wire-saving Mode. p.32 Write Mode Specify the method for writing data to the RF Tag. Specify the mode to write 2 bytes (16 bits) or 1 byte

(8 bits) at a time, or specify the mode to set or clear specified bits. Write Protection Write protection can be enabled to prevent product model numbers, model names, or other important S e c t i o n 3 O p t i o n a l F u n c t i o n s data saved in RF Tags from being lost. For details, refer to Write Protection. p.36 Address Shift The address set on the access address setting switches can be offset by the value specified by external data inputs ADR0 to ADR2. This function is useful for reading more 16 bits (2 bytes) of RF Tag data. For details, refer to Address Shift. p.34 Noise Measurement This function can be used to check if there is noise around the Antenna that is affecting communications with the RF Tag. The noise measurement when you turn ON the NOISE_IN external input in Sync Mode 1 or Auto Mode 1. The operating mode called Noise Measurement Mode by setting the access mode setting switch to " 6" is for measuring noise at startup. For details, refer to Noise Measurement. p.35 RFID System User's Manual 31 S e c t i o n 3 W i r e

s a v i n g M o d e Section 3 Functions Wire-saving Mode The Wire-saving Mode enables detecting read data signals and normal/error completion signals using only 16 data outputs (OD0 to OD15). Using this mode enables controlling reading 16-bit data using only one 16-point Input Unit for a PLC or a wire-saving device.

System Configuration Example: Combination and Usage of I/O Lines in Each Mode Normal Read Wiring: DATA READ 1 Wire-saving Read Wiring: DATA READ 2 Number of Required I/O Number of Required I/O Output Units: 1 Input Units: 2 Output Unit Input Unit 1 Input Unit 2 Output Units: 1 Input Units: 1 Output Unit Input Unit INHIBIT/TRIG NORMAL/STRB, ERR, PARITY (3 points) OD0 to OD15 (16 points) INHIBIT/TRIG OD0 to OD15 (16 points) V680-HAM91/

V680-HAM81 V680-HAM91/V680-HAM81 For Wire-saving Mode, outputting all zeros on the data lines (0000 hex) is used as communications control, and outputting all ones on the data lines (FFFF hex) is used as an error completion output. Normal completion (NORMAL/STRB) is detected by confirming that the output from the data lines is not all zeros (0000 hex) and not all ones (FFFF hex). All zeroes (0000 hex) and all ones (FFFF hex) cannot be used as data when Wire-saving Mode is used. Error codes cannot be output when an error completion occurs. The data indicators, however, will flash red to show the error code. The parity output is not connected and cannot be used. The Wire-saving Mode cannot be used when Trigger 2 or Auto 2 Mode is used. Attempting to do so will result in a settings error. 32 RFID System User's Manual Section 3 Functions Parity Check This function detects vertical parity in the data output on the data output lines (OD0 to OD15) and outputs the parity status. If the number of bits that are ON in the data output lines is even, then the parity output is OFF. If the number of bits that are ON in the data output lines is odd, then the parity output is ON. The parity check is performed for output data on the cable communications between the host device and the ID Flag Sensor. The parity check can be used to effectively perform simple checks for disconnected cables or wiring. The parity check cannot be used in Trigger Mode 2 or Auto Mode 2. The ID Flag Sensor indicates a Setting Error. p.216 S e c t i o n 3 P a r i t y C h e c k RFID System User's Manual 33 Section 3 Functions Address Shift The address set on the access address setting switches can be offset by the value specified by external data inputs ADR0 to ADR2 to change the access address. The address shift enables reading or writing to up to 16 access address (up to 128 bits) of RF Tag memory. Address Specification Example with 8-kilobyte RF Tag S e c t i o n 3 A d d r e s s S h i f t Conditions: Access address setting switch setting = 0ED5 hex Address shift input = 4 (ADR2 = 1, ADR1 = 0, ADR0 = 0) Access address: 0EDD hex Access address set on access address setting switches

+ address shift (= 4) Access address in RF Tag 1 2 3 4 0000 hex 0ED5 hex 0ED6 hex 0ED7 hex 0ED8 hex 0ED9 hex 0EDA hex 0EDB hex 0EDC hex 0EDD hex 0EDE hex 0EDF hex 0EE0 hex 1FFF hex Note 1. An address error will occur if the address shift exceeds the maximum address setting (FFFF hex). Example of Address Error Access address setting switches: FFFD hex Address shift input:

5 (ADR2 = 1, ADR1 = 0, ADR0 = 1) Access address:

Address error 2. The address will be shifted by blocks when the 1-Byte Write Mode is used. Access address setting switches:

0010 hex Address shift input:

3 (ADR2 = 0, ADR1 = 0, ADR0 = 1) Access address:

0013 hex The address shift function can be used only in Trigger 1 or Auto 1 Mode. 34 RFID System User's Manual Section 3 Functions Noise Measurement You can check whether noise that affects communications with RF Tags exists in the area where the Antenna and ID Flag Sensor are installed. In Trigger Mode 1 or Auto Mode 1, noise measurement is performed by turning ON the NOISE_IN external input. The result of noise measurement will be output to the external data outputs when the NORMAL/STRB signal is turned ON after the measurement is performed. The output will be on a scale of 00 to 99 for the strength of the noise affecting the Antenna. The external data output lines will output the value converted to hexadecimal. The measured noise strength is also displayed in eight levels on the Data Display LED, and so it can be checked directly on the ID Flag Sensor. Relation between Result Output and Data Display LED Result output Data indicator status Result output Data indicator status 00 to 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 11 to 21 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 22 to 32 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 33 to 43 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 44 to 54 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 0 8 0 8 0 8 0 8 0 8 55 to 65 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 66 to 76 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 77 to 87 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 88 to 99 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 0 8 0 8 0 8 0 8 OFF

:ON(Green) Example of Results Output and Influence on Communications Range The values given for the influence of the noise level obtained from noise measurement and the communications range are for reference only. The results depend on the type of Antenna and RF Tag used, and differences in the noise environment. Be sure to check carefully when installing the system. S e c t i o n 3 N o i s e M e a s u r e m e n t 100%

80%

60%

40%

20%

0%

0 10 e g n a r i s n o i t a c n u m m o C

0 0 1 o t 0 l e v e l i e s o n

Measurement Conditions Antenna

: V680-HS63 RF Tag

: V680-D1KP66T(non-metallic mounting) Command 4-byte write 20 30 40 50 Noise level 60 70 RFID System User's Manual 35 Section 3 Functions Write Protection The write protection function protects important data stored in the memory of a RF Tag, such as the product model or type, from being overwritten inadvertently. Enable the write protection function after writing important data as described in this section. Setting Write Protection For the write protection function to be effective, it must be enabled in both the ID Flag Sensor settings and the RF Tag settings. S e c t i o n 3 W r i t e P r o t e c t i o n Write protect enable/disable settings is effective only TRIGGER MODE 1 and AUTO MODE 1. Write protect is always enabled at the TRIGGER MODE 2 and AUTO MODE 2. The method of write protect for TRIGGER MODE 2 and AUTO MODE 2 confirms to the V600 series. Details of Write Protect function for V600-compatible Mode, refer to the Section 7 Appendices p.227

Enabling the Write Protection in the ID Flag Sensor Write protection can be enabled by turning OFF pin 6 (NOISE_IN/WRITE PROTECT) of I/O connector CN2. NOISE_IN/WRITE PROTECT input is effective as WRITE PROTECT input only when it specified write mode(R/W : ON).

Setting Write Protection for RF Tags Write protection is set in the 4 bytes from RF Tag addresses 0000 hex to 0003 hex. Write protection for RF Tags is enabled in the most significant bit of address 0000 hex. Write-protect Bit (most significant bit of address 0000 hex) 1: Write-protected (write protection enable) 0: Not write-protected (write protection disable) Memory Map for RF Tag Write Protection Settings Address Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0000 hex 0001 hex 0002 hex 0003 hex Enable/

disable Upper two digits of start address (00 to 7F) Lower two digits of start address (00 to FF) Upper two digits of end address (00 to FF) Lower two digits of end address (00 to FF) When write protection is not used, the above addresses can be used as user memory. If it is used as user memory, disable the write protection function of the ID Flag Sensor by turning ON pin 6 (NOISE_IN/WRITE PROTECT) of I/O connector CN2. NOISE_IN/WRITE PROTECT input must be OFF when reading the RF Tag. If it turns ON during reading operation, the ID Flag Sensor execute Noise level measurement. Addresses in RF Tag Memory That Can Be Write Protected Start address: 0000 hex to 7FFF hex End address: 0000 hex to FFFF hex The write-protection setting area of the RF Tag cannot be write-protected. 36 RFID System User's Manual Section 3 Functions Write-protected S e c t i o n 3 W r i t e P r o t e c t i o n Example of Write Protection

Start Address Is Lower Than the End Address The memory area between the start address and end address will be write-protected. 0000 hex 0015 hex 0120 hex 03E7 hex 0000 hex Address

(hex) Bit Upper digits Lower digits 0000 0001 0002 0003 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 8 1 0 2 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 1 0 0 1 1 0

Start Address Is Equal to End Address Only the selected address (one byte) will be write-protected. Address

(hex) Bit Upper digits Lower digits 0000 0001 0002 0003 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 8 2 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0021 hex Write-protected 03E7 hex

End Address Is Higher than the Last RF Tag Address The memory area between the start address and the last RF Tag address will be write-protected. Address

(hex) Bit Upper digits Lower digits 0000 0001 0002 0003 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 8 0 0 F 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 3 0 3 F 1 0 1 1 0000 hex 0300 hex 03E7 hex Write-protected RFID System User's Manual 37 Section 3 Functions

Start Address Is Higher Than End Address The memory area between the start address and the last RF Tag address, as well as the area between S e c t i o n 3 W r i t e P r o t e c t i o n 0004 hex and the end address will be write-protected. Address

(hex) Bit Upper digits Lower digits 0000 0001 0002 0003 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 8 2 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 5 1 0 0 1 0000 hex 0004 hex Write-protected End address 0015 hex Start address 0120 hex Write-protected 03E7 hex Disabling Write Protection

Disabling Write Protection for Part of the RF Tags Set the uppermost bit of 0000 hex to 0.

Disabling All Write Protection for the Whole RFID system Turn ON pin 6 (NOISE_IN/WRITE PROTECT) of the I/O connector on the ID Flag Sensor. Caution When Using Write Protection:

The write protection function is an OMRON ID Flag Sensor function. It cannot be used with RFID reader/writer manufactured by other companies. Write protect enable/disable settings is effective only TRIGGER MODE 1 and AUTO MODE 1. Write protect is always enabled at the TRIGGER MODE 2 and AUTO MODE 2. TRIGGER MODE 3 and AUTO MODE 3 is not supported Write function itself. 38 RFID System User's Manual Section 4 Installation, Connections, and Wiring ID Flag Sensor Installing Antennas Installing RF Tags 40 45 48 S e c t i o n 4 I n s t a l l a t i o n

, C o n n e c t i o n s

, a n d W i r i n g RFID System User's Manual 39 Section 4 Installation, Connections, and Wiring ID Flag Sensor Installation To ensure full functionality of the ID Flag Sensor, follow the instructions provided in this section for installation.

Installation Site Do not install the ID Flag Sensor in the following locations. Locations exposed to ambient temperatures that are not between 10 and 55C or where there are radical temperature changes resulting in condensation Locations exposed to humidity that is not between 25% and 85%

Locations subject to corrosive gas, flammable gas, dust, salt, or metal powder Locations that will expose the ID Flag Sensor to direct vibration or shock Locations exposed to direct sunlight Locations exposed to spray of water, oil, or chemicals Locations more than 2,000 m above sea level

Mounting in a Panel The ID Flag Sensor can be used at an ambient temperature range of 10 to 55C. Be sure to observe the following precautions. Make sure that the Unit is provided with sufficient ventilation space. Do not install the Unit close to heaters, transformers, or large-capacity resistors that radiate excessive heat. S e c t i o n 4 I D F l a g S e n s o r 40 RFID System User's Manual Section 4 Installation, Connections, and Wiring

Installation Method The ID Flag Sensor is to be mounted to a DIN Track. Mount the DIN Track, and then mount the ID Flag Sensor to the DIN Track. 1. First hook the ID Flag Sensor Unit to part A, then press it in direction B to mount it to the DIN Track. 2. To disconnect the ID Flag Sensor Unit from the DIN Track, pull the mounting hook downwards, and then lift the Unit upwards. DIN Track Mounting Hook End Plate End Plate Mounting Hook A DIN Track PFP-100N2 (OMRON) End Plate PFP-M (OMRON) S e c t i o n 4 I D F l a g S e n s o r Attaching the End Plates:

B To mount an End Plate easily, first hook the bottom of the End Plate and then hook the top on the DIN Track, pull the End Plate downwards and tighten the screw. Recommended tightening torque: 1.2 Nm.

Mounting Interval The ID Flag Sensor Units will generate heat if they are mounted side-by-

side. Leave space between Units of at least 10 mm. 10 mm min. 10 mm min. End Plate End Plate Spacer Spacer Use at least 2 OMRON DIN Track Spacers. (Each Spacer is 5 mm wide Spacer PFP-S RFID System User's Manual 41 Section 4 Installation, Connections, and Wiring Connection and Wiring

Interface Cable

INPUT/OUTPUT controls When using a solid-state output with the maximum switching current rating over 1A , there is a possibility of causing External Input Errors due to the delay of rise /fall time of output signal. Consider this when selecting the solid-state output. When using a contact output, consider chattering and the minimum switching current. When connecting an inductive load or an electrical device that tends to generate noise to the output, connect a diode in parallel with the load. Connect the cathode side of the diode to the positive side of the power supply. WARNING

Power Supply Voltage Do not impose an AC(100VAC to 240VAC) power supply or any voltage exceeding the rated voltage range on the V680-HAM91/-HAM81. Unsuitable power supplies may cause the V680-HAM91/-

HAM81 to explode or bum.

Load Short-circuiting Do not short-circuit the load connected to the V680-HAM91/-HAM81 or connect power to the load. Any of these may cause the V680-HAM91/-HAM81 to explode or bum. WARNING Do not mis-wire and do not reverse polarity of the power supply connected to the V680-HAM91/-

HAM81. Wiring mistakes, including reversed power supply polarity may cause the V680-HAM91/-

HAM81 to explode or bum. S e c t i o n 4 I D F l a g S e n s o r 42 RFID System User's Manual Section 4 Installation, Connections, and Wiring

Connecting and Disconnecting the ID Flag Sensor Mounting Procedure Line up the direction of the triangle mark on the connectors of the ID Flag Sensor and the interface cable, and then press in the connector of the interface cable. The lock will engage when the interface cable is pressed into the connector on the ID Flag Sensor. Removal Procedure To remove the connector of the interface cable, always hold the connector and pull it out in a straight line. Pulling the cable may result in severing the cable or other product failure. Unlock the connector on the ID Flag Sensor and pull out the connector of the interface cable. S e c t i o n 4 I D F l a g S e n s o r RFID System User's Manual 43 Section 4 Installation, Connections, and Wiring

Antenna Connector

Mounting the Antenna

Hold the connector part of the Antenna and insert it into the Antenna port while matching the key on the ID Flag Sensor with the groove on the connector.

Turn the connector clockwise to lock it in place. S e c t i o n 4 I D F l a g S e n s o r

Removing the Antenna

Turn the connector in counterclockwise to release the lock. Key Antenna connector

Pull the connector straight out of the port. The connector cannot be removed without turning it to release the lock. If the cable is pulled without releasing the lock, it may cause the cable or wires to break. Make sure that the lock is released before pulling out the connector. Key Antenna connector 44 RFID System User's Manual Section 4 Installation, Connections, and Wiring Installing Antennas V680-HS51 Install the Antenna using the nuts and toothed washer that are provided on both sides of the mounting material, as shown in the diagram below. Mounting Hole Dimensions Metallic material Nut Antenna 12 +0.5 0 dia. Toothed washer For details on installing Antennas, refer to Antenna Mounting Precautions. p.157 Securely tighten the screws to a torque of 6 Nm. V680-HS52 Install the Antenna using the nuts and toothed washers that are provided on both sides of the mounting material, as shown in the diagram below. When the Antenna is mounted to a metallic material, the communications range will be reduced by approximately 10%

compared with mounting to a non-metallic material. For details on the effect of metal surrounding the Antenna, refer to Antenna Mounting Precautions. p.157 Mounting Hole Dimensions Non-metallic material Nuts Antenna 22 +0.5 0 dia. Toothed washers Securely tighten the screws to a torque of 40 Nm. S e c t i o n 4 I n s t a l l i n g A n t e n n a s RFID System User's Manual 45 Section 4 Installation, Connections, and Wiring V680-HS61 Installation from the Front Two, 3.5 dia. Coil center 12+0.2 18 4.5 18 30.5 Securely tighten screws to a torque of 0.98 Nm. V680-HS63 Installation from the Front Coil center Two, M4 280.2 40 27 5 53 S e c t i o n 4 I n s t a l l i n g A n t e n n a s Installation from the Back Insert the nuts that come with the Antenna into sections A. Nut A Coil center Two, 4.5 dia. 40 280.2 27 For details on installing Antennas, refer to Antenna Mounting Precautions. p.157 Securely tighten screws to a torque of 1.2 Nm. 46 RFID System User's Manual Section 4 Installation, Connections, and Wiring V680-HS65 100 900.2 Use M4 screws and spring washers (in four places) for Four, M4 Antenna installation. 100 900.2 Securely tighten screws to a torque of 0.7 to 1.2 Nm.

Mounting Bracket Dimensions (Provided Only with the V680-HS65) 1000.2 900.1 Note: When installing the Antenna, mount it on the Four, C1 enclosed Mounting Bracket. The Mounting Bracket is not necessary, however, if the Antenna is mounted on a metal base that is larger than the Antenna (100 100 mm). 1000.2 900.1 Four, 4.5+0.3 dia. 0 V680-HS65 Mounting base Mounting Bracket

(provided) For details on installing Antennas, refer to Antenna Mounting Precautions. p.157 S e c t i o n 4 I n s t a l l i n g A n t e n n a s RFID System User's Manual 47 Section 4 Installation, Connections, and Wiring Installing RF Tags V680-D1KP52MT

RF Tag Installation Direction Mount the RF Tags as shown in the diagram on the right. The epoxy adhesives listed in the following table are recommended R0.2 max. for the given temperature ranges. Ambient operating temperature Product name Manufacturer 8.1+0.1 dia. 0 40 to 70C 40 to 150C Two-part Epoxy-compound Resin: TB2001 (main agent)/

TB2105C (curing agent) One-part Moisture-curing Elastic Adhesive TB1530 Three Bond Co., Ltd. 5+0.1 0 Three Bond Co., Ltd. Marked side One-part Epoxy Resin: TB2285 Three Bond Co., Ltd. Two-part Epoxy Resin: TB2087 Three Bond Co., Ltd. Marked side When installing RF Tags, refer to RF Tag Mounting Precautions. p.161 When embedding the V680-D1KP52MT into a metal surface, use the V680-HS51/-HS52 Antenna. Communications will not be possible if the V680-HS63 Antenna is used. Refer to Differences in Surrounding Metals (Reference)in Section 7 Appendices for information on the effect of metal S e c t i o n 4 I n s t a l l i n g R F T a g s behind the V680-D1KP52MT. p.161 V680-D1KP52M-BT01/-D1KP52M-BT11

RF Tag Installation Direction

Turn the RF Tag clockwise, attach to the Mounting holes. V680-D1KP52M-BT01 is attached to the mounting holes in the M10, V680-D1KP52M-BT11 to the mounting holes in the M8.

Secure by tightening the bolts of the RF Tag. RF Tag RF Tag Mounting Hole When mounting the RF Tags, tighten the bolts to the following torques. V680-D1KP52M-BT01: 24.5 Nm V680-D1KP52M-BT11: 11 Nm 48 RFID System User's Manual S e c t i o n 4 I n s t a l l i n g R F T a g s Section 4 Installation, Connections, and Wiring V680-D1KP53M

RF Tag Installation Direction Mount the RF Tags as shown in the diagram on the right. The epoxy adhesives listed in the following table are V680D1KP53M R0.5 max. recommended for the given temperature ranges. Ambient operating temperature Product name Manufacturer 40 to 70C Two-part Epoxy-compound Resin: TB2001 (main agent)/

TB2105C (curing agent) One-part Moisture-curing Elastic Adhesive TB1530 Three Bond Co., Ltd. Three Bond Co., Ltd. Marked side 40 to 150C One-part Epoxy Resin: TB2285 Three Bond Co., Ltd. Two-part Epoxy Resin: TB2087 Three Bond Co., Ltd. 10+0.09 dia. 0 4.6+0.2 0 Marked side When installing RF Tags, refer to RF Tag Mounting Precautions. p.161 When embedding the V680-D1KP53M into a metal surface, use the V680-HS51/-HS52 Antenna. Communications will not be possible if the V680-HS63 Antenna is used. Refer to Differences in Surrounding Metals (Reference)in Section 7 Appendices for information on the effect of metal behind the V680-D1KP53M. p.164 RFID System User's Manual 49 Section 4 Installation, Connections, and Wiring V680-D1KP54T

RF Tag Installation Direction It is recommended that the RF Tag be mounted either by using the special V700-A80 Attachment or by using an adhesive.

Installation by V700-A80 Attachment 1. Insert the coin-shaped RF Tag into the Attachment. The coin-shaped RF Tag has no directionality, so it can be faced in any direction. Do not repeatedly insert and remove the RF Tag from the Attachment. Doing so an loosen the fit of the RF Tag and break the Attachment clasps. In case it should become necessary to remove an RF Tag once it has been inserted, do so by inserting a flat-blade screwdriver into the space between the Attachment and the RF Tag at the bottom of the Attachment. Do not use bare hands to remove the RF Tag, or the RF Tag may be damaged. OMRON

2. Use M3 screws to fasten the Attachment, and tighten the screws to a torque of 0.3 to 0.5 Nm. M3 countersunk screw OMRON V700-A80 Mounting hole dimensions Two, M3 310.2

Installation by adhesive Please select the adhesive matched to the bonded material. And defend decided dosage and usage. And confirm and use the tidy fixation. Because the material of RF Tag is PPS resin, the epoxy-based adhesives are recommended to bond-

ing to the metal and the rigid plastic. S e c t i o n 4 I n s t a l l i n g R F T a g s The epoxy adhesives listed in the following table are recommended for the given temperature ranges. Ambient operating temperature Product name Manufacturer

-40 to 70C Two-part Epoxy-compound Resin:

TB2001 (main agent)/TB2105C (curing agent) One-part Moisture-curing Elastic Adhesive TB1530 40 to 110C Two-part Epoxy Resin: EP001

-40 to 150C One-part Epoxy Resin:

TB2285 Two-part Epoxy Resin:

TB2087 Three Bond Co., Ltd. Three Bond Co., Ltd. CEMEDINE Co., Ltd. Three Bond Co., Ltd. Three Bond Co., Ltd. If the part to be bonded is made of polyethelene, polypropylene, or a Fluorine Resin-based or silicon-based resin, the above adhesive may not have sufficient. 50 RFID System User's Manual Section 4 Installation, Connections, and Wiring V680-D1KP66T

Mounting on Non-metallic Material Mount the RF Tag using M3 pan-head screws from the Mounting Hole Dimensions marked side. Tightening torque: 0.3 to 0.5 Nm

Mounting on Metallic Material Communications range will decrease if there is metal on the back of the V680-D1KP66T RF Tag. If the RF Tag is to be used mounted to metallic material, use the separately sold special attachment (V600-A86) or a non-metallic spacer (e.g., plastic or resin). Two, M3 M3 pan-head screw 250.2 Marked side 250.2 M3 pan-head screw Mounting Hole Dimensions Marked side Two, M3 250.2 250.2 When installing RF Tags, refer to RF Tag Mounting Precautions. p.161 Attachment (V600-A86) Refer to Effect of Metal on Back of RF Tags (Reference) for information on the effect of metal on the back of the V680-

D1KP66T. p.168 S e c t i o n 4 I n s t a l l i n g R F T a g s RFID System User's Manual 51 Section 4 Installation, Connections, and Wiring V680-D1KP66MT Mount the RF Tag to metal using M3 pan-head screws from the marked side. Tighten the screws to a torque of 0.3 to 0.5 Nm.. Mounting Hole Dimensions Two, M3 M3 pan-head screw 250.2 Marked side 250.2 S e c t i o n 4 I n s t a l l i n g R F T a g s When installing RF Tags, refer to RF Tag Mounting Precautions. p.161 Refer to Effect of Surrounding Metals (Reference) for information on the effect of metal on the back of the V680-

D1KP66MT. p.170 V680-D1KP66T-SP Mount the RF Tag using M5 screws and washers. Tighten the screws to a torque of 1.2 Nm. The installation direction of RF Tags is not restricted by the travel direction in respect to the Antenna. Mounting Hole Dimensions Two, M5 800.2 When installing RF Tags, refer to RF Tag Mounting Precautions. p.161 Refer to Effect of Metal on Back of RF Tags (Reference) for information on the effect of metal on the back of the V680-

D1KP66T-SP. p.172 52 RFID System User's Manual Section 4 Installation, Connections, and Wiring V680-D1KP58HTN

RF Tag Installation Direction The RF Tags have a limited life span. Therefore, install them in locations in which they can be easily replaced. Use the following procedure to mount the V680-A80 Attachment when required. 1. Mount the Attachment to the workpiece. S e c t i o n 4 I n s t a l l i n g R F T a g s M12 Mounting Hole Dimensions 2. Tighten the lock nut. Use a tightening torque of 21 to 42 Nm. 3. Mount the RF Tag to the Attachment. The RF Tag can be mounted in either direction. Insert the split pin into the 3.2-dia. hole and open the tip of the pin to secure. Two nuts and one split pin are provided with the V680-A80 Attachment. Replacement split pins must be provided by the user. Split pin Nominal: 3.2 mm 20 mm (length) RFID System User's Manual 53 Section 4 Installation, Connections, and Wiring V680-D2KF52M

RF Tag Installation Direction Mount the RF Tag as shown in the diagram on the right. The epoxy adhesives listed in the following table are recommended for the given temperature ranges. Ambient operating temperature Product name Manufacturer R0.2 max. 8.1+0.1 dia. 0 40 to 70C Two-part Epoxy-compound Resin: TB2001 (main agent)/

TB2105C (curing agent) One-part Moisture-curing Elastic Adhesive TB1530 Three Bond Co., Ltd. 5+0.1 0 Three Bond Co., Ltd. Marked side 40 to 85C One-part Epoxy Resin: TB2285 Three Bond Co., Ltd. Two-part Epoxy Resin: TB2087 Three Bond Co., Ltd. Marked side When installing RF Tags, refer to RF Tag Mounting Precautions. p.161 When embedding the V680-D2KF52M into a metal surface, use the V680-HS51/-HS52 Antenna. Communciations will not be possible if the V680-HS63 Antenna is used. Refer to Differences in Surrounding Metals for information on the effect of metal on the back of the V680-D2KF52M. p.177 S e c t i o n 4 I n s t a l l i n g R F T a g s V680-D2KF52M-BT01/-D2KF52M-BT11

RF Tag Installation Direction

Turn the RF Tag clockwise, attach to the Mounting holes. V680-D2KF52M-BT01 is attached to the mounting holes in the M10, V680-D2KF52M-BT11 to the mounting holes in the M8.

Secure by tightening the bolts of the RF Tag. When mounting the RF Tags, tighten the bolts to the following torques. V680-D2KF52M-BT01: 24.5 Nm V680-D2KF52M-BT11: 11 Nm RF Tag RF Tag Mounting Hole 54 RFID System User's Manual V680-D8KF67/-D8KF67M

RF Tag Installation Direction Secure the RF Tag with M3 screws. Tighten the screws to a torque of 0.6 Nm Section 4 Installation, Connections, and Wiring Mounting Hole Dimensions Two, M3 M3 screw 320.2 Marked side 320.2 S e c t i o n 4 I n s t a l l i n g R F T a g s When installing RF Tags, refer to RF Tag Mounting Precautions. p.161 Refer to Effect of Surrounding Metals (Reference) for information on the effect of metal on the back of the V680-

D8KF67M. p.182 Refer to Effect of Metal on Back of RF Tags (Reference) for information on the effect of metal on the back of the V680-

D8KF67. p.180 V680-D8KF68/-D32KF68

RF Tag Installation Direction Secure the RF Tag with M4 screws. Tighten the screws to a torque of 0.7 to 1.2 Nm. Two, M4 M4 screw Spring washer Flat washer 44 76 When installing RF Tags, refer to RF Tag Mounting Precautions. p.161 Refer to Effect of Surrounding Metals (Reference) for information on the effect of metal on the back of the V680-

D8KF68/-D32KF68. p.184 RFID System User's Manual 55 Section 4 Installation, Connections, and Wiring V680S-D2KF67/-D2KF67M

RF Tag Installation Direction Secure the RF Tag with M3 screws. Tighten the screws to a torque of 0.6 Nm Mounting Hole Dimensions Two, M M3 screw 320.2 Marked side 320.2 S e c t i o n 4 I n s t a l l i n g R F T a g s When installing RF Tags, refer to RF Tag Mounting Precautions. p.161 Refer to Effect of Surrounding Metals (Reference) for information on the effect of metal on the back of the V680S-

D2KF67M. p.189 Refer to Effect of Metal on Back of RF Tags (Reference) for information on the effect of metal on the back of the V680S-

D2KF67. p.187 V680S-D2KF68/-D2KF68M

RF Tag Installation Direction Secure the RF Tag with M4 screws. Tighten the screws to a torque of 0.7 to 1.2 Nm. Two, M4 M4 screw Spring washer Flat washer 44 76 When installing RF Tags, refer to RF Tag Mounting Precautions. p.161 Refer to Effect of Surrounding Metals (Reference) for information on the effect of metal on the back of the V680S-

D2KF68M. p.194 Refer to Effect of Metal on Back of RF Tags (Reference) for information on the effect of metal on the back of the V680S-

D2KF68. p.191 56 RFID System User's Manual V680S-D8KF67/-D8KF67M

RF Tag Installation Direction Secure the RF Tag with M3 screws. Tighten the screws to a torque of 0.6 Nm Section 4 Installation, Connections, and Wiring Mounting Hole Dimensions Two, M M3 screw 320.2 Marked side 320.2 When installing RF Tags, refer to RF Tag Mounting Precautions. p.161 Refer to Effect of Surrounding Metals (Reference) for information on the effect of metal on the back of the V680S-

D8KF67M. p.199 Refer to Effect of Metal on Back of RF Tags (Reference) for information on the effect of metal on the back of the V680S-

D8KF67. p.197 S e c t i o n 4 I n s t a l l i n g R F T a g s V680S-D8KF68/-D8KF68M

RF Tag Installation Direction Secure the RF Tag with M4 screws. Tighten the screws to a torque of 0.7 to 1.2 Nm. Two, M4 M4 screw Spring washer Flat washer 44 76 When installing RF Tags, refer to RF Tag Mounting Precautions. p.161 Refer to Effect of Surrounding Metals (Reference) for information on the effect of metal on the back of the V680S-

D8KF68M. p.204 Refer to Effect of Metal on Back of RF Tags (Reference) for information on the effect of metal on the back of the V680S-

D8KF68. p.201 RFID System User's Manual 57 Section 4 Installation, Connections, and Wiring MEMO S e c t i o n 4 I n s t a l l i n g R F T a g s 58 RFID System User's Manual Section 5 Control I/O Interface I/O Interface Control I/O Control Flow Timing Charts Sample Programming 60 61 62 71 S e c t i o n 5 C o n t r o l I

O I n t e r f a c e RFID System User's Manual 59 Section 5 Control I/O Interface I/O Interface Control The V680-series ID Flag Sensor can be connected to a PLC, I/O Terminal, B7A-series Link Terminal, DeviceNet device, or other host device. This section describes operations for connecting to and communicating with these devices. Overview of Communications Modes Use the access mode setting switch to set the communications mode for RF Tag communications. There are three communications modes, each with different timing for completing communications with RF Tags: Mode 1, Mode 2, and Mode 3. Also, each of these modes has two modes to specify when to start communications with the RF Tags: Trigger Mode and Auto Mode. Mode 2 and Mode 3 are com-

patible with the V600. Communications end timing Communications start timing Access mode setting Timing Charts Mode overview Mode 1 Mode 2 Mode 3 Trigger Auto Trigger Auto Trigger Auto 0: SYNC MODE 1 1: AUTO MODE 1 p.62 p.66 2: SYNC MODE 2 p.218 3: AUTO MODE 2 p.221 Standard modes Modes compatible with V600-HAR91/81 and V600-HAM91/81 4: SYNC MODE 3 p.224 Modes compatible with V600-HAR92 5: AUTO MODE 3 p.226 Some of the functions supported in Mode 1 cannot be used in the V600-compatible modes. p.217 S e c t i o n 5 I

O I n t e r f a c e C o n t r o l 60 RFID System User's Manual Section 5 Control I/O Interface I/O Control Flow The operation outline for ID Flag Sensor at Trigger Mode 1 and Auto Mode 1 are shown in this page. For detail timing of ID Flag Sensor , refer to the timing charts in this section. Control the ID Flag Sensor according to the timing charts. Trigger Mode Example: Timing Chart for Trigger Mode 1, and Successful Read Mode setting switch settings In communications area 1. Start of communications 3. Result cleared 2. End of communications Reading 3 ms RF Tag position INHIBIT/TRIG Communications with RF Tag NORMAL/STRB Data output

(OD0 to OD15: 16 bits) 0000 hex Read data 0000 hex 1. Start of communications Turn ON the INHIBIT/TRIG input to start communications with the RF Tag after confirm-

ing the RF Tag is in the interrogation zone of the Antenna. 2. End of communications If communications with the RF Tag are completed normally, the ID Flag Sensor will turn ON the NORMAL/STRB output and will output the read data to the data output bits (OD0 to OD15). The NORMAL/STRB output turns ON 3 ms after the data output lines. Read the data output after the NORMAL/STRB output turns ON. 3. Clearing results When you turn OFF the INHIBIT/TRIG input, the NORMAL/STRB output will be turned OFF, and data output will be cleared to 0000 hex. S e c t i o n 5 I

O C o n t r o l l F o w Auto Mode Example: Timing Chart for Auto Mode 1, and Successful Read Mode setting switch settings 2. Start of communications RF Tag position In communications range 1. Preparing Communications INHIBIT/TRIG Communications with RF Tag NORMAL/STRB 3. End of communications 4. Result cleared Reading 3 ms OFF delay time

Data output

(OD0 to OD15: 16 bits) 0000 hex Read data 0000 hex 1. Preparations Turn OFF the INHIBIT/TRIG input in advance to enable communications. 2. Start of communications The ID Flag Sensor will start communications with the RF Tag when the RF Tag enters the interrogation zone of the Antenna. 3. End of communications 4. Clearing results If communications with the RF Tag are completed normally, the ID Flag Sensor will turn ON the NORMAL/STRB output and will output the read data to the data output bits (OD0 to OD15). The NORMAL/STRB output turns ON 3 ms after the data output lines. Read the data output after the NORMAL/STRB output turns ON. After the RF Tag is out of the interrogation zone of the Antenna, the NORMAL/STRB out-

put and data output bits will be turned OFF after the time set for the OFF delay in the out-

put mode time setting has elapsed. RFID System User's Manual 61 S e c t i o n 5 i i T m n g C h a r t s Section 5 Control I/O Interface Timing Charts Trigger Mode 1: Read Mode setting switch settings In communications range RF Tag position INHIBIT/TRIG Communications with RF Tag Read-

ing Read-

ing R/W input Access Address : 0010 hex Address shift input

(ADR0 to 2: 3 bits) 0 hex Address shift data 3 ms NORMAL/STRB ERR output 3 ms PARITY output 0 Parity value 0 Parity value 0 NOISE_OUT output Data output

(OD0 to OD15: 16 bits) 0000 hex Read data 0000 hex Error code 0000 hex Data Display LED

(0 to 15: 16 bits) 0000 hex Read data display (green) Error code display (red) A B C D E F G Normal completion Completion with error A. Preparations Before starting communications with the RF Tag, turn OFF the R/W input and set the address shift input bits (ADR0 to ADR2).

Normal Completion of Communications with RF Tag B. Start of communications Turn ON the INHIBIT/TRIG input to start communications with the RF Tag after confirming the RF Tag is in the interrogation zone of the Antenna. C. End of communications If communications with the RF Tag are completed normally, the ID Flag Sensor will turn ON the NORMAL/STRB output, store the parity value in the PARITY output, and store the read data in the data output bits (OD0 to OD15). The Data Display LED(0 to 15) corresponding to the read data will be lit green. D. Clearing results When you turn OFF the INHIBIT/TRIG input, the NORM/STRB output will be turned OFF, the par-

ity value (0) will be set on the PARITY output, and the data output bits (OD0 to OD15) will be cleared to 0000 hex.

Error Completion of Communications with RF Tag E. Start of communications Turn ON the INHIBIT/TRIG input to start communications with the RF Tag. F. End of communications If communications with the RF Tag are completed with an error(No RF Tag error), the ID Flag Sen-

sor will turn ON 0 the ERR output, store the parity value in the PARITY output, and store the error code in the data output bits (OD0 to OD15). The data indicators (0 to 15) corresponding to the error code will be lit red. G. Clearing results When you turn OFF the INHIBIT/TRIG input, the ERR output will be turned OFF 1, the parity value (0) will be set on the PARITY output, and the Data Display LED (OD0 to OD15) will be cleared to 0000 hex. Wait at least 10 ms after switching the R/W input line before performing next process. Switch the address shift input (ADR0 to ADR2) at least 10 ms before accessing the RF Tag(e.g., at least 10 ms before turning ON the trigger input). Read the data output (OD0 to OD15) after the NORMAL/STRB output turns ON. 62 RFID System User's Manual Section 5 Control I/O Interface Trigger Mode1 : Read with Wire-saving Mode Mode setting switch settings In communications range RF Tag position INHIBIT/TRIG Communications with RF Tag Read-

ing Read-

ing R/W input Access Address : 0010 hex Address shift input

(ADR0 to 2: 3 bits) 0 hex Address shift data 3 ms NORMAL/STRB ERR output 3 ms PARITY output 0 Parity value 0 0 0 NOISE_OUT output Data output

(OD0 to OD15: 16 bits) 0000 hex Read data 0000 hex FFFF hex 0000 hex Data Display LED

(0 to 15: 16 bits) 0000 hex Read data display (green) Error code display (red) A B C D E F G Normal completion Completion with error A. Preparations Before starting communications with the RF Tag, turn OFF the R/W input and set the address shift input bits (ADR0 to ADR2).

Normal Completion of Communications with RF Tag B. Start of communications Turn ON the INHIBIT/TRIG input to start communications with the RF Tag after confirming the RF Tag is in the interrogation zone of the Antenna. C. End of communications If communications with the RF Tag are completed normally, the ID Flag Sensor will turn ON the NORMAL/STRB output, store the parity value in the PARITY output, and store the read data in the data output bits (OD0 to OD15). The Data Display LED(0 to 15) corresponding to the read data will be lit green. D. Clearing results When you turn OFF the INHIBIT/TRIG input, the NORM/STRB output will be turned OFF, the par-

ity value (0) will be set on the PARITY output, and the data output bits (OD0 to OD15) will be cleared to 0000 hex.

Error Completion of Communications with RF Tag E. Start of communications Turn ON the INHIBIT/TRIG input to start communications with the RF Tag. F. End of communications If communications with the RF Tag are completed with an error(No RF Tag error), the ID Flag Sen-

sor will turn ON 0 the ERR output, store the parity value in the PARITY output, and store FFFF hex (ON all bits) in the data output bits (OD0 to OD15). The Data Display LED (0 to 15) corre-

sponding to the error code will be lit red. G. Clearing results When you turn OFF the INHIBIT/TRIG input, the ERR output will be turned OFF 1, the parity value (0) will be set on the PARITY output, and the data output bits (OD0 to OD15) will be cleared to 0000 hex. Wait at least 10 ms after switching the R/W input line before performing next process. Switch the address shift input (ADR0 to ADR2) at least 10 ms before accessing the RF Tag (e.g., at least 10 ms before turning S e c t i o n 5 i i T m n g C h a r t s ON the trigger input). If communications control will be performed using only data output lines without using the NORMAL/STRB output, for exam-

ple, implement programming for a timer with a specified time, check the status of each data output line at each specified time, and read the outputs as data after the data is all zeros or all ones. All ones and all zeros of data outputs cannot be used as data. All data output bits will be ON when an error occurs. The Data Display LED (0 to 15) will flash the error code in red corre-

sponding to the occurring error. RFID System User's Manual 63 Section 5 Control I/O Interface Trigger Mode1: VERIFY Mode setting switch settings RF Tag position In communications range In communications range INHIBIT/TRIG Communications with RF Tag Data intput

(ID0 to ID15: 16 bits) Verify-

ing Verify-

ing Reference Data Access Address : 0010 hex R/W input Address shift input

(ADR0 to 2: 3 bits) 0 hex Address shift data 3 ms 3 ms NORMAL/STRB ERR output PARITY output NOISE_OUT output Data output

(OD0 to OD15: 16 bits) Data Display LED

(0 to 15: 16 bits) 0 0000 hex 0001 hex 0000 hex 0080 hex 0000 hex All OFF Reference data (green) Reference data (green) A B C D E F G H Reference data and read data match Reference data and read data do not match. A, B. Preparations Turn OFF the R/W input before starting communications with the RF Tag, set reference data on the data input bits (ID0 to ID15), and set the address shift input bits (ADR0 to ADR2).

Reference Data and Read Data Match C. Start of communications Turn ON the INHIBIT/TRIG input to start communications with the RF Tag after confirming the RF Tag is in the interrogation zone of the Antenna. D. End of communications If communications with the RF Tag are completed normally, the ID Flag Sensor will turn ON the NORMAL/STRB output and the data output bit (OD0: data match). The VERIFY OK/NG indicator will be lit green, and the Data Display LED (0 to 15) corresponding to the reference data will be lit green. E. Clearing results When you turn OFF the INHIBIT/TRIG input, the NORMAL/STRB output and the data output bit

(OD0) will be turned OFF.

Reference Data and Read Data Mismatch F. Start of communications Turn ON the INHIBIT/TRIG input to start communications with the RF Tag after confirming the RF Tag is in the interrogation zone of the Antenna. G. End of communications If communications with the RF Tag are completed normally, the ID Flag Sensor will turn ON the NORMAL/STRB output and the data output bit (OD7: data mismatch). The VERIFY OK/NG indi-

cator will be lit red, and the Data Display LED (0 to 15) corresponding to the reference data will be lit green. H. Clearing results When you turn OFF the INHIBIT/TRIG input, the NORMAL/STRB output and the data output bit

(OD7) will be turned OFF. S e c t i o n 5 i i T m n g C h a r t s Wait at least 10 ms after switching the R/W input line before performing next process. Switch the address shift input (ADR0 to ADR2) at least 10 ms before accessing the RF Tag(e.g., at least 10 ms before turning Switch the reference data input (ID0 to ID15) at least 10 ms before accessing the RF Tag(e.g., at least 10 ms before turning ON the trigger input). ON the trigger input). Read the data output(OD0 to OD15) after the NORMAL/STRB output turns ON. 64 RFID System User's Manual Section 5 Control I/O Interface Trigger Mode1: Write Mode setting switch settings RF Tag position In communications range In communications range INHIBIT/TRIG Communications with RF Tag Data intput

(ID0 to ID15: 16 bits) Writing Write failed Write data Access Address : 0010 hex R/W input Address shift input

(ADR0 to 2: 3 bits) 0 hex Address shift data 3 ms NORMAL/STRB ERR output PARITY output NOISE_OUT output Data output

(OD0 to OD15: 16 bits) Data Display LED

(0 to 15: 16 bits) 3 ms 0 1 0 S e c t i o n 5 0000 hex Error code 0000 hex All OFF Write data display (green) Error code display (red) A B C D E F G H Normal completion Completion with error i i T m n g C h a r t s A, B. Preparations Turn ON the R/W input before starting communications with the RF Tag, set the write data on the data input bits (ID0 to ID15), and set the address shift input bits (ADR0 to ADR2).

Normal Completion of Communications with RF Tag C. Start of communications Turn ON the INHIBIT/TRIG input to start communications with the RF Tag after confirming the RF Tag is in the interrogation zone of the Antenna. D. End of communications If communications with the RF Tag are completed normally, the ID Flag Sensor will turn ON the NORMAL/STRB output, and the Data Display LED (0 to 15) corresponding to the write data will be lit green. E. Clearing results When you turn OFF the INHIBIT/TRIG input, the NORMAL/STRB output will be turned OFF.

Error Completion of Communications with RF Tag F. Start of communications Turn ON the INHIBIT/TRIG input to start communications with the RF Tag after confirming the RF Tag is in the interrogation zone of the Antenna. G. End of communications If communications with the RF Tag are completed with an error (Write-verify error, Lock error, Write-

protect error etc.), the ID Flag Sensor will turn ON 0 the ERR output, and the error code will be stored in the data output bits (OD0 to OD15). The Data Display LED (0 to 15) corresponding to the error code will be lit red. H. Clearing results When you turn OFF the INHIBIT/TRIG input, the ERR output will be turned OFF 1, and the data output bits (OD0 to OD15) will be cleared to 0000 hex. Wait at least 10 ms after switching the R/W input line before performing next process. Switch the address shift input (ADR0 to ADR2) at least 10 ms before accessing the RF Tag (e.g., at least 10 ms before turning Switch the write data input (ID0 to ID15) at least 10 ms before accessing the RF Tag (e.g., at least 10 ms before turning ON ON the trigger input). the trigger input). RFID System User's Manual 65 Section 5 Control I/O Interface Auto Mode1: Read Mode setting switch settings RF Tag position In communi-

cations range In communications range INHIBIT/TRIG Communications with RF Tag R/W input Read-

ing Reading incomplete Access Address : 0010 hex Output Mode : 10 ms OFF delay Address shift input

(ADR0 to 2: 3 bits) 0 hex Address shift data 3ms OFF delay time NORMAL/STRB ERR output PARTY output 0 Parity Value 0 NOISE_OUT output Data output

(OD0 to OD15: 16 bits) 0000 hex Read data 0000 hex Data Display LED

(0 to 15: 16 bits) 0000 hex Read data display (green) A B C D E Normal completion A. Preparations Before starting communications with the RF Tag, turn OFF the R/W input and set the address shift input bits (ADR0 to ADR2). B. Canceling communications Turn OFF the INHIBIT/TRIG before starting communications. prohibition

Normal Completion of Communications with RF Tag C. Start of communications The ID Flag Sensor will start communications with the RF Tag when the RF Tag enters the interro-

gation zone of the Antenna. D. End of communications If communications with the RF Tag are completed normally, the ID Flag Sensor will turn ON the NORMAL/STRB output and will store the read data in the data output bits (OD0 to OD15). The Data Display LED (0 to 15) corresponding to the read data will be lit green. E. Clearing results After the RF Tag is out of the interrogation zone of the Antenna, the NORMAL/STRB output and data output bits (OD0 to OD15) will be turned OFF after the time set for the OFF delay in the out-

put mode time setting has elapsed. The NORMAL/STRB output, the data output bits (OD0 to OD15) and the Data Display LED can be unconditionally cleared by turning ON the INHIBIT/TRIG input. S e c t i o n 5 i i T m n g C h a r t s At least 10 ms is required for enabling INHIBIT/TRIG input as operation prohibit or clear the data. Wait at least 10 ms after switching the R/W input line before performing next process. Switch the address shift input (ADR0 to ADR2) at least 10 ms before accessing the RF Tag (e.g., at least 10 ms before turning ON the trigger input). Read the data output (OD0 to OD15) after the NORMAL/STRB output turns ON.]

In Auto Mode, the ID Flag Sensor does not output the error in case when the ID Flag Sensor can not complete the communi-

cation process caused by passing the RF Tag quickly in the interrogation zone of the Antenna before completing the commu-

nication or interfering by electrical noise. Be sure to check the communications carefully when installing the system. Error in Auto Mode will occur when the input to the ID Flag Sensor has errors such as the external input error or address set-

ting error at the time to start the communications with the RF Tag. In this case, the ID Flag Sensor will turns ON" 0" the ERR output and will store the error code in the data output bits (OD0 to OD15) in Normal Read Mode, or will store FFFF hex (ON all bits) in Read Mode with Wire-saving mode. The Data Display LED(0 to 15) corresponding to the error code will be lit red. 66 RFID System User's Manual Section 5 Control I/O Interface Auto Mode1: VERIFY Mode setting switch settings RF Tag position In communi-

cations range In communi-

cations range INHIBIT/TRIG Communications with RF Tag Verify-

ing Verify-

ing Data intput

(ID0 to ID15: 16 bits) 0000 hex Reference data1 Reference data2 Access Address : 0010 hex Output Mode : 10 ms OFF delay R/W input Address shift input

(ADR0 to 2: 3 bits) 0 hex Address shift data 3 ms OFF delay time 3 ms OFF delay time NORMAL/STRB ERR output PARITY output 0 NOISE_OUT output Data output

(OD0 to OD15: 16 bits) Data Display LED

(0 to 15: 16 bits) 0000 hex 0001 hex 0000 hex 0080 hex 0000 hex All OFF Reference data1 (green) Reference data2 (green) A B C D E F G H I Reference data and read data match Reference data and read data do not match. A, B. Preparations Before starting communications with the RF Tag, turn OFF the R/W input, set the reference data on the data input bits (ID0 to ID15), and set the address shift input bits (ADR0 to ADR2). C. Canceling communica-

Turn OFF the INHIBIT/TRIG before starting communications. tions prohibition

Reference Data and Read Data Match D. Start of communications The ID Flag Sensor will start communications with the RF Tag when the RF Tag enters the interrogation zone of the Antenna. E. End of communications If communications with the RF Tag are completed normally, the ID Flag Sensor will turn ON the NORMAL/STRB output and the data output bit (OD0: data match). The VERIFY OK/NG indicator will be lit green, and the data indicators (0 to 15) corresponding to the reference data will be lit green. F. Clearing results After the RF Tag is out of the interrogation zone of the Antenna, the NORMAL/STRB output and data output bits

(OD0 to OD15) will be turned OFF after the time set for the OFF delay in the output mode time setting has elapsed. The NORMAL/STRB output , the data output bits (OD0 to OD15) and the Data Display LED can be uncondition-

ally cleared by turning ON the INHIBIT/TRIG input.

Reference Data and Read Data Mismatch G. Start of communications The ID Flag Sensor will start communications with the RF Tag when the RF Tag enters the interrogation zone of the Antenna. H. End of communications If communications with the RF Tag are completed normally, the ID Flag Sensor will turn ON the NORMAL/STRB output and the data output bit (OD7: data mismatch). The VERIFY OK/NG indicator will be lit red, and the data indicators (0 to 15) corresponding to the reference data will be lit green. I. Clearing results After the RF Tag is out of the interrogation zone of the Antenna, the NORMAL/STRB output and data output bits

(OD0 to OD15) will be turned OFF after the time set for the OFF delay in the output mode time setting has elapsed. The NORMAL/STRB output, the data output bits (OD0 to OD15) and the Data Display LED can be uncondition-

ally cleared by turning ON the INHIBIT/TRIG input. At least 10 ms is required for enabling INHIBIT/TRIG input as operation prohibit or clear the data. Wait at least 10 ms after switching the R/W input line before performing next process. Switch the address shift input (ADR0 to ADR2) at least 10 ms before accessing the RF Tag. Switch the reference data input (ID0 to ID15) at least 10 ms before accessing the RF Tag. Read the data output (OD0 to OD15) after the NORMAL/STRB output turns ON. In Auto Mode, the ID Flag Sensor does not output the error in case when the ID Flag Sensor can not complete the communication process caused by passing the RF Tag quickly in the interrogation zone of the Antenna before completing the communication or interfering by electrical noise. Be sure to check the communications carefully when installing the system. S e c t i o n 5 i i T m n g C h a r t s RFID System User's Manual 67 S e c t i o n 5 i i T m n g C h a r t s Section 5 Control I/O Interface Auto Mode1: Write Mode setting switch settings RF Tag position INHIBIT/TRIG Communications with RF Tag Data intput

(OD0 to OD15: 16 bits) 0000 hex Access Address : 0010 hex Output Mode : 10 ms OFF delay R/W input Address shift input

(ADR0 to 2: 3 bits) 0 hex NORMAL/STRB ERR output In communi-

cations range In communi-

cations range Writing Writing Write data Address shift data 3 ms OFF delay time 3 ms OFF delay time PARITY output 0 1 0 NOISE_OUT output Data output

(OD0 to OD15: 16 bits) 0000 hex Error code 0000 hex Data Display LED

(0 to 15: 16 bits) All OFF Write data display (green) Error code display (red) A B C D E F G H I Normal completion Completion with error A, B. Preparations Turn ON the R/W input before starting communications with the RF Tag, set the write data on the data input bits (ID0 to ID15), and set the address shift input bits (ADR0 to ADR2). C. Canceling communications Turn OFF the INHIBIT/TRIG before starting communications. prohibition

Normal Completion of Communications with RF Tag D. Start of communications The ID Flag Sensor will start communications with the RF Tag when the RF Tag enters the interrogation zone of the Antenna. E. End of communications If communications with the RF Tag are completed normally, the ID Flag Sensor will turn ON the NORMAL/STRB output. The Data Display LED (0 to 15) corresponding to the write data will be lit green. F. Clearing results After the RF Tag is out of the interrogation zone of the Antenna, the NORMAL/STRB output and data output bits (OD0 to OD15) will be turned OFF after the time set for the OFF delay in the output mode time setting has elapsed. The NORMAL/STRB output, the data output bits (OD0 to OD15) and the Data Display LED can be uncondi-

tionally cleared by turning ON the INHIBIT/TRIG input.

Error Completion of Communications with RF Tag G. Start of communications The ID Flag Sensor will start communications with the RF Tag when the RF Tag enters the interrogation zone of the Antenna. H. End of communications If communications with the RF Tag are completed with an error (Write Verify error, Lock error, Write-protect error etc.), the ID Flag Sensor will turn ON 0 the ERR output and will store the error data in the data output bits (OD0 to OD15). The Data Display LED (0 to 15) corresponding to the error data will be lit red. I. Clearing results After the RF Tag is out of the interrogation zone of the Antenna, the ERR output will turns OFF" 1" and data output bits (OD0 to OD15) will be turned OFF after the time set for the OFF delay in the output mode time set-

ting has elapsed. The NORMAL/STRB output, the data output bits (OD0 to OD15) and the Data Display LED can be uncondi-

tionally cleared by turning ON the INHIBIT/TRIG input. At least 10 ms is required for enabling INHIBIT/TRIG input as operation prohibit or clear the data. Wait at least 10 ms after switching the R/W input line before performing next process. Switch the address shift input (ADR0 to ADR2) at least 10 ms before accessing the RF Tag. Switch the write data input (ID0 to ID15) at least 10 ms before accessing the RF Tag. In Auto Mode, the ID Flag Sensor does not output the error in case when the ID Flag Sensor can not complete the communication process caused by passing the RF Tag quickly in the interrogation zone of the Antenna before completing the communication or interfering by electrical noise. Be sure to check the communications carefully when installing the system. 68 RFID System User's Manual Section 5 Control I/O Interface Trigger Mode1 :Noise Measurement Mode setting switch settings INHIBIT/TRIG Measuring noise level Measuring noise level NOISE_IN/WRITE PROTECT input R/W input NORMAL/STRB NOISE_OUT output 3 ms PARITY output 0 Parity value 0 Data output

(OD0 to OD15: 16 bits) Data Display LED

(0 to 15: 16 bits) 0000 hex Noise level data 0000 hex A B C D E Noise level display (green) S e c t i o n 5 A. Preparations Turn OFF the R/W input and INHIBIT/TRIG input, and turn ON the NOISE_IN/WRITE PROTECT input. B. Start of measurement Turn ON the INHIBIT/TRIG input to start noise measurement. C. End of measurement D. Clearing results When the noise level measurement is completed, the ID Flag Sensor will turn ON the NORMAL/STRB output, store the noise level data in the output data bits (OD0 to OD15), and store the parity value in the PARITY output. When you turn OFF the INHIBIT/TRIG input, the NORMAL/STRB output will be turned OFF, the parity value(0) will be set on the PARITY output, and the data output bits (OD0 to OD15) will be cleared to 0000 hex. E. Return to communications Turn OFF the INHIBIT/TRIG input and NOISE_IN/WRITE PROTECT input to return to read and write communication mode. At least 10 ms the INHIBIT/TRIG input duration is required for measuring the noise level. Read the noise level data output (OD0 to OD15) after the NORMAL/STRB output turns ON. i i T m n g C h a r t s RFID System User's Manual 69 Section 5 Control I/O Interface Auto Mode1 (Noise Measurement) Mode setting switch settings INHIBIT/TRIG Measuring noise level NOISE_IN/WRITE PROTECT input R/W input NORMAL/STRB NOISE_OUT output Measuring noise level Measuring noise level 3 ms Approx. 10 ms 3 ms Approx. 10 ms S e c t i o n 5 PARITY output 0 Parity value 0 Noise level data Parity value Noise level data Data output

(OD0 to OD15: 16 bits) 0000 hex 0000 hex Data Display LED

(0 to 15: 16 bits) Noise level display (green) Noise level display

(green) A B C D E i i T m n g C h a r t s A. Preparations Turn OFF the R/W input , and turn ON the INHIBIT/TRIG input and the NOISE_IN/WRITE PROTECT input. B. Start of measurement Turn OFF the INHIBIT/TRIG input to start noise measurement. C. End of measurement D. Clearing results When the noise level measurement is completed, the ID Flag Sensor will turn ON the NORMAL/STRB output, store the noise level data in the output data bits (OD0 to OD15), and store the parity value in the PARITY output. About 10msec has elapsed after output NORMAL/STRB output, the NORMAL/STRB output will be turned OFF, the parity value(0) will be set on the PARITY output, and the data output bits (OD0 to OD15) will be cleared to 0000 hex. And then, start noise measurement repeatedly. E. Return to communications Turn OFF the INHIBIT/TRIG input and NOISE_IN/WRITE PROTECT input to return to read and write communication mode. At least 10 ms the INHIBIT/TRIG input duration is required for measuring the noise level. Read the noise level data outpu (OD0 to OD15) after the NORMAL/STRB output turns ON. 70 RFID System User's Manual Section 5 Control I/O Interface Sample Programming Reading Flags This sample program shows a programming example for using an external switch with a Sensor or other device to read RF Tag data and turn ON the outputs for bits allocated to various devices. Mode setting switch settings 00.10 external SW 100.01 Start 110.0 Self-holding bit 00.00 100.07 End NORMAL output 100.00 01.00 DIFU 100.01 02.00 When the external SW turns ON, INHIBIT/TRIG input turns ON, and the ID Flag Sensor starts communications. INHIBIT/TRIG input 110.0 Self-holding DIFU 100.00 Detects when NORMAL output turns ON. Upwardly differentiated status of NORMAL output Data output bit OD0 01.01 Data output bit OD1 01.02 Data output bit OD2 01.14 Data output bit OD14 01.15 Data output bit OD15 Model 1 Model 2 Model 3 Model 15 Model 16 100.07 End S e c t i o n 5 S a m p l e P r o g r a m m n g i RFID System User's Manual 71 Section 5 Control I/O Interface Detecting Disconnection This sample program shows a programming example for detecting disconnection of data output lines

(16 lines) by using the parity output. Mode setting switch settings 00.10 SW 100.01 Start 110.00 100.07 End Self-holding 00.00 NORMAL output 100.00 Upwardly differentiated status of NORMAL output 00.02 PARITY output P_CY Carry flag 100.02 Disconnection Detected 100.03 Cable Disconnection Indication S e c t i o n 5 S a m p l e P r o g r a m m n g i DIFU 100.01 02.00 When the external SW turns ON, INHIBIT/TRIG input turns ON, and the ID Flag Sensor starts communications. INHIBIT/TRIG input 110.00 Self-holding DIFU 100.00 BCNT

#0000 1 D0000

D0000 ASR D0000 100.02 100.07 End 100.03 Detects when NORMAL output turns ON. Counts the number of ON bits in the data output bits(OD0 to OD15) and store in the DM0000. Add the PARITY output result to the data output bits ON number. (Even : normal, Odd : error) Check the PARITY results. When the results is odd(error), P_CY flags turns ON. Disconnection Detected If the number is odd, there is a disconnection. Cable Disconnection Indication Indicates the disconnection. 72 RFID System User's Manual Section 5 Control I/O Interface Auto Mode with Wire-saving Mode This sample program shows a programming example for reading the RF Tag in Auto Mode with Wire-saving mode. The ID Flag Sensor read the RF Tag data in Auto Mode with Wire-saving mode , store the read data in the DM0000, and outputs normal completion contact(100.05). If the communications is completed with error, error completion contact(100.06) turns ON. Mode setting switch settings 01.00 Data output bit OD0 01.01 Data output bit OD1 01.02 Data output bit OD2 01.03 Data output bit OD3 01.14 Data output bit OD14 01.15 Data output bit OD15 100.00 100.07 Upwardly differentiated status of Data output 110.00 End Self-holding T0000 TIMER 000 P_EQ P_EQ DIFU 100.00 Detects when either of the data output bits(OD0 to OD15) turns ON. S e c t i o n 5 S a m p l e P r o g r a m m n g i Set the time 10msec at the timer000

( #0001 x 10msec =10msec). Wait 10msec after detecting either of data output bits(OD0 to OD15) turns ON. Compare the data output bits

(OD0 to OD15) and FFFFHex(all ones). If the data output bis is all ones, turns ON error completion contact. If the data output bis is not all ones, turns ON normal completion contact. Store the data output bits to DM0000. TIMH 000

#0001 110.00 Self-holding CMP 000

#FFFF 100.06 Error completion 100.05 Normal completion MOV 000 D0000 100.07 End RFID System User's Manual 73 Section 5 Control I/O Interface MEMO S e c t i o n 5 S a m p l e P r o g r a m m n g i 74 RFID System User's Manual Section 6 Troubleshooting Handling Errors Errors and Countermeasures Maintenance and Inspection 76 77 78 S e c t i o n 6 T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g RFID System User's Manual 75 Section 6 Troubleshooting Handling Errors Check the error status by looking at the 16bits Data Display LED and the Error output(ERR)/Data Output(OD0 to OD15), and then take suitable actions. Hardware Errors Data Output Error Corrective action Lit red No output Hardware error If the error continues after resetting the power, replace the ID Flag Sensor. S e c t i o n 6 H a n d l i n g E r r o r s Operation Errors Data Output Error Corrective action Flashing red No output Settings error Set the Access address setting switches or Mode setting switches within the correct range. Flashing red OD6 External Input error There are possibilities that external noise is applied or chattering or delay at the Input lines. Follow the instruction in the Chapter 4 Installation, Connections, and Wiring and Errors and Countermeasures of this chapter. RFID-related Errors Data Output Error Corrective action Flashing red OD0 RF Tag communication error :

RF Tag was detected in TRIGGER MODE but communications could not be ended normally. Change the control timing so that communications can be started while the RF Tag is within the Antenna's interrogation zone. Measure the noise and take suitable noise countermeasures. Check the effect of surrounding metal and make sure that the desired communications range can be obtained. Flashing red OD1 Flashing red OD2 Verify error :

Data was not correctly written to RF Tag . No RF Tag error :

An RF Tag could not be detected in TRIGGER MODE. Flashing red OD3 Flashing red OD4 Flashing red OD8 Flashing red OD9 Flashing red OD10 Flashing red OD5 Address setting error :

The access address setting switches set to a memory area outside the RF Tag memory range. Write protect error :

Write operation executed to the write-protected area of RF Tag. RF Tag error 1 :

RF Tag used is not supported by the ID Flag Sensor. RF Tag error 2 :

RF Tag used is not supported by the ID Flag Sensor. RF Tag error 3 :

RF Tag used is not supported by the ID Flag Sensor. Hardware Data error :

Data in the specified address is set to all 0s or 1s in the DATA READ 2 MODE. Note. Flashing is turing on and off every 0.3sec. Retry the writing process. If the error persists, replace the RF Tag. Change the control timing so that communications can be started while the RF Tag is within the Antenna's interrogation zone. Measure the noise and take suitable noise countermeasures. Check the effect of surrounding metal and make sure that the desired communications range can be obtained. Set the Access address setting switches within the RF Tag memory range. Execute the write operation to outside the write-protected area. Disabled Write protect function, if you do not use write protect function. Change the RF Tag to one supported by the ID Flag Sensor. Change the RF Tag data in the specified address except for all 0s or 1s. 76 RFID System User's Manual Section 6 Troubleshooting Errors and Countermeasures The four main causes of problems that may occur in the ID Flag Sensor are as follows:

Noise interference Take adequate countermeasures against noise. External device failure ID Flag Sensor failure Others Repairs are required.

Noise Interference If the system malfunctions due to noise, refer to the following table and take appropriate countermea-

sures. No. Occurrence of fault Possible cause Countermeasure An instantaneous voltage drop due to inrush current to the heavy load. Increase the capacity of the power supply and the size of the power cable. 1 Occurs when a heavy-duty motor, transformer, or capacitor is turned ON. Common mode noise as a result of the above cause. 2 Occurs irregularly. Noise on power line Provide the power through a 1-to-1 non-grounded insulating transformer. Do not use the same ground as other large-capacity devices. Inde-

pendently ground the Controller at a resistance of 100 or less. (See fig-

ure1.) Provide the power through a 1-to-1 non-grounded insulating transformer or noise filter. (See figure 2.) Separate input signal from power lines. 3 Malfunction such as input signal turn-

ing ON when it should be OFF. Inductive noise on input line If there is a lot of noise interference, put the input line inside a grounded metal conduit or use shielded cable. 1. Improvement in Grounding Other device ID Flag Sensor Other device ID Flag Sensor Ground at a resistance less than 100 . 2. Countermeasures Against Noise on Power Line Power supply ID Flag Sensor Noise filter Twist the wires and do not lay them out parallel to power lines. S e c t i o n 6 E r r o r s a n d C o u n t e r m e a s u r e s RFID System User's Manual 77 Section 6 Troubleshooting Maintenance and Inspection The ID Flag Sensor must be inspected on a daily or regular basis so that the functions can be used in good condition. The ID Flag Sensor consists of semiconductors that last almost indefinitely. The following malfunctions may, however, result due to the operating environment and conditions.

(1) Element deterioration due to overvoltage or overcurrent.

(2) Element deterioration due to continuous stress caused by high ambient temperature.

(3) Connector contact faults or insulation deterioration due to humidity and dust.

(4) Connector contact faults or element corrosion due to corrosive gas.

Inspection Items No. Item Detail Criteria Supply voltage fluctua-

tion

(1) Check that the supply voltage fluctuation at the power supply terminal block is within the permissible range.

(2) Check that there are no frequent instanta-

neous power failures or radical voltage fluctuations. Required equipment Multimeter Within supply voltage speci-

fied range Within permissible voltage fluctuation range Power supply analyzer Ambient environment

(a) Temperature

(a) Within the specified range

(b) Humidity

(b) Within the specified range

(a) 10 to 55C

(b) 25% to 85%

(c) Vibration and shock

(c) Influence of vibration or impact of

(c) Within the specified machines range

(d) Dust

(d) Check that the system is free of accumu-

(d) Neither is permitted. lated dust and foreign particles.

(e) Corrosive gas

(e) Check that no metal part of the system is

(e) Neither is permitted. Panel condition discolored or corroded. Maximum and minimum ther-

mometer Hygrometer

(a) Ventilation

(a) Check that the system is ventilated prop-

erly with natural ventilation, forced ventila-

tion, or cooling air.

(a) The interior temperature must be within a range between 10 and 55C with proper ventilation.

(b) Damage to packing for any enclosed construction

(b) Check that the panel packing is properly

(b) The packing must have attached with no damage. no damage. I/O power supply

(a) Voltage fluctuation

(b) Ripple Check on the I/O terminal block that the volt-

age fluctuation and ripple are within the per-

missible ranges. Within the specified range Multimeter Oscilloscope 1 2 3 4 S e c t i o n 6 M a i n t e n a n c e a n d I n s p e c t i o n

(1) Check that each device is securely No loose screws mounted.

(2) Check that each connector is fully inserted.

(3) Check that no wire is broken or nearly bro-

ken.

(4) Check that the distance between the RF Tag and Antenna is within the specified range. Manage the number of times the RF Tag has been written Each connector must be locked or securely tightened with screws. Must be no wire that is bro-

ken or nearly broken. Within the specified range Do not allow the specified maximum number of over-

writes to be exceeded.

5 Mounting condition 6 RF Tag life 78 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices Product Specifications Characteristics Reference Data: Antenna and RF Tags Installation RF Tag Memory Capacities and Memory Types RF Tag Memory Map Chemical Resistance of the Antennas and RF Tags V600-Compatible Mode Degree of Protection 80 114 157 207 208 210 216 231 S e c t i o n 7 A p p e n d i c e s RFID System User's Manual 79 Section 7 Appendices Product Specifications ID Flag Sensor

General Specifications V680-HAM91/-HAM81 Item Model V680-HAM91/V680-HAM81 Supply voltage Power consumption Ambient operating temperature Ambient storage temperature Ambient operating humidity 24 VDC +10%/-15%, Ripple (p-p): 10% max. 3.5 W max. (supply voltage: 24 VDC, current consumption: 0.15A Max., not included I/O Interface current.)

-10 to 55C (with no icing)

-25 to 65C (with no icing) 25% to 85% (with no condensation) Insulation resistance 20 M min. (at 500 VDC) between terminals(except for FG) and casing Dielectric strength 1,000 VAC, 50/60Hz for 1 min between terminals(except for FG) and casing Vibration resistance 10 to 150 Hz, 0.2-mm double amplitude, acceleration: 15m/s2, 10 sweeps in each 3 directions (up/

down, left/right, and forward/backward) for 8 minutes each Shock resistance 150 m/s2, 3 times each in 6 directions (Total: 18 times) Dimensions 90 30 65 mm (excluding protruding parts) Degree of protection IP40 (IEC60529) Material Weight PC + ABS Approx. 130 g Mounting method DIN Track

Interface cable V680-A60 2M/5M/10M Specifications cable length model Interface cable

(Connector : 26pins) 2m 5m 10m V680-A60 2m V680-A60 5m V680-A60 10m The interface cable connector is not waterproof. The maximum cable length is 10 m. S e c t i o n 7 P r o d u c t S p e c i f i c a t i o n s 80 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

I/O Specifications Item V680-HAM91 V680-HAM81 Input Output Transistor output or contact output Short-circuit current: 3 mA (typical) (Input terminal and 0-V short-circuit) OFF voltage: 15 to 30 VDC ON voltage: 0 to 5 VDC Input impedance: 8.2 k Applied voltage: 30 VDC max. NPN open collector, 20 mA max. at 30 VDC, residual voltage: 2 V max. PNP open collector, 20 mA max. at 30 VDC, residual voltage: 2 V max.

I/O Circuit Diagram V680-HAM91 Input Circuit Output Circuit DC24V Tr IN 0V 8.2k Main Circuit Main Circuit OUT 0V V680-HAM81 Input Circuit Output Circuit DC24V Tr IN 8.2k 0V Main Circuit Main Circuit DC24V OUT 0V INPUT/OUTPUT controls When using a solid-state output with the maximum switching current rating over 1A , there is a possibility of causing External Input Errors due to the delay of rise /fall time of output signal. Consider this when selecting the solid-state output. When using a contact output, consider chattering and the minimum switching current. When connecting an inductive load or an electrical device that tends to generate noise to the output, connect a diode in parallel with the load. Connect the cathode side of the diode to the positive side of the power supply. S e c t i o n 7 P r o d u c t S p e c i f i c a t i o n s RFID System User's Manual 81 Section 7 Appendices

Dimensions V680-HAM91/-HAM81 74.8 71.8 65.75 61.75 4-switch 7

. 8 0 3 21-Status Indicator Connector 7

. 4 1

1

. 2 7 108.26 90 4 7

. 4 1 18.95 4-switch 30.25 41.55 52.85 Connector 5 6 12

(5.5)

(Unit : mm) 38.5

Interface cable V680-A60 2M/5M/10M

(Unit : mm) Connector : XG5M-2632-N 32 205 205

+50 L1 0 355 14.4 1 6.1 205 205 Vinyl-insulated round cord 9 mm dia, 23-conductor cable (7/0.2 mm dia. : AWG24) 6

. 7 3 The interface cable connector is not waterproof. The maximum cable length is 10 m. Model L1 Length (mm) V680-A60 2M V680-A60 5M V680-A60 10M 2000 5000 10000 S e c t i o n 7 P r o d u c t S p e c i f i c a t i o n s 82 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices Antenna Four models of Antennas can be used with ID Slave. Select the best Antenna for the application.

V680-HS51

General Specifications Item Model Ambient operating temperature Ambient storage temperature Ambient operating humidity 10 to 60C (with no icing) 25 to 75C (with no icing) 35% to 95% (with no condensation) V680-HS51 Insulation resistance 20 M min. (at 500 VDC) between cable terminals and case Dielectric strength 1,000 VAC, 50/60Hz for 1 min between cable terminals and case Degree of protection Vibration resistance IP67 (IEC 60529:2001), Oil resistance equivalent to IP67G (JIS C 0920:2003, Appendix 1)

(Antenna portion)See Note1. 10 to 2,000 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude, acceleration: 150 m/s2, 10 sweeps in each of 3 directions (up/down, left/right, and forward/backward) for 15 minutes each Shock resistance 1,000 m/s2, 3 times each in 6 directions (Total: 18 times) Dimensions Material Weight M12 35 mm ABS, brass, and epoxy resin filling Approx. 55 g Cable length Standard length of 2 m Note.1 The Connector is not waterproof. Oil resistance has been tested using a specific oil as defined in the OMRON test method.

Dimensions 1 2 . 5 d i a . Mounting Hole Dimensions M12 x 1 2 1 d i a . 17

. a d i 6

. 9 7 24 33 35 S e c t i o n 7 P r o d u c t S p e c i f i c a t i o n s

(Unit: mm) Two toothed washers Two lock nuts Ferrite core Connector 25 50 Coaxial cable, 2.9 dia., standard length: 2 m

. i a d 5

. 4 1

. i a d 8

. 6 1

Insulation cover 2 1 5 1 Case material Brass Communications surface ABS resin Filling resin Cable Epoxy resin PVC (black) RFID System User's Manual 83 Section 7 Appendices V680-HS52-W/R General Specifications Item Model V680-HS52-W

(Standard cable, waterproof connector) V680-HS52-R

(Flexible cable, non-waterproof connector) Ambient operating temperature Ambient storage temperature Ambient operating humidity

-10 to 60 C (with no icing)

-25 to 75 C (with no icing) 35% to 95% (with no condensation) Insulation resistance 20 M min. (at 500 VDC) between cable terminals and the case Dielectric strength 1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz fo r 1 min between cable terminals and case Degree of protection IP67 (IEC 60529:2001), Oil resistance equivalent to IP67G (JIS C 0920:2003, Appendix 1)

(Antenna portion) See Note 1. IP67 (IEC 60529:2001), Oil resistance equivalent to IP67G (JIS C 0920:2003, Appendix 1)

(Antenna portion)See Note 2. Vibration resistance 10 to 500 Hz, 1.5- mm double amplitude, acceleration: 100 m/s, 1 sweep in each 3 directions (up/

down, left/right, and forward/backward) for 8 minutes each 2 Shock resistance 500 m/s 2, 3 times each in 6 directions (Total: 18 times) Dimensions M22 65 mm Material Weight ABS resin, brass, and epoxy resin ller Approx. 850 g (with 12.5-m cable) Cable length Standard lengths of 2 and 12.5 m Note 1. The degree of protection for the Connector is IP67/IP65. Oil resistance has been tested using a specic oil as dened in the OMRON test method. The ID Flag Sensor is not wa terproof. Do not use it in an environment where mist is present. 2. The Connector is not waterproof. Oil resistance has been tested using a specic oil as dened in the OMRON test method. The ID Flag Sensor is not waterproof. Do not use it in an environment where mist is present. S e c t i o n 7 P r o d u c t S p e c i fi c a t i o n s V680-HS61 General Specifications Item Model V680-HS61 Ambient operating temperature Ambient storage temperature Ambient operating humidity

-10 to 60 C (with no icing)

-25 to 75 C (with no icing) 35% to 95% (with no condensation) Insulation resistance 20 M min. (at 500 VDC) between cable terminals and the case Dielectric strength 1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz fo r 1 min between cable terminals and case Degree of protection IP67 (IEC 60529:2001), Oil resistance equivalent to IP67G (JIS C 0920:2003, Appendix 1)

(Antenna portion) See Note 1. Vibration resistance 10 to 500 Hz, 1.5- mm double amplitude, acceleration: 100 m/s, 1 sweep in each 3 directions (up/

down, left/right, and forward/backward) for 11minutes each 2 Shock resistance 500 m/s 2, 3 times each in 6 directions (Total: 18 times) Dimension 1830.510 mm Material Weight ABS resin, brass, and epoxy resin ller Approx. 68 g Cable length Standard lengths of 2 m Note 1. The degree of protection for the Connector is IP67/IP65. Oil resistance has been tested using a specic oil as dened in the OMRON test method. The ID Flag Sensor is not wa terproof. Do not use it in an environment where mist is present. 84 RFID System User's Manual Dimensions V680-HS52-W Antenna 35 dia. i a d 8 9 1

. 30 7 22.5 dia. 47.8 50 57 65 Mounting Hole Dimensions V680-HS52-R Antenna 35 dia. Section 7 Appendices Two toothed washers Two lock nuts M22 1 Operation indicator

(Unit: mm) Ferrite core 37 Connector

. i a d 5 4 1

. i a d 8 6 1

. i a d 5 6 1

. 30 50 Coaxial cable, 5.5 dia., standard length: 2 m Insulation cover Case material Brass Communications surface ABS resin niser gnilliF elbaC niser yxopE

)yarg( CVP Two toothed washers Two lock nuts M22 1 Operation indicator

(Unit: mm Connector Ferrite core

(39.5) 30 7 22.5 dia. 47.6 50 57 65 Mounting Hole Dimensions V680-HS61

. i a d 5 4 1

. i a d 8 6 1

. i a d 5 6 1

. 30 50 Coaxial cable, 5.3 dia., standard length: 2 m Insulation cover Case material Brass Communications surface ABS resin niser gnilliF elbaC niser yxopE

)kcalb( CVP

(Unit: mm) Ferrite core Connector S e c t i o n 7 P r o d u c t S p e c i c a t i o n s Coaxial cable, 2.9 dia., standard length: 2 m Insulation cover Case material Filling resin Cable ABS resin Epoxy resin PVC (black) RFID System User's Manual 85 Section 7 Appendices

V680-HS63-W/R

General Specifications Item Model V680-HS63-W

(Standard cable, waterproof connector) V680-HS63-R

(Flexible cable, non-waterproof connector) Ambient operating temperature Ambient storage temperature Ambient operating humidity 10 to 60C (with no icing) 25 to 75C (with no icing) 35% to 95% (with no condensation) Insulation resistance 20 M min. (at 500 VDC) between cable terminals and case Dielectric strength 1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between cable terminals and case Degree of protection IP67 (IEC 60529:2001), Oil resistance equivalent to IP67G (JIS C 0920:2003, Appendix 1)

(Antenna portion) See Note 1. IP67 (IEC 60529:2001), Oil resistance equivalent to IP67G (JIS C 0920:2003, Appendix 1)

(Antenna portion)See Note 2. Vibration resistance 10 to 500 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude, acceleration: 100 m/s2, 10 sweeps in each of 3 directions up/

down, left/right, and forward/backward) for 11 minutes each Shock resistance 500 m/s2, 3 times each in 6 directions (Total: 18 times) Dimensions 40 53 23 mm Material Weight ABS resin case, epoxy resin filler Approx. 850 g (with 12.5-m cable) Cable length Standard lengths of 2 and 12.5 m Note 1. The degree of protection for the Connector is IP67/IP65. Oil resistance has been tested using a specific oil as defined in the OMRON test method. The ID Flag Sensor is not waterproof. Do not use it in an environment where mist is present. 2. The Connector is not waterproof. Oil resistance has been tested using a specific oil as defined in the OMRON test method. The ID Flag Sensor is not waterproof. Do not use it in an environment where mist is present. Note : The ID Flag Sensor is not waterproof. Do not use it in an environment where mist is present. S e c t i o n 7 P r o d u c t S p e c i f i c a t i o n s 86 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

Dimensions V680-HS63-W Antenna

(Unit: mm) Ferrite core 37 Connector i

. a d 5

. 4 1 i

. a d 8

. 6 1 Insulation cover i

. a d 5

. 6 1 30 50 Coaxial cable, 5.5 dia., standard length: 2 m 0 4 1

. 0 8 2 5 5 27 6 53 Operation indicator Note: Mounting Hole Dimensions Coil center Two, M4 or 4.5-dia. holes Case material Filling resin Cable ABS resin Epoxy resin PVC (gray)

(Unit: mm) Ferrite core 37 i

. a d 5

. 6 1 30 50 Coaxial cable, 5.3 dia., standard length: 2 m Connector i

. a d 5

. 4 1 i

. a d 8

. 6 1 Insulation cover S e c t i o n 7 P r o d u c t S p e c i f i c a t i o n s V680-HS63-R Antenna 0 4

. 1 0 8 2 5 5 27 6 53 Operation indicator Note: Mounting Hole Dimensions Two, M4 or 4.5-dia. holes Coil center Case material Filling resin Cable ABS resin Epoxy resin PVC (black) RFID System User's Manual 87 Section 7 Appendices

V680-HS65-W/R

General Specifications Item Model V680-HS65-W

(Standard cable, waterproof connector) V680-HS65-R

(Flexible cable, non-waterproof connector) Ambient operating temperature Ambient storage temperature Ambient operating humidity 25 to 70C (with no icing) 40 to 85C (with no icing) 35% to 95% (with no condensation) Insulation resistance 20 M min. (at 500 VDC) between cable terminals and case Dielectric strength 1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between connector terminals and case Degree of protection IP67 (IEC 60529:2001), Oil resistance equivalent to IP67G (JIS C 0920:2003, Appendix 1)

(Antenna portion) See Note 1. IP67 (IEC 60529:2001), Oil resistance equivalent to IP67G (JIS C 0920:2003, Appendix 1)

(Antenna portion)See Note 2. Vibration resistance 10 to 500 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude, acceleration: 100 m/s2, 10 sweeps in each of 3 directions up/

down, left/right, and forward/backward) for 11 minutes each Shock resistance 500 m/s2, 3 times each in 6 directions (Total: 18 times) Dimensions 100 100 30 mm Material Weight ABS resin case, epoxy resin filler Approx. 1,100 g (with 12.5-m cable) Cable length Standard lengths of 2 and 12.5 m Note 1. The degree of protection for the Connector is IP67/IP65. Oil resistance has been tested using a specific oil as defined in the OMRON test method. The ID Flag Sensor is not waterproof. Do not use it in an environment where mist is present. 2. The Connector is not waterproof. Oil resistance has been tested using a specific oil as defined in the OMRON test method. The ID Flag Sensor is not waterproof. Do not use it in an environment where mist is present. S e c t i o n 7 P r o d u c t S p e c i f i c a t i o n s 88 RFID System User's Manual

Dimensions V680-HS65-W Operation indicator 5 5 0 5 0 0 1 2

. 0 0 9 0 3 0 2 V680-HS65-R Operation indicator 5 5 0 5 0 0 1

. 2 0 0 9 0 3 0 2 Section 7 Appendices

(Unit: mm) Connector

. a d i 5

. 4 1 i

. a d 8

. 6 1 Ferrite core 37 50 i

. a d 5

. 6 1 30 Coaxial cable, 5.5 dia., standard length: 2 m Insulation cover ABS resin Epoxy resin PVC (gray)

(Unit: mm) Connector i

. a d 5

. 4 1

. a d i 8

. 6 1 Ferrite core 37 50

. a d i 5

. 6 1 Coaxial cable, 5.3 dia., standard length: 2 m Insulation cover S e c t i o n 7 P r o d u c t S p e c i f i c a t i o n s ABS resin Epoxy resin PVC (black) 100 900.2 50 Four, 4.5 dia.

(Mounting holes) Bushing 0 1 10 1 1 Case material Filling resin Cable 100 900.2 50 Four, 4.5 dia.

(Mounting holes) Bushing 0 1 10 1 1 Case material Filling resin Cable RFID System User's Manual 89 Section 7 Appendices RF Tags

V680-D1KP52MT

General Specifications Item Model Memory capacity 1,000 bytes (user area) Memory type EEPROM V680-D1KP52MT Data Retention 10 years after writing (85C or less), 0.5 years after writing (85 to 125C) Total data retention at high temperatures exceeding 125C is 10 hours See Note 1 Write Endurance 100,000 times per block (25C) Ambient operating temperature when communicating Ambient storage temperature (with data retention) Ambient operating humidity 25 to 85C (with no icing) 40 to 125C (with no icing) 35% to 95%

Degree of protection IP68 (IEC 60529:2001), Oil resistance equivalent to IP67G (JIS C 0920:2003, Appendix 1) See Note 2. Vibration resistance 10 to 2,000 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude, acceleration: 150 m/s2, 10 sweeps each in X, Y, and Z directions for 15 minutes each Shock resistance 500 m/s2, 3 times each in X, Y, and Z directions (Total: 18 times) Dimensions Materials Weight 8 dia. 5 mm Case: PPS resin, Filling resin: Epoxy resin Approx. 0.5 g Metal countermeasures Yes Note 1. After string data at high temperatures, rewrite the data even if changes are not required, high temperatures are those exceeding 125C up to 180C. 2. Oil resistance has been tested using a specific oil as defined in the OMRON test method. S e c t i o n 7 P r o d u c t S p e c i f i c a t i o n s 90 RFID System User's Manual

Dimensions 0 8 dia. 0.1 R0.2 Section 7 Appendices 0 5 0.1

(Unit: mm) Case material Filling resin PPS resin Epoxy resin When embedding the V680-D1KP52MT into a metal surface, use the V680-HS51, V680-HS52 Antenna. Transmission will not be possible if the V680-HS63 Antenna is used. The side with the markings is the communications surface. Mount the RF Tag with this side facing the Antenna. The ID code is written in the memory of the RF Tag and may be affected by data retention characteristics at high temperatures. Take suitable precautions when using the READ ID command for RF Tags operating at high temperatures.

RF Tag Heat Resistivity Storing RF Tags under high temperatures will adversely affect the performance of the internal parts and the service life of the RF Tags. An LTPD of 10% was determined during the evaluation for RF Tags that reached the end of their life after testing under the following test conditions. Heat cycle High temperatures 10C/150C, 30 minutes each for 1,000 cycles 10C/180C, 30 minutes each for 200 cycles 150C, 1,000 hours 180C, 200 hours LTPD: Lot tolerance percent defective The lower limit of the malfunction rate for lots to be considered unacceptable during reliability testing. S e c t i o n 7 P r o d u c t S p e c i f i c a t i o n s RFID System User's Manual 91 Section 7 Appendices

V680-D1KP52M-BT01

General Specifications Item Model Memory capacity 1,000 bytes (user area) Memory type EEPROM V680-D1KP52M-BT01 Data Retention 10 years after writing (85C or less), 0.5 years after writing (85 to 125C) Total data retention at high temperatures exceeding 125C is 10 hours See Note 1 Write Endurance 100,000 times per block (25C) Ambient operating temperature when communicating Ambient storage temperature (with data retention) Ambient operating humidity 25 to 85C (with no icing) 40 to 125C (with no icing) 35% to 95%

Degree of protection IP68 (IEC 60529:2001), Oil resistance equivalent to IP67G (JIS C 0920:2003, Appendix 1) See Note 2. Vibration resistance 10 to 2,000 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude, acceleration: 150 m/s2, 10 sweeps each in X, Y, and Z directions for 15 minutes each Shock resistance 500 m/s2, 3 times each in X, Y, and Z directions (Total: 18 times) Dimensions Materials Weight Hex Head: 17 HEX 9.5 mm, Screw: M10 10 mm Bolt: SUS303, Case (RF Tag): PPS resin, Filling resin (RF Tag): Epoxy resin Approx. 25 g Metal countermeasures Yes Note 1. After string data at high temperatures, rewrite the data even if changes are not required, high temperatures are those exceeding 125C up to 180C. 2. Oil resistance has been tested using a specific oil as defined in the OMRON test method.

Dimensions RF Tag

) 6

. 9 1

15-30 Bolt

(Unit: mm) 8.4 dia. M10-P1.5 C1.5 17 0.1 9.5 10 21.6 Bolt material Case material (RF Tag) SUS303 PPS resin Filling resin (RF Tag) Epoxy resin The side with the markings is the communications surface. Mount the RF Tag with this side facing the Antenna. The ID code is written in the memory of the RF Tag and may be affected by data retention characteristics at high temperatures. Take suitable precautions when using the READ ID command for RF Tags operating at high temperatures. S e c t i o n 7 P r o d u c t S p e c i f i c a t i o n s 92 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

V680-D1KP52M-BT11

General Specifications Item Model Memory capacity 1,000 bytes (user area) Memory type EEPROM V680-D1KP52M-BT11 Data Retention 10 years after writing (85C or less), 0.5 years after writing (85 to 125C) Total data retention at high temperatures exceeding 125C is 10 hours See Note 1 Write Endurance 100,000 times per block (25C) Ambient operating temperature when communicating Ambient storage temperature (with data retention) Ambient operating humidity 25 to 85C (with no icing) 40 to 125C (with no icing) 35% to 95%

Degree of protection IP68 (IEC 60529:2001), Oil resistance equivalent to IP67G (JIS C 0920:2003, Appendix 1) See Note 2. Vibration resistance 10 to 2,000 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude, acceleration: 150 m/s2, 10 sweeps each in X, Y, and Z directions for 15 minutes each Shock resistance 500 m/s2, 3 times each in X, Y, and Z directions (Total: 18 times) Dimensions Materials Weight Hex Head: 13 HEX 7 mm, Screw: M8 10 mm Bolt: SUS303, Case (RF Tag): PPS resin, Filling resin (RF Tag): Epoxy resin Approx. 10 g Metal countermeasures Yes Note 1. After string data at high temperatures, rewrite the data even if changes are not required, high temperatures are those exceeding 125C up to 180C. 2. Oil resistance has been tested using a specific oil as defined in the OMRON test method.

Dimensions RF Tag

) 5 1

15-30 Bolt

(Unit: mm) 6 dia. M8-P1.25 C1.5 13 0.1 7 10 19.1 Bolt material Case material (RF Tag) SUS303 PPS resin Filling resin (RF Tag) Epoxy resin The side with the markings is the communications surface. Mount the RF Tag with this side facing the Antenna. The ID code is written in the memory of the RF Tag and may be affected by data retention characteristics at high temperatures. Take suitable precautions when using the READ ID command for RF Tags operating at high temperatures. S e c t i o n 7 P r o d u c t S p e c i f i c a t i o n s RFID System User's Manual 93 Section 7 Appendices

V680-D1KP53M

General Specifications Item Model Memory capacity 1,000 bytes (user area) Memory type EEPROM V680-D1KP53M Data Retention 10 years after writing (85C or less), 0.5 years after writing (85 to 125C) Total data retention at high temperatures exceeding 125C is 10 hours See Note 1 Write Endurance 100,000 times per block (25C) Ambient operating temperature when communicating Ambient storage temperature (with data retention) Ambient operating humidity 25 to 85C (with no icing) 40 to 125C (with no icing) 35% to 95%

Degree of protection IP68 (IEC 60529:2001), Oil resistance equivalent to IP67G (JIS C 0920:2003, Appendix 1) See Note 2. Vibration resistance 10 to 2,000 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude, acceleration: 150 m/s2, 10 sweeps each in X, Y, and Z directions for 15 minutes each Shock resistance 500 m/s2, 3 times each in X, Y, and Z directions (Total: 18 times) Dimensions Materials Weight 10 dia. 4.5 mm (DIN698373) Case: PPS resin, Filling resin: Epoxy resin Approx. 1.0 g Metal countermeasures Yes Note 1. After string data at high temperatures, rewrite the data even if changes are not required, high temperatures are those exceeding 125C up to 180C. 2. Oil resistance has been tested using a specific oil as defined in the OMRON test method.

Dimensions 10 dia. C0.5 6-R0.8 4.5 Case material Filling resin PPS resin Epoxy resin When embedding the V680-D1KP53M into a metal surface, use the V680-HS51, V680-HS52 Antenna. Transmission will not be possible if the V680-HS63 Antenna is used. The side with the markings is the communications surface. Mount the RF Tag with this side facing the Antenna. S e c t i o n 7 P r o d u c t S p e c i f i c a t i o n s 94 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

V680-D1KP54T General Specifications Item Model V680-D1KP54T Memory capacity 1,000 bytes (user area) Memory type EEPROM Data Retention 10 years after writing (85C or less), 0.5 years after writing (85C to 125C) Total data retention at high temperatures exceeding 125C is 10 hours (See note.) Write Endurance 100,000 times per block (25C) Ambient operating temperature when communicating Ambient storage temperature (with data retention) Ambient operating humidity Degree of protection

-25 to 85C (with no icing)

-40 to 125C (with no icing) 35% to 95%

IP67 (IEC 60529) Oil resistance equivalent to IP67g according to the former JEM standard. Vibration resistance 10 to 2,000 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude, acceleration: 150 m/s2, 10 sweeps each in X, Y, and Z Shock resistance 500 m/s2, 3 times each in X, Y, and Z directions (Total: 18 times) directions for 15 minutes each Dimensions Materials Weight 20 dia. 2.7 mm PPS resin Approx. 2.0 g Metal countermeasures None Note: After string data at high temperatures, rewrite the data even if changes are not required, high temperatures are those exceeding 125C up to 180C.

Dimensions V680-D1KP54T

(Unit : mm) 1.1 2.70.1 16 dia.0.1 20 dia.0.1 Case material PPS resin The coin-shaped RF Tag has no directionality, so it can be faced in any direction. The ID code is written in the memory of the RF Tag and may be affected by data retention characteristics at high tem-

peratures. Take suitable precautions when using the READ ID command for RF Tags operating at high temperatures. S e c t i o n 7 P r o d u c t S p e c i f i c a t i o n s RFID System User's Manual 95 Section 7 Appendices V700-A80 Attachment T w o, 6 dia. ole ). g H n tin u o 0 dia . ( M o , 2 w T

(Unit : mm) 40 24 18 310.2 2 2 5

. 3 1 8 5 22 Material PPS resin RF Tag Heat Resistivity Storing RF Tags under high temperatures or heat cycle will adversely affect the performance of the internal parts and the service life of the RF Tags. An LTPD of 10% was determined during the evaluation for RF Tags that reached the end of their life after testing under the following test conditions. Heat cycle

-10C/+150C, 30 minutes each for 1,000 cycles: Defective number 0/22 piece

-100C/+180C,30 minutes each for 200 cycles: Defective number 0/22 piece High temperatures +150C, 1,000 hours: Defective number 0/22 piece

+180C, 200 hours: Defective number 0/22 piece LTPD: Lot tolerance percent defective The lower limit of the malfunction rate for lots to be considered unacceptable during reliability testing. S e c t i o n 7 P r o d u c t S p e c i f i c a t i o n s 96 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

V680-D1KP66T/-D1KP66MT

General Specifications Item Model V680-D1KP66T V680-D1KP66MT Memory capacity 1,000 bytes (user area) Memory type EEPROM Data Retention 10 years after writing (85C or less), 2.5 years after writing (85 to 125C) Total data retention at high temperatures exceeding 125C is 10 hours See Note 1 Write Endurance 100,000 times per block (25C) Ambient operating temperature Ambient storage temperature (with data retention) Ambient operating humidity 25 to 85C (with no icing) 40 to 125C (with no icing) 35% to 95%

Degree of protection IP68 (IEC 60529:2001), Oil resistance equivalent to IP67G (JIS C 0920:2003, Appendix 1) See Note 2. Vibration resistance 10 to 2,000 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude, acceleration: 150 m/s2, 10 sweeps each in X, Y, and Z directions for 15 minutes each Shock resistance 500 m/s2, 3 times each in X, Y, and Z directions (Total: 18 times) Dimensions Materials Weight 34 34 3.5 mm Case: PPS resin Approx. 6 g Metal countermeasures None Approx. 7.5 g Yes Note 1. After string data at high temperatures, rewrite the data even if changes are not required, high temperatures are those exceeding 125C up to 180C. 2. Oil resistance has been tested using a specific oil as defined in the OMRON test method. The V680-D1KP66MT is designed to be mounted directly to metal. The V680-D1KP66T and V680-

D1KP66MT markings are shown in the following diagrams.

V680-D1KP66MT

V680-D1KP66T The side with the markings is the communications surface. Mount the RF Tag with this side facing the Antenna. The ID code is written in the memory of the RF Tag and may be affected by data retention characteristics at high temperatures. Take suitable precautions when using the READ ID command for RF Tags operating at high temperatures. S e c t i o n 7 P r o d u c t S p e c i f i c a t i o n s RFID System User's Manual 97 Section 7 Appendices

Dimensions V680-D1KP66T/-D1KP66MT Four, R4 250.2 Four, R8 Mouting Hole Dimensions

(Unit: mm) Two, M3 34 32 250.2 Two, 3.5 dia. 250.2 Two, 6 dia. 350.1 250.2 32 34 Case material PPS resin V600-A86 Attachment Four, R5.5 250.2 Two, 4 dia.

(Unit: mm) Two, M3 37 34 15 250.2 16 250.2 S e c t i o n 7 P r o d u c t S p e c i f i c a t i o n s 15 34 37 4 3.5 10 250.2 Case material PPS resin

RF Tag Heat Resistivity Storing RF Tags under high temperatures will adversely affect the performance of the internal parts and the service life of the RF Tags. An LTPD of 10% was determined during the evaluation for RF Tags that reached the end of their life after testing under the following test conditions. Heat cycle High temperatures 10C/150C, 30 minutes each for 1,000 cycles 10C/180C, 30 minutes each for 200 cycles 150C, 1,000 hours 180C, 200 hours LTPD: Lot tolerance percent defective The lower limit of the malfunction rate for lots to be considered unacceptable during reliability testing. 98 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

V680-D1KP66T-SP

General Specifications Item Specifications Memory capacity 1,000 bytes Memory type EEPROM Data Retention Write Endurance Ambient operating temperature Ambient operating humidity Ambient storage temperature 10 years after writing (85C or less), 0.5 years after writing (85 to 110C) 100,000 times per block (25C) When communicating: 25 to 70C (with no icing) When not communicating: 40 to 110C (with no icing) 35% to 95% (with no condensation) 40 to 110C (with no icing) Ambient storage humidity 35% to 95% (with no condensation) Vibration resistance 10 to 2,000 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude, acceleration: 150 m/s2, 10 sweeps each in X, Y, and Z directions for 15 minutes each Shock resistance 500 m/s2, 3 times each in X, Y, and Z directions (Total: 18 times) Dimensions 95 36.5 6.5 mm (excluding protruding parts) Degree of protection IP67 (IEC 60529:2001) Material Weight External coating: Fluororesin (PFA) RF Tag body: PPS resin Approx. 20 g Mounting method Two M5 screws Metal countermeasures None The side with the markings is the communications surface. Mount the RF Tag with this side facing the Antenna.

Dimensions Four, R6 34 Two, 5.5 dia.

(Mounting hole) 36.5 34

(Unit: mm) Mounting Hole Dimensions Two, M5 800.2 6.5 2.5 max. 800.2 95 1.3 Case material PFA resin S e c t i o n 7 P r o d u c t S p e c i f i c a t i o n s RFID System User's Manual 99 Section 7 Appendices

V680-D1KP58HTN General Specifications Item Model V680-D1KP58HTN Memory capacity 1,000 bytes (user area) Memory type Data Retention EEPROM 10 years after writing (85C or less), 0.5 years after writing (85 to 125C) Total data retention at high temperatures exceeding 125C is 10 hours Write Endurance 100,000 times per block (25C) Ambient operating temperature Ambient storage temperature

-25 to 85C (with no icing)

-40 to 250C (with no icing)

(Data retention: -40 to 125C) Ambient operating humidity No limit Degree of protection Vibration resistance IP67 (IEC 60529:2001), Oil resistance equivalent to IP67G (JIS C 0920:2003, Appendix 1) See Note. 10 to 2,000 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude, acceleration: 150 m/s2,10 sweeps each in X, Y, and Z directions for 15 minutes each Shock resistance 500 m/s2, 3 times each in X, Y, and Z directions (Total: 18 times) Materials Weight Coating: PPS resin Approx. 70 g Note. Oil resistance has been tested using a specific oil as defined in the OMRON test method. Dimensions V680-D1KP58HTN 1.25

5 100.2 7.5

1.25

5

60 dia. 80 dia. 14 dia.

(Unit: mm)

. a d i 8 1 T w o

, R 1 Case material PPS resin V680-A80 (Attachment) This Attachment is specifically designed to secure V680-D1KP58HTN RF Tags to the workpiece. Applicable RF Tag model: V680-D1KP58HTN 20 dia. 12 dia. 3.2 dia. 7 1 M12

(Unit: mm) M12 S e c t i o n 7 P r o d u c t S p e c i f i c a t i o n s 11.5 15 50 40 110 Mounting Hole Dimensions Provided Parts Nuts (M12):

Split pin (3.2 20 mm):

2 1 100 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

Use at high temperatures (V680-D1KP58HTN)

Data retention Data stored in memory in the RF Tag may be lost due to the characteristics of EEPROM, if the accumu-

lated usage time of the RF Tag at a high temperature over 125C exceeds 10 hours after writing data to the RF Tag. Reset the data retention time before the accumulated usage time exceeds 10 hours. An error in communications between the Antenna and the RF Tag may occur in an environment where the ambient operating temperature is 85C or higher. Do not communicate between the Antenna and the RF Tag in an environment where the ambient operating temperature is 85C or higher. The UID (unique identification number for each RF Tag) may be lost due to the characteristics of EEPROM when the RF tag is used at a high temperature over 125C. Do not use the commands using UID at a high temperature over 125C. Accumulated time

1 hour at high

*1. temperatures 3 hours at high

*1. temperatures 2 hours at high temperatures *1. 3 hours at high

*1. temperatures 2 hours at high temperatures *1. 1 hour at 25C 1 hour at 25C 3 hours at 25C 2 hours at 25C 1 hours at 25C 3 hours at 25C Reset the data retention time. Leaving time other than high temperature environment is not included in the cumulative time used. Reset the data retention time. Fig. Concept of resetting the data retention time

*1. High temperatures are those exceeding 125C up to 250C. Resetting the data retention time

<When using 3 Bytes from the RF Tag addresses 0120Hex.>

1.Reading 3 Bytes of data from the RF tag addresses 0120Hex.

(4-byte Access Mode) 2.Read data written to 3 Bytes of data from the RF tag addresses 0120Hex.

(4-byte Access Mode)

<RF tag memory>

011FHex 0120Hex 0121Hex 0122Hex 0123Hex 12Hex 78Hex ABHex Reading data from the RF tag memory in use. Read data written to the RF tag memory in use.

<RF tag memory>

011FHex 0120Hex 0121Hex 0122Hex 0123Hex 12Hex 78Hex ABHex Data retention is reset only data written to the RF tag address. If you reset the data retention, writes the same data to all of the tag memory in use. S e c t i o n 7 P r o d u c t S p e c i f i c a t i o n s RFID System User's Manual 101 Section 7 Appendices

Heat Resistance Storing RF Tags under high temperatures or heat cycle will adversely affect the performance of the internal parts and the service life of the RF Tags. Correct operation has been confirmed through the OMRON in-house evaluation for RF Tags under the following high-temperature conditions. 1) 2,000 cycles, where 1 cycle is each 30-minute at Room temperature and 200C 2) 250C, 500 hours The controllers setting Please set the latest ID controller to the CA1D mode and use it when the latest ID controller is used together with the old model ID controller Model V680-CA1D/-CA2D. Controller V680-CA1D/-CA2D only C680-CA1D/-CA2D and the latest ID controller used together RF Tag V680-D1KP58HT only V680-D1KP58HT and V680-

D1KP58HTN used together V680-D1KP58HTN only Not required Not required Not required Not required Set the latest ID controller to the CA1D mode. Set the latest ID controller to the CA1D mode. The latest ID controller only Not required Not required Not required Note: The latest ID controller:

V680-CA5D01-V2/-CA5D02-V2 V680-CH1D/CHUD/-CH1D-PSI CS1W-V680C11/-V680C12 CJ1W-V680C11/-V680C12 S e c t i o n 7 P r o d u c t S p e c i f i c a t i o n s 102 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

V680-D2KF52M

General Specifications Item Model Memory capacity 2,000 bytes (user area) Memory type FRAM V680-D2KF52M Data Retention Write Endurance Ambient operating temperature Ambient storage temperature Ambient operating humidity 10 years after writing (55C or less), 2.9 years after writing (55 to 85C) 10 billion times per block (85C or less). Access frequency See Note 1: 10 billion times 25 to 85C (with no icing) 40 to 85C (with no icing) 35% to 95%

Degree of protection IP67 (IEC 60529:2001), Oil resistance equivalent to IP67G (JIS C 0920:2003, Appendix 1) See Note 2. Vibration resistance 10 to 2,000 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude, acceleration: 150 m/s2, 10 sweeps each in X, Y, and Z directions for 15 minutes each Shock resistance 500 m/s2, 3 times each in X, Y, and Z directions (Total: 18 times) Dimensions Materials Weight 8 dia. 5 mm Case: PPS resin, Filling resin: Epoxy resin Approx. 0.5 g Metal countermeasures Yes Note 1. The number of accesses is the total number of reads and writes. 2. Oil resistance has been tested using a specific oil as defined in the OMRON test method.

Dimensions 0 8 dia. 0.1

(Unit: mm) R0.2 0 5 0.1 Case material Filling resin PPS resin Epoxy resin When embedding the V680-D1KP52MT into a metal surface, use the V680-HS51, V680-HS52 Antenna. Transmission will not be possible if the V680-HS63 Antenna is used. The side with the markings is the communications surface. Mount the RF Tag with this side facing the Antenna. S e c t i o n 7 P r o d u c t S p e c i f i c a t i o n s RFID System User's Manual 103 Section 7 Appendices

V680-D2KF52M-BT01

General Specifications Item Model Memory capacity 2,000 bytes (user area) Memory type FRAM V680-D2KF52M-BT01 Data Retention Write Endurance Ambient operating temperature Ambient storage temperature Ambient operating humidity 10 years after writing (55C or less), 2.9 years after writing (55 to 85C) 10 billion times per block (85C or less). Access frequency (See note): 10 billion times 25 to 85C (with no icing) 40 to 85C (with no icing) 35% to 95%

Degree of protection IP67 (IEC 60529:2001), Oil resistance equivalent to IP67G (JIS C 0920:2003, Appendix 1) See Note 2. Vibration resistance 10 to 2,000 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude, acceleration: 150 m/s2, 10 sweeps each in X, Y, and Z directions for 15 minutes each Shock resistance 500 m/s2, 3 times each in X, Y, and Z directions (Total: 18 times) Dimensions Materials Weight Hex Head: 17 HEX 9.5 mm, Screw: M10 10 mm Bolt: SUS303, Case(RF Tag): PPS resin, Filling resin(RF Tag): Epoxy resin Approx. 25 g Metal countermeasures Yes Note 1. The number of accesses is the total number of reads and writes. 2. Oil resistance has been tested using a specific oil as defined in the OMRON test method. S e c t i o n 7 P r o d u c t S p e c i f i c a t i o n s

Dimensions RF Tag

) 6

. 9 1

15-30 Bolt

(Unit: mm) 8.4 dia. M10-P1.5 C1.5 17 0.1 9.5 10 21.6 Bolt material Case material (RF Tag) SUS303 PPS resin Filling resin (RF Tag) Epoxy resin The side with the markings is the communications surface. Mount the RF Tag with this side facing the Antenna. 104 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

V680-D2KF52M-BT11

General Specifications Item Model Memory capacity 2,000 bytes (user area) Memory type FRAM V680-D2KF52M-BT11 Data Retention Write Endurance Ambient operating temperature Ambient storage temperature Ambient operating humidity 10 years after writing (55C or less), 2.9 years after writing (55 to 85C) 10 billion times per block (85C or less). Access frequencySee Note 1: 10 billion times 25 to 85C (with no icing) 40 to 85C (with no icing) 35% to 95%

Degree of protection IP67 (IEC 60529:2001), Oil resistance equivalent to IP67G (JIS C 0920:2003, Appendix 1) See Note 2. Vibration resistance 10 to 2,000 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude, acceleration: 150 m/s2, 10 sweeps each in X, Y, and Z directions for 15 minutes each Shock resistance 500 m/s2, 3 times each in X, Y, and Z directions (Total: 18 times) Dimensions Materials Weight Hex Head: 13 HEX 7 mm, Screw: M8 10 mm Bolt: SUS303, Case (RF Tag): PPS resin, Filling resin (RF Tag): Epoxy resin Approx. 10 g Metal countermeasures Yes Note 1. The number of accesses is the total number of reads and writes. 2. Oil resistance has been tested using a specific oil as defined in the OMRON test method.

Dimensions RF Tag

) 5 1

15-30 Bolt

(Unit: mm) 6 dia. M8-P1.25 C1.5 13 0.1 7 10 19.1 Bolt material Case material (RF Tag) SUS303 PPS resin Filling resin (RF Tag) Epoxy resin The side with the markings is the communications surface. Mount the RF Tag with this side facing the Antenna. S e c t i o n 7 P r o d u c t S p e c i f i c a t i o n s RFID System User's Manual 105 Section 7 Appendices

V680-D8KF67/-D8KF67M

General Specifications Item Model V680-D8KF67 V680-D8KF67M Memory capacity 8,192 bytes (user area) Memory type FRAM Data Retention Write Endurance Ambient operating temperature Ambient storage temperature Ambient operating humidity 10 years after writing (70C or less), 6 years after writing (70 to 85C) 10 billion times per block (85C or less). Access frequencySee Note 1: 10 billion times 20 to 85C (with no icing) 40 to 85C (with no icing) 35% to 85%

Degree of protection IP67 (IEC 60529:2001), Oil resistance equivalent to IP67G (JIS C 0920:2003, Appendix 1) See Note 2. Vibration resistance 10 to 2,000 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude, acceleration: 150 m/s2,10 sweeps each in X, Y, and Z directions for 15 minutes each Shock resistance 500 m/s2, 3 times each in X, Y, and Z directions (Total: 18 times) Dimensions Materials Weight 40 40 4.5 mm Case: PBT resin Approx. 8 g Metal countermeasures None Approx. 8.5 g Yes Note 1. The number of accesses is the total number of reads and writes. 2. Oil resistance has been tested using a specific oil as defined in the OMRON test method. The V680-D8KF67M is designed to be mounted directly to metal. The V680-D8KF67 and V680-

D2KF67M markings are shown in the following diagrams.

V680-D8KF67M

V680-D8KF67 The side with the markings is the communications surface. Mount the RF Tag with this side facing the Antenna. S e c t i o n 7 P r o d u c t S p e c i f i c a t i o n s 106 RFID System User's Manual

Dimensions 8 0.2 8 Section 7 Appendices

(Unit: mm) 5.2 13.2 4.5 16 Two, 3.5-dia. mounting holes 5.2 13.2 16 2 8 Mounting Hole Dimensions Two, M3 400.1 0.5 16 16 400.1 0.5 320.2 Mounting reference surface 8 320.2 Case material Filling resin PBT resin Epoxy resin S e c t i o n 7 P r o d u c t S p e c i f i c a t i o n s RFID System User's Manual 107 Section 7 Appendices

V680-D8KF68/-D32KF68

General Specifications Item Model V680-D8KF68 V680-D32KF68 Memory capacity 8,192 bytes (user area) 32,744 bytes (user area) Memory type FRAM Data Retention Write Endurance Ambient operating temperature Ambient storage temperature Ambient operating humidity 10 years after writing (70C or less), 6 years after writing (70 to 85C) 10 billion times per block (85C or less) Access frequencySee Note 1: 10 billion times 20 to 85C (with no icing) 40 to 85C (with no icing) 35% to 85%

Degree of protection IP67 (IEC 60529:2001), Oil resistance equivalent to IP67G (JIS C 0920:2003, Appendix 1) See Note 2. Vibration resistance 10 to 500 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude, acceleration: 100 m/s2, 10 sweeps each in X, Y, and Z directions for 11 minutes each Shock resistance 500 m/s2, 3 times each in X, Y, and Z directions (Total: 18 times) Dimensions Materials 86 54 10 mm Case: PBT resin Filling resin: Epoxy resin Weight Approx. 50 g Metal countermeasures None Note 1. The number of accesses is the total number of reads and writes. 2. Oil resistance has been tested using a specific oil as defined in the OMRON test method. S e c t i o n 7 P r o d u c t S p e c i f i c a t i o n s 108 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

(Unit: mm) 44

General Specifications V680-D8KF68/-D32KF68 440.2 54 10 5 Two, 4.5-dia. mounting holes 10 10 440.2 54 Mounting Hole Dimensions Two, M4 76 Case material Filling resin PBT resin Epoxy resin The side with the markings is the communications surface. Mount the RF Tag with this side facing the Antenna. Two, 4.5-dia. mounting holes

(Unit: mm) Mounting Hole Dimensions 440.2 54 44 Two, M4 76 S e c t i o n 7 P r o d u c t S p e c i f i c a t i o n s V680-A81 Attachment 760.2 86 10 Case material Filling resin PBT resin Epoxy resin RFID System User's Manual 109 Section 7 Appendices

V680S-D2KF67/-D2KF67M/-D8KF67/-D8KF67M

General Specifications Item Model V680S-D2KF67 V680S-D2KF67M V680S-D8KF67 V680S-D8KF67M Memory capacity 2,000 bytes (user area) 8,192 bytes (user area) Memory type FRAM Data Retention Write Endurance Ambient operating temperature Ambient storage temperature Ambient operating humidity Degree of protection 10 years after writing (85C or less) One trillion times per block (85C or less). Access frequencySee Note 1.: One trillion times 20 to 85C (with no icing) 40 to 125C (with no icing) 35% to 85%

IP68 (IEC 60529:2001), Oil resistance equivalent to IP67G (JIS C 0920:2003, Appendix 1) See Note 2. IPX9K (DIN 40 050) Vibration resistance 10 to 2,000 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude, acceleration: 150 m/s2,10 sweeps each in X, Y, and Z directions for 15 minutes each Shock resistance 500 m/s2, 3 times each in X, Y, and Z directions (Total: 18 times) Dimensions Materials Weight 40 40 5 mm Case: PPS resin Approx. 11.5 g Approx. 12 g Approx. 11.5 g Approx. 12 g Metal countermeasures None Yes None Yes Note 1. The number of accesses is the total number of reads and writes. 2. Oil resistance has been tested using a specific oil as defined in the OMRON test method. The V680S-D2KF67M/-D8KF67M is designed to be mounted directly to metal. The V680S-D2KF67/-

D2KF67M/-D8KF67 and V680S-D8KF67M markings are shown in the following diagrams.

V680S-D2KF67M/-D8KF67M

V680S-D2KF67/-D8KF67 The side with the markings is the communications surface. Mount the RF Tag with this side facing the Antenna. When using a V680-D8KF67/-D8KF67M, to use the ID Flag Sensor production after October 2014. S e c t i o n 7 P r o d u c t S p e c i f i c a t i o n s 110 RFID System User's Manual

Dimensions Section 7 Appendices

(Unit: mm) Two, 3.5-dia. mounting holes 2 Mounting Hole Dimensions 2

. 0 2 3 0 4 5 320.2 40 10

5 t h g e h i g n i t n u o M 2

. 0 2 3 2-M3 320.2 Case material PPS resin S e c t i o n 7 P r o d u c t S p e c i f i c a t i o n s RFID System User's Manual 111 Section 7 Appendices

V680S-D2KF68/-D2KF68M/-D8KF68/-D8KF68M

General Specifications Item Model V680S-D2KF68 V680S-D2KF68M V680S-D8KF68 V680S-D8KF68M Memory capacity 2,000 bytes (user area) 8,192 bytes (user area) Memory type FRAM Data Retention Write Endurance Ambient operating temperature Ambient storage temperature Ambient operating humidity Degree of protection 10 years after writing (85C or less) One trillion times per block (85C or less) Access frequencySee Note 1.: One trillion times 20 to 85C (with no icing) 40 to 125C (with no icing) 35% to 85%

IP68 (IEC 60529:2001), Oil resistance equivalent to IP67G (JIS C 0920:2003, Appendix 1) See Note 2. IPX9K (DIN 40 050) Vibration resistance 10 to 500 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude, acceleration: 100 m/s2, 10 sweeps each in X, Y, and Z directions for 11 minutes each Shock resistance 500 m/s2, 3 times each in X, Y, and Z directions (Total: 18 times) Dimensions Materials Weight 86 54 10 mm Case: PPS resin Approx. 44 g Approx. 46 g Approx. 44 g Approx. 46 g Metal countermeasures None Yes None Yes Note 1. The number of accesses is the total number of reads and writes. 2. Oil resistance has been tested using a specific oil as defined in the OMRON test method. The V680S-D2KF68M/-D8KF68M is designed to be mounted directly to metal. The V680S-D2KF68/-

D2KF68M/-D8KF68 and V680S-D8KF68M markings are shown in the following diagrams.

V680S-D2KF68M/-D8KF68M

V680S-D2KF68/-D8KF68 S e c t i o n 7 P r o d u c t S p e c i f i c a t i o n s The side with the markings is the communications surface. Mount the RF Tag with this side facing the Antenna. When using a V680-D8KF68/-D8KF68M, to use the ID Flag Sensor production after October 2014. 112 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

General Specifications Two, 4.5-dia. mounting holes 5

(Unit: mm) Mounting Hole Dimensions 760.2 86 2

. 0 4 4 4 5

10

0 1 t h g e h i g n i t n u o M 2

. 0 4 4 2-M4 760.2 Case material PPS resin S e c t i o n 7 P r o d u c t S p e c i f i c a t i o n s RFID System User's Manual 113 Section 7 Appendices Characteristics Communications Range Specifications V680-D1KP52MT Antenna RF Tag Communications range V680-HS51 V680-HS52 V680-D1KP52MT V680-D1KP52MT embedded in metal (steel) V680-D1KP52MT V680-D1KP52MT embedded in metal (steel) V680-HS63 V680-D1KP52MT V680-HS61 V680-D1KP52MT embedded in metal (steel) Read Write Read Write Read Write Read Write Read Write Read 0.5 to 6.5 mm (Axis oset: 2 0.5 to 6.0 mm (Axis oset: 2 0.5 to 3.5 mm (Axis oset: 2 0.5 to 3.0 mm (Axis oset: 2 0.5 to 9.0 mm (Axis oset: 2 0.5 to 8.5 mm (Axis oset: 2 0.5 to 4.5 mm (Axis oset: 2 0.5 to 4.0 mm (Axis oset: 2 0.5 to 12.0 mm (Axis oset: 2 0.5 to 9.5 mm (Axis oset: 2 0.5 to 4.0 mm (Axis oset: 2 Write 0.5 to 3.0 mm (Axis oset: 2 When embedding the V680-D1KP52MT into a metal surface, use the V680-HS51/-HS52 Antenna. Transmission will not be possible if the V680-HS63 Antenna is used. Measurement Conditions V680-D1KP52MT V680-HS51 V680-HS51 Metallic material Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) Metallic material V680-D1KP52MT V680-D1KP52MT V680-HS52 V680-HS52 Non-metallic material Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) Non-metallic material V680-D1KP52MT V680-HS63 Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s Metallic material Metallic material V680-D1KP52MT V680-HS61 Metallic material Metallic material V680-D1KP52MT Non-metallic material 114 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

V680-D1KP52M-BT01/-D1KP52M-BT11 Antenna RF Tag V680-HS51 V680-D1KP52M-BT01/-D1KP52M-BT11 V680-HS52 V680-D1KP52M-BT01/-D1KP52M-BT11 Communications range 0.5 to 2.5 mm (Axis offset: 2) 0.5 to 2.0 mm (Axis offset: 2) 0.5 to 3.0 mm (Axis offset: 2) 0.5 to 2.5 mm (Axis offset: 2) Read Write Read Write

Measurement Conditions V680-D1KP52M-BT01 V680-D1KP52M-BT01 V680-HS51 V680-HS52 Metallic material Non-metallic material Metallic material/Non-metallic material Metallic material/Non-metallic material V680-D1KP52M-BT11 V680-D1KP52M-BT11 V680-HS51 V680-HS52 Metallic material Non-metallic material Metallic material/Non-metallic material Metallic material/Non-metallic material S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s RFID System User's Manual 115 Section 7 Appendices

V680-D1KP53M Antenna RF Tag Communications range V680-HS51 V680-HS52 V680-D1KP53M V680-D1KP53M embedded in metal (steel) V680-D1KP53M V680-D1KP53M embedded in metal (steel) Read Write Read Write Read Write Read Write 0.5 to 6.5 mm (Axis offset: 2) 0.5 to 6.0 mm (Axis offset: 2) 0.5 to 3.5 mm (Axis offset: 2) 0.5 to 3.0 mm (Axis offset: 2) 0.5 to 9.0 mm (Axis offset: 2) 0.5 to 8.5 mm (Axis offset: 2) 0.5 to 4.5 mm (Axis offset: 2) 0.5 to 4.0 mm (Axis offset: 2) When embedding the V680-D1KP53M into a metal surface, use the V680-HS51/-HS52 Antenna. Transmission will not be possible if the V680-HS63 Antenna is used.

Measurement Conditions V680-D1KP53M V680-HS51 V680-HS51 Metallic material Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) Metallic material V680-D1KP53M V680-D1KP53M V680-HS52 V680-HS52 Non-metallic material Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) Non-metallic material V680-D1KP53M Metallic material Metallic material S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s 116 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

V680-D1KP54T Antenna RF Tag Communications distance V680-HS52 V680-D1KP54T V680-HS63 V680-D1KP54T V680-HS65 V680-D1KP54T Measurement Conditions V680-D1KP54T V680-HS52 Communica-

tions distance Non-metallic material Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) Read 0 to 17.0 mm (Axis offset: 2 mm) Write 0 to 15.0 mm (Axis offset: 2 mm) Read 0 to 24.0 mm (Axis offset: 10 mm) Write 0 to 20.0 mm (Axis offset: 10 mm) Read 0 to 33.0 mm (Axis offset: 10 mm) Write 0 to 28.0 mm (Axis offset: 10 mm) Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) V680-HS63 V680-D1KP54T Communica-

tions distance V680-HS65 V680-D1KP54T Non-metallic material Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) Communica-

tions distance Metallic material S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s RFID System User's Manual 117 Section 7 Appendices

V680-D1KP66T Antenna RF Tag Communications range V680-HS52 V680-D1KP66T V680-HS63 V680-D1KP66T V680-HS65 V680-D1KP66T Read Write Read Write Read Write 1.0 to 17.0 mm (Axis offset: 2) 1.0 to 17.0 mm (Axis offset: 2) 5.0 to 30.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) 5.0 to 25.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) 5.0 to 47.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) 5.0 to 42.0 mm (Axis offset: 10)

Measurement Conditions V680-D1KP66T V680-HS63 V680-HS52 Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) Non-metallic material Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) V680-D1KP66T V680-HS65 Non-metallic material Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) V680-D1KP66T Metallic material S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s 118 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

V680-D1KP66MT Antenna RF Tag Communications range V680-HS52 V680-HS63 V680-HS65 V680-D1KP66MT embedded in metal (steel) V680-D1KP66MT embedded in metal (steel) V680-D1KP66MT embedded in metal (steel) Read Write Read Write Read Write 1.0 to 16.0 mm (Axis offset: 2) 1.0 to 14.0 mm (Axis offset: 2) 5.0 to 25.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) 5.0 to 20.0 mm Axis offset: 10) 5.0 to 25.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) 5.0 to 20.0 mm (Axis offset: 10)

Measurement Conditions V680-D1KP66MT V680-HS63 V680-HS52 Metallic material Non-metallic material Metallic material V680-D1KP66MT V680-HS65 Non-metallic material Metallic material V680-D1KP66MT Metallic material S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s RFID System User's Manual 119 Section 7 Appendices

V680-D1KP66T-SP Antenna RF Tag Communications range V680-HS52 V680-D1KP66T-SP V680-HS63 V680-D1KP66T-SP V680-HS65 V680-D1KP66T-SP Read Write Read Write Read Write 1.0 to 15.0 mm (Axis offset: 2) 1.0 to 15.0 mm (Axis offset: 2) 5.0 to 25.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) 5.0 to 20.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) 5.0 to 42.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) 5.0 to 37.0 mm (Axis offset: 10)

Measurement Conditions V680-D1KP66T-SP V680-HS63 V680-HS52 Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) Non-metallic material Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) V680-D1KP66T-SP V680-HS65 Non-metallic material Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) V680-D1KP66T-SP Metallic material S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s 120 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

V680-D1KP58HTN Antenna RF Tag V680-HS65 V680-D1KP58HTN Communications range Read Write 0.0 to 55.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) 0.0 to 50.0 mm (Axis offset: 10)

Measurement Conditions V680-HS65 V680-D1KP58HTN Communica-

tions range Metal Non-metallic material S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s RFID System User's Manual 121 Section 7 Appendices

V680-D2KF52M Antenna RF Tag Communications range V680-HS51 V680-HS52 V680-D2KF52M V680-D2KF52M embedded in metal (steel) V680-D2KF52M V680-D2KF52M embedded in metal (steel) V680-HS63 V680-D2KF52M Read Write Read Write Read Write Read Write Read Write 0.5 to 5.5 mm (Axis offset: 2) 0.5 to 5.5 mm (Axis offset: 2) 0.5 to 3.5 mm (Axis offset: 2) 0.5 to 3.5 mm (Axis offset: 2) 0.5 to 8.0 mm (Axis offset: 2) 0.5 to 8.0 mm (Axis offset: 2) 0.5 to 3.0 mm (Axis offset: 2) 0.5 to 3.0 mm (Axis offset: 2) 0.5 to 9.5 mm (Axis offset: 2) 0.5 to 9.5 mm (Axis offset: 2) When embedding the V680-D2KP52M into a metal surface, use the V680-HS51/-HS52 Antenna. Transmission will not be possible if the V680-HS63 Antenna is used.

Measurement Conditions V680-D2KP52M S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s V680-HS51 V680-HS51 Metallic material Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) Metallic material V680-D2KP52M V680-D2KP52M V680-HS52 V680-HS52 Non-metallic material Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) Non-metallic material V680-D2KP52M V680-HS63 Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) Metallic material Metallic material V680-D2KP52M Non-metallic material 122 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

V680-D2KF52M-BT01/-D2KF52M-BT11 Antenna RF Tag V680-HS51 V680-D2KF52M-BT01/-D2KF52M-BT11 V680-HS52 V680-D2KF52M-BT01/-D2KF52M-BT11 Communications range 0.5 to 2.5 mm (Axis offset: 2) 0.5 to 2.5 mm (Axis offset: 2) 0.5 to 2.0 mm (Axis offset: 2) 0.5 to 2.5 mm (Axis offset: 2) Read Write Read Write

Measurement Conditions V680-D2KF52M-BT01 V680-D2KF52M-BT01 V680-HS51 V680-HS52 Metallic material Non-metallic material Metallic material/Non-metallic material Metallic material/Non-metallic material V680-D2KF52M-BT11 V680-D2KF52M-BT11 V680-HS51 V680-HS52 Metallic material Non-metallic material Metallic material/Non-metallic material Metallic material/Non-metallic material S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s RFID System User's Manual 123 Section 7 Appendices

V680-D8KF67 Antenna RF Tag Communications range V680-HS52 V680-D8KF67 V680-HS63 V680-D8KF67 V680-HS65 V680-D8KF67 Read Write Read Write Read Write 0 to 17.0 mm (Axis offset: 2) 0 to 17.0 mm (Axis offset: 2) 0 to 30.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) 0 to 30.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) 0 to 42.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) 0 to 42.0 mm (Axis offset: 10)

Measurement Conditions V680-D8KF67 V680-HS63 V680-HS52 Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) Non-metallic material Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) V680-D8KF67 V680-HS65 Non-metallic material Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s V680-D8KF67 Metallic material 124 RFID System User's Manual

V680-D8KF67M Antenna RF Tag Communications range V680-HS52 V680-HS63 V680-HS65 V680-D8KF67M with metal on back (steel) V680-D8KF67M with metal on back (steel) V680-D8KF67M with metal on back (steel) Read Write Read Write Read Write 0 to 16.0 mm (Axis offset: 2) 0 to 16.0 mm (Axis offset: 2) 0 to 25.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) 0 to 25.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) 0 to 25.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) 0 to 25.0 mm (Axis offset: 10)

Measurement Conditions V680-D8KF67M V680-HS63 Metallic material V680-HS52 Non-metallic material Metallic material V680-D8KF67M V680-HS65 Non-metallic material Metallic material V680-D8KF67M Metallic material Section 7 Appendices S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s RFID System User's Manual 125 Section 7 Appendices

V680-D8KF68/-D32KF68 Antenna RF Tag Communications range V680-D8KF68 V680-D8KF68

(with V680-A81 Attachment, V680-A81) with metal on back (steel) V680-HS63 V680-D32KF68 V680-D32KF68

(with Attachment, V680-A81) with metal on back (steel) V680-D8KF68 V680-D8KF68

(with Attachment, V680-A81) with metal on back (steel) V680-HS65 V680-D32KF68 V680-D32KF68

(with Attachment, V680-A81) with metal on back (steel) Read 5.0 to 45.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) Write 5.0 to 45.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) Read 5.0 to 35.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) Write 5.0 to 35.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) Read 5.0 to 45.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) Write 5.0 to 45.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) Read 5.0 to 35.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) Write 5.0 to 35.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) Read 5.0 to 75.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) Write 5.0 to 75.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) Read 5.0 to 55.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) Write 5.0 to 55.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) Read 5.0 to 75.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) Write 5.0 to 75.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) Read 5.0 to 55.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) Write 5.0 to 55.0 mm (Axis offset: 10)

Measurement Conditions V680-D8KF68/-D32KF68 V680-D8KF68/-D32KF68 S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s V680-HS63 Metallic material Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) V680-HS65 V680-A81

(Attachment) V680-HS63 Metallic material Metallic material V680-HS65 V680-A81

(Attachment) V680-D8KF68 V680-D32KF68 V680-D8KF68 V680-D32KF68 Metallic material Metallic material Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) Metallic material 126 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

V680S-D2KF67 Antenna RF Tag Communications range V680-HS52 V680S-D2KF67 V680-HS63 V680S-D2KF67 V680-HS65 V680S-D2KF67 Read Write Read Write Read Write 1.0 to 17.0 mm (Axis offset: 2) 1.0 to 17.0 mm (Axis offset: 2) 7.0 to 30.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) 7.0 to 30.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) 5.0 to 42.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) 5.0 to 42.0 mm (Axis offset: 10)

Measurement Conditions V680S-D2KF67 V680-HS63 V680-HS52 Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) Non-metallic material Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) V680S-D2KF67 V680-HS65 Non-metallic material Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) V680S-D2KF67 Metallic material S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s RFID System User's Manual 127 Section 7 Appendices

V680S-D2KF67M Antenna RF Tag Communications range V680-HS52 V680-HS63 V680-HS65 V680S-D2KF67M with metal on back (steel) V680S-D2KF67M with metal on back (steel) V680S-D2KF67M with metal on back (steel) Read Write Read Write Read Write 1.0 to 16.0 mm (Axis offset: 2) 1.0 to 16.0 mm (Axis offset: 2) 6.0 to 25.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) 6.0 to 25.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) 5.0 to 25.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) 5.0 to 25.0 mm (Axis offset: 10)

Measurement Conditions V680S-D2KF67M V680-HS63 Metallic material V680-HS52 Non-metallic material Metallic material V680S-D2KF67M V680-HS65 Non-metallic material Metallic material S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s V680S-D2KF67M Metallic material 128 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

V680S-D2KF68 Antenna RF Tag Communications range V680-HS63 V680S-D2KF68 V680-HS65 V680S-D2KF68 Read 5.0 to 45.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) Write Read Write 5.0 to 45.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) 5.0 to 75.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) 5.0 to 75.0 mm (Axis offset: 10)

Measurement Conditions V680S-D2KF68 V680-HS65 V680-HS63 V680S-D2KF68 Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) Non-metallic material Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s RFID System User's Manual 129 Section 7 Appendices

V680S-D2KF68M Antenna RF Tag Communications range V680-HS63 V680S-D2KF68M V680-HS65 V680S-D2KF68M Read 5.0 to 35.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) Write 5.0 to 35.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) Read 5.0 to 55.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) Write 5.0 to 55.0 mm (Axis offset: 10)

Measurement Conditions V680S-D2KF68 V680-HS65 V680-HS63 V680S-D2KF68 Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) Non-metallic material Non-metallic material Non-metallic material S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s 130 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

V680S-D8KF67 Antenna RF Tag Communications range V680-HS52 V680S-D8KF67 V680-HS63 V680S-D8KF67 V680-HS65 V680S-D8KF67 Read Write Read Write Read Write 1.0 to 17.0 mm (Axis offset: 2) 1.0 to 17.0 mm (Axis offset: 2) 7.0 to 30.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) 7.0 to 30.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) 5.0 to 42.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) 5.0 to 42.0 mm (Axis offset: 10)

Measurement Conditions V680S-D8KF67 V680-HS63 V680-HS52 Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) Non-metallic material Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) V680S-D8KF67 V680-HS65 Non-metallic material Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) V680S-D8KF67 Metallic material S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s RFID System User's Manual 131 Section 7 Appendices

V680S-D8KF67M Antenna RF Tag Communications range V680-HS52 V680-HS63 V680-HS65 V680S-D8KF67M with metal on back (steel) V680S-D8KF67M with metal on back (steel) V680S-D8KF67M with metal on back (steel) Read Write Read Write Read Write 1.0 to 16.0 mm (Axis offset: 2) 1.0 to 16.0 mm (Axis offset: 2) 6.0 to 25.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) 6.0 to 25.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) 5.0 to 25.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) 5.0 to 25.0 mm (Axis offset: 10)

Measurement Conditions V680S-D8KF67M V680-HS63 Metallic material V680-HS52 Non-metallic material Metallic material V680S-D8KF67M V680-HS65 Non-metallic material Metallic material S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s V680S-D8KF67M Metallic material 132 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

V680S-D8KF68 Antenna RF Tag Communications range V680-HS63 V680S-D8KF68 V680-HS65 V680S-D8KF68 Read 5.0 to 45.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) Write Read Write 5.0 to 45.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) 5.0 to 75.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) 5.0 to 75.0 mm (Axis offset: 10)

Measurement Conditions V680S-D8KF68 V680-HS65 V680-HS63 V680S-D8KF68 Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) Non-metallic material Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s RFID System User's Manual 133 Section 7 Appendices

V680S-D8KF68M Antenna RF Tag Communications range V680-HS63 V680S-D8KF68M V680-HS65 V680S-D8KF68M Read 5.0 to 35.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) Write 5.0 to 35.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) Read 5.0 to 55.0 mm (Axis offset: 10) Write 5.0 to 55.0 mm (Axis offset: 10)

Measurement Conditions V680S-D8KF68 V680-HS65 V680-HS63 V680S-D8KF68 Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) Non-metallic material Non-metallic material Non-metallic material S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s 134 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices Interrogation Zone

V680-D1KP52MT The interrogation zone given here are for reference only. For information on communications ranges, refer to Communications Range Specifications in this section. The interrogation zone depends on the type of RF Tags used, the ambient temperature, surrounding metals, and noise. Be sure to check carefully when installing the system. p.114 V680-HS51Embedded in Metal and V680-D1KP52MT V680-HS51Embedded in Metal and V680-D1KP52MT

(Embedded in Metal: Steel) Y 30 20 10 Read Write Y 30 20 10 Read Write

-40

-30

-20

-10 0 10 20 30 X

-40

-30

-20

-10 0 10 20 30 X V680-HS52Embedded in Non-Metal and V680-D1KP52MT V680-HS52Embedded in Non-Metal and V680-D1KP52MT

(Embedded in Metal: Steel) Y 30 20 10 Read Write Y 30 20 10

-40

-30

-20

-10 0 10 20 30 X

-40

-30

-20

-10 0 10 20 30 X V680-HS63with Non-Metal on Back Surface and V680-D1KP52MT Y 30 20 10 Read Write

-40

-30

-20

-10 0 10 20 30 X Read Write S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s RFID System User's Manual 135 Section 7 Appendices

V680-D1KP52M-BT01/-D1KP52M-BT11 The interrogation zone given here are for reference only. For information on communications ranges, refer to Communications Range Specifications in this section. The interrogation zone depends on the type of RF Tags used, the ambient temperature, surrounding metals, and noise. Be sure to check carefully when installing the system. p.115 V680-HS51Embedded in Metal and V680-D1KP52M-BT01/-D1KP52M-BT11 V680-HS52Embedded in Non-Metal and V680-D1KP52M-BT01/-D1KP52M-BT11 Y 30 20 10 Read Write Y 30 20 10 Read Write

-40

-30

-20

-10 0 10 20 30 X

-40

-30

-20

-10 0 10 20 30 X S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s 136 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

V680-D1KP53M The interrogation zone given here are for reference only. For information on communications ranges, refer to Communications Range Specifications in this section. The interrogation zone depends on the type of RF Tags used, the ambient temperature, surrounding metals, and noise. Be sure to check carefully when installing the system. p.116 V680-HS51Embedded in Metal and V680-D1KP53M V680-HS51Embedded in Metal and V680-D1KP53M

(Embedded in Metal: Steel) Y 30 20 10 Read Write Y 30 20 10 Read Write

-40

-30

-20

-10 0 10 20 30 X

-40

-30

-20

-10 0 10 20 30 X V680-HS52Embedded in Non-Metal and V680-D1KP53M V680-HS52Embedded in Non-Metal and V680-D1KP53M

(Embedded in Metal: Steel) Y 30 20 10 Read Write Y 30 20 10 Read Write

-40

-30

-20

-10 0 10 20 30 X

-40

-30

-20

-10 0 10 20 30 X S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s RFID System User's Manual 137 Section 7 Appendices

V680-D1KP54T The interrogation zone given here are for reference only. For information on communications ranges, refer to Communications Range Specifications in this section. The interrogation zone depends on the type of RF Tags used, the ambient temperature, surrounding metals, and noise. Be sure to check carefully when installing the system. p.116 V680-HS52Embedded in Non-Metal and V680-D1KP54T V680-HS63with Non-Metal on Back Surface and V680-D1KP54T Y 30 20 10 Read Write Y 30 20 10 Read Write

-40

-30

-20

-10 0 10 20 30 X

-40

-30

-20

-10 0 10 20 30 X V680-HS65with Metal on Back Surface and V680-D1KP54T Y 100 80 60 40 20 Read Write

-100 -80

-60

-40

-20 0 20 40 60 80 X S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s 138 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

V680-D1KP66T The interrogation zone given here are for reference only. For information on communications ranges, refer to Communications Range Specifications in this section. The interrogation zone depends on the type of RF Tags used, the ambient temperature, surrounding metals, and noise. Be sure to check carefully when installing the system. p.118 V680-HS52Embedded in Non-Metal and V680-D1KP66T V680-HS63with Non-Metal on Back Surface and V680-D1KP66T Y 100 80 60 40 20 Read Write Y 100 80 60 40 20 Read Write

-100 -80

-60

-40

-20 0 20 40 60 80 X

-100 -80

-60

-40

-20 0 20 40 60 80 X V680-HS65with Metal on Back Surface and V680-D1KP66T Y 100 80 60 40 20 Read Write

-100 -80

-60

-40

-20 0 20 40 60 80 X S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s RFID System User's Manual 139 Section 7 Appendices

V680-D1KP66MT The interrogation zone given here are for reference only. For information on communications ranges, refer to Communications Range Specifications in this section. The interrogation zone depends on the type of RF Tags used, the ambient temperature, surrounding metals, and noise. Be sure to check carefully when installing the system. p.119 V680-HS52Embedded in Non-Metal and V680-D1KP66MT V680-HS63with Non-Metal on Back Surface and V680-D1KP66MT with Metal on Back Surface (Steel) Read Write Y 30 20 10 with Metal on Back Surface (Steel) Read Write Y 100 80 60 40 20

-40

-30

-20

-10 0 10 20 30 X

-100 -80

-60

-40

-20 0 20 40 60 80 X V680-HS65with Metal on Back Surface and V680-D1KP66MT with Metal on Back Surface (Steel) Y Read Write 100 80 60 40 20

-100 -80

-60

-40

-20 0 20 40 60 80 X S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s 140 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

V680-D1KP66T-SP The interrogation zone given here are for reference only. For information on communications ranges, refer to Communications Range Specifications in this section. The interrogation zone depends on the type of RF Tags used, the ambient temperature, surrounding metals, and noise. Be sure to check carefully when installing the system. p.120 V680-HS52Embedded in Non-Metal and V680-D1KP66T-SP V680-HS63with Non-Metal on Back Surface and V680-D1KP66T-SP Y 30 20 10 Read Write Y 100 80 60 40 20 Read Write

-40

-30

-20

-10 0 10 20 30 X

-100 -80

-60

-40

-20 0 20 40 60 80 X V680-HS65with Metal on Back Surface and V680-D1KP66T-SP Y 100 80 60 40 20 Read Write

-100 -80

-60

-40

-20 0 20 40 60 80 X S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s RFID System User's Manual 141 Section 7 Appendices

V680-D1KP58HTN The interrogation zone given here are for reference only. For information on communications ranges, refer to Communications Range Specifications in this section. The interrogation zone depends on the type of RF Tags used, the ambient temperature, surrounding metals, and noise. Be sure to check carefully when installing the system. p.121 V680-HS65(with Metal on Back Surface) and V680-D1KP58HTN Y 200 150 100 50 Y X Read Write

-250

-200

-150

-100

-50 0 50 100 150 200 X S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s 142 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

V680-D2KF52M The interrogation zone given here are for reference only. For information on communications ranges, refer to Communications Range Specifications in this section. The interrogation zone depends on the type of RF Tags used, the ambient temperature, surrounding metals, and noise. Be sure to check carefully when installing the system. p.122 V680-HS51Embedded in Metal and V680-D2KF52M V680-HS51Embedded in Metal and V680-D2KF52M Read/Write Read/Write

(Embedded in Metal: Steel) Y 30 20 10 Y 30 20 10

-40

-30

-20

-10 0 10 20 30 X

-40

-30

-20

-10 0 10 20 30 X V680-HS52Embedded in Non-Metal and V680-D2KF52M V680-HS52Embedded in Non-Metal and V680-D2KF52M Read/Write Read/Write

(Embedded in Metal: Steel) Y 30 20 10 Y 30 20 10

-40

-30

-20

-10 0 10 20 30 X

-40

-30

-20

-10 0 10 20 30 X V680-HS63with Non-Metal on Back Surface and V680-D2KF52M Read/Write Y 30 20 10

-40

-30

-20

-10 0 10 20 30 X S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s RFID System User's Manual 143 Section 7 Appendices

V680-D2KF52M-BT01/-D2KF52M-BT11 The interrogation zone given here are for reference only. For information on communications ranges, refer to Communications Range Specifications in this section. The interrogation zone depends on the type of RF Tags used, the ambient temperature, surrounding metals, and noise. Be sure to check carefully when installing the system. p.123 V680-HS51Embedded in Metal and V680-D2KF52M-BT01/-D2KF52M-BT11 V680-HS52Embedded in Non-Metal and V680-D2KF52M-BT01/-D2KF52M-BT11 Read/Write Read/Write Y 30 20 10 Y 30 20 10

-40

-30

-20

-10 0 10 20 30 X

-40

-30

-20

-10 0 10 20 30 X S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s 144 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

V680-D8KF67 The interrogation zone given here are for reference only. For information on communications ranges, refer to Communications Range Specifications in this section. The interrogation zone depends on the type of RF Tags used, the ambient temperature, surrounding metals, and noise. Be sure to check carefully when installing the system. p.124 V680-HS52Embedded in Non-Metal and V680-D8KF67 V680-HS63with Non-Metal on Back Surface and V680-D8KF67 Read/Write Read/Write Y 100 80 60 40 20 Y 100 80 60 40 20

-100 -80

-60

-40

-20 0 20 40 60 80 X

-100 -80

-60

-40

-20 0 20 40 60 80 X V680-HS65with Metal on Back Surface and V680-D8KF67 Read/Write Y 100 80 60 40 20

-100 -80

-60

-40

-20 0 20 40 60 80 X S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s RFID System User's Manual 145 Section 7 Appendices

V680-D8KF67M The interrogation zone given here are for reference only. For information on communications ranges, refer to Communications Range Specifications in this section. The interrogation zone depends on the type of RF Tags used, the ambient temperature, surrounding metals, and noise. Be sure to check carefully when installing the system. p.125 V680-HS52Embedded in Non-Metal and V680-D8KF67M V680-HS63with Non-Metal on Back Surface and V680-D8KF67M Read/Write with Metal on Back Surface (Steel) Read/Write with Metal on Back Surface (Steel) Y 30 20 10 Y 100 80 60 40 20

-40

-30

-20

-10 0 10 20 30 X

-100 -80

-60

-40

-20 0 20 40 60 80 X V680-HS65with Metal on Back Surface and V680-D8KF67M Read/Write with Metal on Back Surface (Steel) Y 100 80 60 40 20

-100 -80

-60

-40

-20 0 20 40 60 80 X S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s 146 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

V680-D8KF68/-D32KF68 The interrogation zone given here are for reference only. For information on communications ranges, refer to Communications Range Specifications in this section. The interrogation zone depends on the type of RF Tags used, the ambient temperature, surrounding metals, and noise. Be sure to check carefully when installing the system. p.126 V680-HS63with Metal on Back Surface and V680-D8KF68/-D32KF68

(Horizontal-facing RF Tag) Read/Write Y V680-HS63with Metal on Back Surface and V680-D8KF68/-D32KF68

(Vertical-facing RF Tag) Read/Write Y 100 80 60 40 20 100 80 60 40 20

-100 -80

-60

-40

-20 0 20 40 60 80 X

-100 -80

-60

-40

-20 0 20 40 60 80 X V680-HS63with Metal on Back Surface and V680-D8KF68/-D32KF68 (with Attachment, V680-A81) Metal on back: Steel (Horizontal-facing RF Tag) Read/Write Y V680-HS63with Metal on Back Surface and V680-D8KF68/-D32KF68 (with Attachment, V680-A81) Metal on back: Steel (Vertical-facing RF Tag) Read/Write Y 100 80 60 40 20 100 80 60 40 20

-100 -80

-60

-40

-20 0 20 40 60 80 X

-100 -80

-60

-40

-20 0 20 40 60 80 X V680-HS65with Metal on Back Surface and V680-D8KF68/-D32KF68

(Horizontal-facing RF Tag) Read/Write Y V680-HS65with Metal on Back Surface and V680-D8KF68/-D32KF68

(Vertical-facing RF Tag) Read/Write Y 200 150 100 50 200 150 100 50

-250

-200

-150

-100

-50 0 50 100 150 200 X

-250

-200

-150

-100

-50 0 50 100 150 200 X V680-HS65with Metal on Back Surface and V680-D8KF68/-D32KF68 (with Attachment, V680-A81) Metal on back: Steel (Horizontal-facing RF Tag) Read/Write Y V680-HS65with Metal on Back Surface and V680-D8KF68/-D32KF68 (with Attachment, V680-A81) Metal on back: Steel (Vertical-facing RF Tag) Read/Write Y S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s 200 150 100 50 200 150 100 50

-250

-200

-150

-100

-50 0 50 100 150 200 X

-250

-200

-150

-100

-50 0 50 100 150 200 X RFID System User's Manual 147 Section 7 Appendices

V680S-D2KF67 The interrogation zone given here are for reference only. For information on communications ranges, refer to Communications Range Specifications in this section. The interrogation zone depends on the type of RF Tags used, the ambient temperature, surrounding metals, and noise. Be sure to check carefully when installing the system. p.127 V680-HS52Embedded in Non-Metal and V680S-D2KF67 V680-HS63with Non-Metal on Back Surface and V680S-D2KF67 Read/Write Read/Write Y X Y 100 80 60 40 20 Y X Y 100 80 60 40 20

-100 -80

-60

-40

-20 0 20 40 60 80 X

-100 -80

-60

-40

-20 0 20 40 60 80 X V680-HS65with Metal on Back Surface and V680S-D2KF67 Read/Write Y 200 150 100 50 Y X

-250

-200

-150

-100

-50 0 50 100 150 200 X S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s 148 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

V680S-D2KF67M The interrogation zone given here are for reference only. For information on communications ranges, refer to Communications Range Specifications in this section. The interrogation zone depends on the type of RF Tags used, the ambient temperature, surrounding metals, and noise. Be sure to check carefully when installing the system. p.128 V680-HS52Embedded in Non-Metal and V680S-D2KF67M V680-HS63with Non-Metal on Back Surface and V680S-D2KF67 Read/Write with Metal on Back Surface (Steel) Read/Write with Metal on Back Surface (Steel) Y X Y 30 20 10 Y X Y 100 80 60 40 20

-40

-30

-20

-10 0 10 20 30 X

-100 -80

-60

-40

-20 0 20 40 60 80 X V680-HS65with Metal on Back Surface and V680S-D2KF67M with Metal on Back Surface (Steel) Read/Write Y 100 80 60 40 20 Y X

-100 -80

-60

-40

-20 0 20 40 60 80 X S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s RFID System User's Manual 149 Section 7 Appendices

V680S-D2KF68 The interrogation zone given here are for reference only. For information on communications ranges, refer to Communications Range Specifications in this section. The interrogation zone depends on the type of RF Tags used, the ambient temperature, surrounding metals, and noise. Be sure to check carefully when installing the system. p.129 V680-HS63with Metal on Back Surface and V680S-D2KF68

(Horizontal-facing RF Tag) Read/Write V680-HS63with Metal on Back Surface and V680S-D2KF68

(Vertical-facing RF Tag) Read/Write Y X Y 100 80 60 40 20 Y X Y 100 80 60 40 20

-100 -80

-60

-40

-20 0 20 40 60 80 X

-100 -80

-60

-40

-20 0 20 40 60 80 X V680-HS65with Metal on Back Surface and V680S-D2KF68

(Horizontal-facing RF Tag) Read/Write Y V680-HS65with Metal on Back Surface and V680S-D2KF68

(Vertical-facing RF Tag) Read/Write Y Y X 200 150 100 50 Y X 200 150 100 50

-250

-200

-150

-100

-50 0 50 100 150 200 X

-250

-200

-150

-100

-50 0 50 100 150 200 X S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s 150 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

V680S-D2KF68M The interrogation zone given here are for reference only. For information on communications ranges, refer to Communications Range Specifications in this section. The interrogation zone depends on the type of RF Tags used, the ambient temperature, surrounding metals, and noise. Be sure to check carefully when installing the system. p.130 V680-HS63with Metal on Back Surface and V680S-D2KF68M Metal on back: Steel (Horizontal-facing RF Tag) Read/Write V680-HS63with Metal on Back Surface and V680S-D2KF68M Metal on back: Steel (Vertical-facing RF Tag) Read/Write Y X Y 100 80 60 40 20 Y X Y 100 80 60 40 20

-100 -80

-60

-40

-20 0 20 40 60 80 X

-100 -80

-60

-40

-20 0 20 40 60 80 X V680-HS65with Metal on Back Surface and V680S-D2KF68M Metal on back: Steel (Horizontal-facing RF Tag) Read/Write Y V680-HS65with Metal on Back Surface and V680S-D2KF68M Metal on back: Steel (Vertical-facing RF Tag) Read/Write Y Y X 200 150 100 50 Y X 200 150 100 50

-250

-200

-150

-100

-50 0 50 100 150 200 X

-250

-200

-150

-100

-50 0 50 100 150 200 X S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s RFID System User's Manual 151 Section 7 Appendices

V680S-D8KF67 The interrogation zone given here are for reference only. For information on communications ranges, refer to Communications Range Specifications in this section. The interrogation zone depends on the type of RF Tags used, the ambient temperature, surrounding metals, and noise. Be sure to check carefully when installing the system. p.131 V680-HS52Embedded in Non-Metal and V680S-D8KF67 V680-HS63with Non-Metal on Back Surface and V680S-D8KF67 Read/Write Read/Write Y X Y 100 80 60 40 20 Y X Y 100 80 60 40 20

-100 -80

-60

-40

-20 0 20 40 60 80 X

-100 -80

-60

-40

-20 0 20 40 60 80 X V680-HS65with Metal on Back Surface and V680S-D8KF67 Read/Write Y 200 150 100 50 Y X

-250

-200

-150

-100

-50 0 50 100 150 200 X S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s 152 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

V680S-D8KF67M The interrogation zone given here are for reference only. For information on communications ranges, refer to Communications Range Specifications in this section. The interrogation zone depends on the type of RF Tags used, the ambient temperature, surrounding metals, and noise. Be sure to check carefully when installing the system. p.132 V680-HS52Embedded in Non-Metal and V680S-D8KF67M V680-HS63with Non-Metal on Back Surface and V680S-D8KF67 Read/Write with Metal on Back Surface (Steel) Read/Write with Metal on Back Surface (Steel) Y X Y 30 20 10 Y X Y 100 80 60 40 20

-40

-30

-20

-10 0 10 20 30 X

-100 -80

-60

-40

-20 0 20 40 60 80 X V680-HS65with Metal on Back Surface and V680S-D8KF67M with Metal on Back Surface (Steel) Read/Write Y 100 80 60 40 20 Y X

-100 -80

-60

-40

-20 0 20 40 60 80 X S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s RFID System User's Manual 153 Section 7 Appendices

V680S-D8KF68 The interrogation zone given here are for reference only. For information on communications ranges, refer to Communications Range Specifications in this section. The interrogation zone depends on the type of RF Tags used, the ambient temperature, surrounding metals, and noise. Be sure to check carefully when installing the system. p.133 V680-HS63with Metal on Back Surface and V680S-D8KF68

(Horizontal-facing RF Tag) Read/Write V680-HS63with Metal on Back Surface and V680S-D8KF68

(Vertical-facing RF Tag) Read/Write Y X Y 100 80 60 40 20 Y X Y 100 80 60 40 20

-100 -80

-60

-40

-20 0 20 40 60 80 X

-100 -80

-60

-40

-20 0 20 40 60 80 X V680-HS65with Metal on Back Surface and V680S-D8KF68

(Horizontal-facing RF Tag) Read/Write Y V680-HS65with Metal on Back Surface and V680S-D8KF68

(Vertical-facing RF Tag) Read/Write Y Y X 200 150 100 50 Y X 200 150 100 50

-250

-200

-150

-100

-50 0 50 100 150 200 X

-250

-200

-150

-100

-50 0 50 100 150 200 X S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s 154 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

V680S-D8KF68M The interrogation zone given here are for reference only. For information on communications ranges, refer to Communications Range Specifications in this section. The interrogation zone depends on the type of RF Tags used, the ambient temperature, surrounding metals, and noise. Be sure to check carefully when installing the system. p.134 V680-HS63with Metal on Back Surface and V680S-D8KF68M Metal on back: Steel (Horizontal-facing RF Tag) Read/Write V680-HS63with Metal on Back Surface and V680S-D8KF68M Metal on back: Steel (Vertical-facing RF Tag) Read/Write Y X Y 100 80 60 40 20 Y X Y 100 80 60 40 20

-100 -80

-60

-40

-20 0 20 40 60 80 X

-100 -80

-60

-40

-20 0 20 40 60 80 X V680-HS65with Metal on Back Surface and V680S-D8KF68M Metal on back: Steel (Horizontal-facing RF Tag) Read/Write Y V680-HS65with Metal on Back Surface and V680S-D8KF68M Metal on back: Steel (Vertical-facing RF Tag) Read/Write Y Y X 200 150 100 50 Y X 200 150 100 50

-250

-200

-150

-100

-50 0 50 100 150 200 X

-250

-200

-150

-100

-50 0 50 100 150 200 X S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s RFID System User's Manual 155 Section 7 Appendices Communications Time (Reference) Communication time is defined as a time between the ID Flag Sensor starts the communication operation(at the time when the RF Tag comes in the communication area) and outputs the NORMAL/

STRB output signal.

Communications Time (Reference) Operation Read DATA READ MODE VERIFY READ MODE RF Tag V680-D1KP@@

V680-D2KF@@

V680S-D2KF@@

V680-D8KF@@

V680-D32KF68 V680S-D8KF@@

43 ms 50 ms 38 ms Write 2bytes Write 1bytes Write Bit Set Bit Clear 87 ms 84 ms 120 ms

Calculating RF Tag Speed : Auto Mode When communicating with a moving RF Tag, specify an AUTO MODE. The maximum speed for communicating with the RF Tag can be calculated simply using following formula. RF Tag Speed (m/min) =

D (Distance travelled in interrogation zone) T (Communications time) interrogation zone

Direction of travel D (Distance travelled in interrogation zone) is calculated from the actual measurement or the interrogation zone between the Antenna and RF Tag.

Calculation Example In this example, reading the V680-D1KP66T RF Tag with the V680-HS63 Antenna are used. Y 100 80 60 40 20 S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s

-100 -80

-60

-40

-20 0 20 40 60 80 X 50mm RF Tag Speed (m/min)=

50 (mm) 43 (ms) 69 (m/min) Note1: The distance travelled in the interrogation zone depends on the read/write distance and the axis offset. Refer to the diagrams in Interrogation Zone. 2: The maximum speed calculated here is a guideline. Always test actual performance in advance. 3: Error processing for communications with the host device and RF Tag communications is not considered in the above calculations. 156 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices Reference Data: Antenna and RF Tags Installation Antenna Mounting Precautions

V680-HS51

Effect of Surrounding Metals on the Antenna (Reference) When embedding the Antenna in metal, be sure the metal does not extend beyond the tip of the Antenna. Surrounding metal

(steel) Surrounding metal

(steel) R18 min. 120 (60)-mm dia. min. Antenna Antenna 12-mm dia. Communications range reduced by approx. 50%. 40 mm min. 7 mm min. Do not bend the cable into a curve tighter than 18 mm in radius. If the metal around the Antenna reaches the communication surface, the communications range will be reduced by approx. 50% compared with mounting to a non-metallic surface.

Mutual Interference between Antennas (Reference) To prevent malfunctioning due to mutual interference when using more than one Antenna, leave sufficient space between them as shown in the following diagrams. Installing the Antennas Facing Each Other Installing the Antennas in Parallel 80 mm min. 80 mm min. 80 mm min. S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a

A n t e n n a a n d R F T a g s I n s t a l l a t i o n RFID System User's Manual 157 Section 7 Appendices V680-HS52 Eect of Surrounding Metals on the Antenna (Reference) When embedding the Antenna in metal, be sure the metal does not extend beyond the tip of the Antenna. S urrounding metal

(steel) S urrounding metal

(steel) R22 min. 130 (65)-mm dia. min. 22-mm dia. Antenna Antenna Communications range reduced by approx. 50%. 60 mm min. 15 mm min. Do not bend the cable into a curve tighter than 22 mm in radius. If the metal around the Antenna reaches the coil surface, the communications range will be reduced by approx. 50% compared with mounting to a non-metallic surface. Mutual Interference beween Antennas (Reference) To prevent malfunctioning due to mutual interference when using more than one Antenna, leave sucient space between them as shown in the following diagrams. Installing the Antennas Facing Each Other Installing the Antennas in Parallel 100 mm min. 120 mm min. S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a

A n t e n n a a n d R F T a g s I n s t a l l a t i o n V680-HS61 Eect of Surrounding Metals on the Antenna (Reference) In addition to surface mounting, it is also possible to embed the V680-HS61 in a metallic material to protect it from being struck bu other objects. To prevent malfunctioning, allow a space of at least 60 mm between the Antenna and the sides of the merallic material. If the space is less than 60 mm, the read/

write distance will be greatly diminished. In addition, the height of metallic material must not exceed that of the Antenna.

Do not bend the cable into a curve tighter than 18 mm in radius.

The communications range will be reduced signicantly if the Antenna is installed closer than 60 mm to metal surfaces.

Mutual Interference beween Antennas (Reference) To prevent malfunctioning due to mutual interference when using more than one Antenna, leave sucient space between them as shown in the following diagrams. Installing the Antennas Facing Each Other Installing the Antennas in Parallel

158 RFID System User's Manual

Section 7 Appendices

V680-HS63

Effect of Surrounding Metals on the Antenna (Reference) In addition to surface mounting, it is also possible to embed the V680-HS63 in a metallic material to protect it from being struck by other objects. To prevent malfunctioning, allow a space of at least 30 mm between the Antenna and the sides of the metallic material. If the space is less than 30 mm, the read/

write distance will be greatly diminished. In addition, the height of metallic material must not exceed that of the Antenna. 23 mm max. Metallic material R22 min. 60 mm min. l a i r e t a m c i l l a t e M 30 mm min. 30 mm min. 30 mm min. 30 mm min. Note 1: Do not bend the cable into a curve tighter than 22 mm in radius. 2: The communications range will be reduced significantly if the Antenna is installed closer than 30 mm to metal surfaces.

Mutual Interference between Antennas (Reference) To prevent malfunctioning due to mutual interference when using more than one Antenna, leave sufficient space between them as shown in the following diagrams. Installing the Antennas Facing Each Other Installing the Antennas in Parallel 430 mm min. 270 mm min. S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a

A n t e n n a a n d R F T a g s I n s t a l l a t i o n RFID System User's Manual 159 Section 7 Appendices

V680-HS65

Effect of Surrounding Metals on the Antenna (Reference) In addition to surface mounting, it is also possible to embed the V680-HS65 in a metallic material to protect it from being struck by other objects. To prevent malfunctioning, allow a space of at least 100 mm between the Antenna and the sides of the metallic material. If the space is less than 100 mm, the read/write distance will be greatly diminished. In addition, the height of metallic material must not exceed that of the Antenna. 30 mm max. Metallic material 60 mm min. R22 min. 100 mm min. l a i r e t a m c i l l a t e M 100 mm min. 100 mm min. 100 mm min. Note 1: Do not bend the cable into a curve tighter than 22 mm in radius. 2: The communications range will be reduced significantly if the Antenna is installed closer than 100 mm to metal surfaces.

Mutual Interference between Antennas (Reference) To prevent malfunctioning due to mutual interference when using more than one Antenna, leave sufficient space between them as shown in the following diagrams. Installing the Antennas Facing Each Other Installing the Antennas in Parallel 400 mm min. 700 mm min. S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a

A n t e n n a a n d R F T a g s I n s t a l l a t i o n 160 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices RF Tag Mounting Precautions

V680-D1KP52MT

Differences in Surrounding Metals (Reference) Communications ranges are affected by the type of metal in back of or surrounding the RF Tag, as shown in the following table. V680-D1KP52M Steel 100%

SUS Brass 85% to 90%

80% to 85%

Aluminum 80% to 85%

Note: The value for steel around or behind the RF Tag is set to 100%.

Mutual Interference with RF Tags (Reference) To prevent malfunctioning due to mutual interference when using more than one RF Tag, leave sufficient space between them as shown in the following diagram. 25 mm min. 25 mm min. S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a

A n t e n n a a n d R F T a g s I n s t a l l a t i o n RFID System User's Manual 161 Section 7 Appendices

Influence of RF Tag Angle (Reference) Install Antennas and RF Tags as parallel to each other as possible. Communications are possible even when an Antenna and an RF Tag are mounted at an angle, but the communications range will be shortened. The relation between the angle and the communications range is shown below. Percentage of Change in Communications Range for 680-D1KP52MT Angle RF Tag angle () V680-HS51 and V680-D1KP52MT V680-HS51 and V680-D1KP52MT

(Metal on back: Steel) V680-HS52 and V680-D1KP52MT V680-HS52 and V680-D1KP52MT

(Metal on back: Steel) V680-HS63 and V680-D1KP52MT 0 0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

10 1%

0%

0%

6%

2%

20 5%

0%

0%

13%

5%

30 10%

4%

2%

25%

9%

40 15%

28%

6%

14%

---: Measurement is not possible because Antenna and RF Tag would strike each other. Measurement Conditions

V680-HS51 and V680-D1KP52MT Steel Nuts RF Tag Antenna Toothed washer

V680-HS51 and V680-D1KP52MT

(Metal on back: Steel) Steel Nuts Antenna RF Tag Non-metallic material Toothed washer Steel

V680-HS52 and V680-D1KP52MT

V680-HS52 and V680-D1KP52MT RF Tag

(Metal on back: Steel) RF Tag Antenna Non-metallic material Antenna Steel

V680-HS63 and V680-D1KP52MT RF Tag Non-metallic material S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a

A n t e n n a a n d R F T a g s I n s t a l l a t i o n Antenna Metallic material 162 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

V680-D1KP52M-BT01/-D1KP52M-BT11

Mutual Interference with RF Tags (Reference) To prevent malfunctioning due to mutual interference when using more than one RF Tag, leave sufficient space between them as shown in the following diagram. 25mm min. 25mm min.

Influence of RF Tag Angle (Reference) Install Antennas and RF Tags as parallel to each other as possible. Communications are possible even when an Antenna and an RF Tag are mounted at an angle, but the communications range will be shortened. The relation between the angle and the communications range is shown below. Percentage of Change in Communications Range for 680-D1KP52M-BT01/-D1KP52M-BT11 Angle V680-HS51 and V680-D1KP52M-BT01/-D1KP52M-BT11 V680-HS52 and V680-D1KP52M-BT01/-D1KP52M-BT11 0 0%

0%

RF Tag angle () 10 18%

34%

20 36%

50%

30

40

---: Measurement is not possible because Antenna and RF Tag would strike each other. Measurement Conditions

V680-HS51

V680-HS52 and V680-D1KP52M-BT01/-D1KP52M-BT11 and V680-D1KP52M-BT01/-D1KP52M-BT11 Steel Nuts Antenna Toothed washer RF Tag RF Tag Metallic material /

Non-Metallic material Antenna Metallic material /

Non-Metallic material S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a

A n t e n n a a n d R F T a g s I n s t a l l a t i o n RFID System User's Manual 163 Section 7 Appendices

V680-D1KP53M

Differences in Surrounding Metals (Reference) Communications ranges are affected by the type of metal in back of or surrounding the RF Tag, as shown in the following table. V680-D1KP53M Steel 100%

SUS Brass 90% to 95%

90% to 95%

Aluminum 90% to 95%

Note: The value for steel around or behind the RF Tag is set to 100%.

Mutual Interference with RF Tags (Reference) To prevent malfunctioning due to mutual interference when using more than one RF Tag, leave sufficient space between them as shown in the following diagram. 25mm min. 25mm min. S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a

A n t e n n a a n d R F T a g s I n s t a l l a t i o n 164 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

Influence of RF Tag Angle (Reference) Install Antennas and RF Tags as parallel to each other as possible. Communications are possible even when an Antenna and an RF Tag are mounted at an angle, but the communications range will be shortened. The relation between the angle and the communications range is shown below. Percentage of Change in Communications Range for 680-D1KP53M Angle V680-HS51 and V680-D1KP53M V680-HS51 and V680-D1KP53M

(Metal on back: Steel) V680-HS52 and V680-D1KP53M V680-HS52 and V680-D1KP53M

(Metal on back: Steel) 0 0%

0%

0%

0%

RF Tag angle () 20 5%

0%

0%

30 10%

4%

2%

13%

25%

10 1%

0%

0%

6%

40 15%

28%

6%

---: Measurement is not possible because Antenna and RF Tag would strike each other. Measurement Conditions

V680-HS51 and V680-D1KP53M Steel Nuts RF Tag Antenna Toothed washer

V680-HS51 and V680-D1KP53M

(Metal on back: Steel) Steel Nuts Antenna RF Tag Non-metallic material Toothed washer Steel

V680-HS52 and V680-D1KP53M

V680-HS52 and V680-D1KP53M RF Tag

(Metal on back: Steel) RF Tag Antenna Non-metallic material Antenna Steel S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a

A n t e n n a a n d R F T a g s I n s t a l l a t i o n RFID System User's Manual 165 Section 7 Appendices

V680-D1KP54T

Effect of Metal behind RF Tags(Reference) The V680-D1KP54T communications distance is reduced if there is any metal material behind the RF Tag. If the RF Tag is to be mounted to metal, then use a insert a non-metal spacer (such as plastic or resin). The relationship between the distance from the RF Tag to the metal surface and the communications distance is shown below. The V700-A80 Attachment is 8 mm thick. V680-HS52 and V680-D1KP54T V680-HS63 and V680-D1KP54T t u o h t i w e c n a t s d i i s n o i t a c n u m m o c e h T

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0

0 0 1 s i l a t e m 10 20 30 40 50

(mm) Distance to metal (x) V680-HS52 V680-D1KP54T t u o h t i w e c n a t s d i i s n o i t a c n u m m o c e h T

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0

0 0 1 s i l a t e m 10 20 30 40 50

(mm) Distance to metal (x) V680-HS63 V680-D1KP54T Y Communica-

tions distance Non-metallic material X Metal on basck Non-metallic material Metal on basck Y Communica-

tions distance X V680-HS65 and V680-D1KP54T t u o h t i w e c n a t s d i s n o i t i a c n u m m o c e h T

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0

0 0 1 s i l t a e m 10 20 30 40 50

(mm) Distance to metal (x) V680-HS65 V680-D1KP54T Metal on basck Metal on basck Y Communica-

tions distance X S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a

A n t e n n a a n d R F T a g s I n s t a l l a t i o n 166 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

Mutual Interference with RF Tags (Reference) To prevent malfunctioning due to mutual interference when using more than one RF Tag, leave suffi-

cient space between them as shown in the following diagram. 80mm min. 80mm min.

Influence of RF Tag Angle (Reference) Install Antennas and RF Tags as parallel to each other as possible. Communications are possible even when an Antenna and a RF Tag are mounted at an angle, but the communications distance will be shortened. The relation between the angle and the communications distance is shown below. Percentage Drop in Communications Distance According to Angle of V680-D1KP54T V680-HS52 and V680-D1KP54T V680-HS63 and V680-D1KP54T V680-HS65 and V680-D1KP54T 0 0%

0%

0%

RF Tag angle () 10 0%

-1%

-1%

20 0%

-1%

-3%

30 0%

-2%

-7%

40 0%

-4%

-15%

Measurement Conditions

V680-HS52 and V680-D1KP54T V680-HS52 Nuts V680-D1KP54T

V680-HS63 and V680-D1KP54T V680-D1KP54T Toothed washer Non-Metallic material

V680-HS65 and V680-D1KP54T V680-D1KP54T V680-HS63 Non-Metallic material Metal V680-HS65 S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a

A n t e n n a a n d R F T a g s I n s t a l l a t i o n RFID System User's Manual 167 Section 7 Appendices

V680-D1KP66T

Effect of Metal on Back of RF Tags (Reference) The V680-D1KP66T communications range is reduced if there is any metal on the back of the RF Tag. If the RF Tag is to be mounted to metallic material, then either use a V600-A86 Attachment (sold separately) or insert a non-metal spacer (such as plastic or resin). The relationship between the distance from the RF Tag to the metal surface and the communications range is shown below. The Attachment is 10 mm thick, and more than one Attachment can be stacked. V600-A86 Attachment Installation

V680-HS52 and V680-D1KP66T

. M3 countersunk screw 100

0 0 1 s i l a t e m t u o h t i w e c n a t s D i

e g n a r i s n o i t a c n u m m o C 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 10 30 20 Distance to metal (x) 40 50

(mm) Note: Install so that the mounting holes are aligned. Antenna RF Tag Y Communica-

tions range Metal on back Metallic material X

V680-HS63 and V680-D1KP66T

V680-HS65 and V680-D1KP66T

. 100

0 0 1 s i l t a e m t u o h t i w e c n a t s D i

e g n a r s n o i t i a c n u m m o C 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 10

. 100

0 0 1 90 s i 80 e g n a r s n o i t i a c n u m m o C l t a e m t u o h t i w e c n a t s D i

70 60 50 40 30 20 10 30 20 Distance to metal (x) 40 50

(mm) 0 10 30 20 Distance to metal (x) 40 50

(mm) Antenna RF Tag Antenna RF Tag Metallic material Y Communica-

tions range Metal on back X Metallic material Y Communica-

tions range X Metal on back S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a

A n t e n n a a n d R F T a g s I n s t a l l a t i o n 168 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

Mutual Interference with RF Tags (Reference) To prevent malfunctioning due to mutual interference when using more than one RF Tag, leave sufficient space between them as shown in the following diagram. 100 mm min. 100 mm min.

Influence of RF Tag Angle (Reference) Install Antennas and RF Tags as parallel to each other as possible. Communications are possible even when an Antenna and an RF Tag are mounted at an angle, but the communications range will be shortened. The relation between the angle and the communications range is shown below. Reduction in Communications Range for V680-D1KP66T Angle V680-HS52 and V680-D1KP66T V680-HS63 and V680-D1KP66T V680-HS65 and V680-D1KP66T 0 0%

0%

0%

RF Tag angle () 10 1%

2%

1%

20 2%

3%

3%

30 4%

5%

6%

40 7%

9%

11%

Measurement Conditions

V680-HS52 and V680-D1KP66T

V680-HS63 and V680-D1KP66T RF Tag Antenna Non-metallic material Antenna RF Tag

V680-HS65 and V680-D1KP66T Metallic material RF Tag Antenna S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a

A n t e n n a a n d R F T a g s I n s t a l l a t i o n RFID System User's Manual 169 Section 7 Appendices

V680-D1KP66MT

Effect of Surrounding Metals (Reference) The V680-D1KP66MT can be surface-mounted or it can be embedded in metal. If it is embedded in metal, the height of the metal casing must not exceed that of the RF Tag. RF Tag RF Tag Embedded Surface-mounted 3.5 mm max. Metallic material Metallic material

V680-HS52 and V680-D1KP66MT

V680-HS63 and V680-D1KP66MT

0 0 1 s i l a t e m t u o h t i w e c n a t s D i

e g n a r s n o i t i a c n u m m o C

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50

(mm) Distance to metal (x)

V680-HS65 and V680-D1KP66MT

0 0 1 s i l t a e m t u o h t i w e c n a t s D i

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50

(mm) Distance to metal (x) e g n a r s n o i t i a c n u m m o C

(%) 100 90 80

0 0 1 s i l a t e m t u o h t i w e c n a t s D i

e g n a r i s n o i t a c n u m m o C 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60

(mm) Distance to metal (x) X RF Tag X Metallic material

Mutual Interference with RF Tags (Reference) To prevent malfunctioning due to mutual interference when using more than one RF Tag, leave sufficient space between them as shown in the following diagram. 100 mm min. 100 mm min. S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a

A n t e n n a a n d R F T a g s I n s t a l l a t i o n 170 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

Influence of RF Tag Angle (Reference) Install Antennas and RF Tags as parallel to each other as possible. Communications are possible even when an Antenna and an RF Tag are mounted at an angle, but the communications range will be shortened. The relation between the angle and the communications range is shown below. Reduction in Communications Range for V680-D1KP66MT Angle V680-HS52 and V680-D1KP66MT

(Metal on back: Steel) V680-HS63 and V680-D1KP66MT

(Metal on back: Steel) V680-HS65 and V680-D1KP66MT

(Metal on back: Steel) 0 0%

0%

0%

RF Tag angle () 10 1%

1%

1%

20 2%

4%

6%

30 5%

7%

15%

40 9%

13%

---: Measurement is not possible because Antenna and RF Tag would strike each other. Measurement Conditions

V680-HS52 and V680-D1KP66MT

(Metal on back: Steel)

V680-HS63 and V680-D1KP66MT Non-metallic material Antenna RF Tag

V680-HS65 and V680-D1KP66MT

(Metal on back: Steel) Metallic material RF Tag Antenna

(Metal on back: Steel) RF Tag Antenna S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a

A n t e n n a a n d R F T a g s I n s t a l l a t i o n RFID System User's Manual 171 Section 7 Appendices

V680-D1KP66T-SP

Effect of Metal on Back of RF Tags (Reference) The V680-D1KP66T-SP communications range is reduced if there is any metallic material on the back of the RF Tag. If the RF Tag is mounted on metallic material, insert a non-metal spacer (such as plastic or resin). The relationship between the distance from the RF Tag to the metal surface and the communications range is shown below.

V680-HS52 and V680-D1KP66T-SP Antenna RF Tag Y Communica-

tions range Metal on back Metallic material X Antenna RF Tag Metallic material Y Communica-

tions range X Metal on back Antenna RF Tag Metallic material Y Communica-

tions range X Metal on back 50

(mm) 50

(mm) 50

(mm)

(%) 100

0 0 1 s i l a t e m t u o h t i w e c n a t s D i

e g n a r i s n o i t a c n u m m o C 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 10 30 20 Distance to metal (x) 40

V680-HS63 and V680-D1KP66T-SP

0 0 1 s i l t a e m t u o h t i w e c n a t s D i

e g n a r s n o i t i a c n u m m o C

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 10 30 20 Distance to metal (x) 40

V680-HS65 and V680-D1KP66T-SP

(%) 100 e g n a r s n o i t i a c n u m m o c e h T

0 0 1 s i l a t e m t u o h t i w 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 10 30 20 Distance to metal (x) 40 S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a

A n t e n n a a n d R F T a g s I n s t a l l a t i o n 172 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

Mutual Interference with RF Tags (Reference) To prevent malfunctioning due to mutual interference when using more than one RF Tag, leave sufficient space between them as shown in the following diagram. 100mm min. 100mm min. 100mm min. 100mm min. S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a

A n t e n n a a n d R F T a g s I n s t a l l a t i o n RFID System User's Manual 173 Section 7 Appendices

Influence of RF Tag Angle (Reference) Install Antennas and RF Tags as parallel to each other as possible. Communications are possible even when an Antenna and an RF Tag are mounted at an angle, but the communications range will be shortened. The relation between the angle and the communications range is shown below. Reduction in Communications Range forV680-D1KP66T-SP Angle RF Tag angle () V680-HS52 and V680-D1KP66T-SP V680-HS63 and V680-D1KP66T-SP V680-HS65 and V680-D1KP66T-SP 0 0%

0%

0%

10 1%

2%

1%

20 2%

3%

3%

30 4%

5%

6%

40 7%

9%

11%

Measurement Conditions

V680-HS52 and V680-D1KP66T-SP

V680-HS63 and V680-D1KP66T-SP RF Tag Antenna Metallic material Antenna RF Tag

V680-HS65 and V680-D1KP66T-SP Metallic material RF Tag Antenna S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a

A n t e n n a a n d R F T a g s I n s t a l l a t i o n 174 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

V680-D1KP58HTN

Influence of Metal Behind RF Tag (Reference) Take the influence of metal behind RF Tags into consideration when mounting them. The communications range is adversely affected if there is any metal material around the RF Tag. The degree of influence depends on the type, size, and shape of the material around the RF Tag. The following graphs show the influence of metal objects behind the RF Tag for reference. Influence of Metal The following diagram shows the rate of reduction in the communications range when metal is located behind the RF Tag. The horizontal axis in the diagram indicates the distance between the RF Tag and the metal plate, and the vertical axis indicates the relative communications range at 100% without a metal plate, i.e, the rate of reduction in communications range. V680-HS65 and V680-D1KP58HTN

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 t u o h t i w e g n a r s n o i t i a c n u m m o c e h T

0 0 1 s i l t a e m V680-D1KP58HTN V680-HS65 Y Communi-

cations range k c a b n o l t a e M l a i r e t a m c i l l a t e m

n o N 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100110120130140150160170180190

(mm) Distance to metal (x) X Material: Steel (t = 1.5 mm) Shape: 295 mm 295 mm

Mutual Interference with RF Tag (Reference) Provide the mounting distances indicated below to prevent malfunctions due to mutual interference when using multiple RF Tags. 150mm min. 150mm min. S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a

A n t e n n a a n d R F T a g s I n s t a l l a t i o n RFID System User's Manual 175 Section 7 Appendices

Influence of RF Tag Angle (Reference) The maximum communications range can be obtained when the Antenna and RF Tag are installed in parallel. When the RF Tag is installed on an angle, the communications range is reduced. Consider the effect of the RF Tag angle when installing the RF Tag. As reference data, the following diagram shows the rate of reduction in communications range according to the RF Tag angle. The horizontal axis indi-

cates the angle when the RF Tag surface and Antenna surface are in parallel at 0. The vertical axis indicates the relative communications range when the angle is 0 at 100%, i.e., the rate in reduction of the communications range.

Percentage Drop in Communications Range According to Angle of V680-D1KP58HTN RF Tag angle () 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 V680-HS65 and V680-D1KP58HTN 0%

0%

-1% -1% -2% -3% -6% -11% -19% -32%

Measurement Conditions V680-HS65 and V680-D1KP58HTN l t a i r e a m c i l l t a e M V680-D1KP58HTN V680-HS65 S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a

A n t e n n a a n d R F T a g s I n s t a l l a t i o n 176 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

V680-D2KF52M

Differences in Surrounding Metals Communications ranges are affected by the type of metal in back of or surrounding the RF Tag, as shown in the following table. V680-D2KF52M Steel 100%

SUS Brass 80% to 85%

80% to 85%

Aluminum 75% to 80%

Note: The value for steel around or behind the RF Tag is set to 100%.

Mutual Interference with RF Tags (Reference) To prevent malfunctioning due to mutual interference when using more than one RF Tag, leave sufficient space between them as shown in the following diagram. 25 mm min. 25 mm min. S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a

A n t e n n a a n d R F T a g s I n s t a l l a t i o n RFID System User's Manual 177 Section 7 Appendices

Influence of RF Tag Angle (Reference) Install Antennas and RF Tags as parallel to each other as possible. Communications are possible even when an Antenna and an RF Tag are mounted at an angle, but the communications range will be shortened. The relation between the angle and the communications range is shown below. Reduction in Communications Range forV680-D2KF52M Angle RF Tag angle () V680-HS51 and V680-D2KF52M V680-HS51 and V680-D2KF52M

(Metal on back: Steel) V680-HS52 and V680-D2KF52M V680-HS52 and V680-D2KF52M

(Metal on back: Steel) V680-HS63 and V680-D2KF52M 0 0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

10 2%

0%

0%

2%

0%

20 6%

0%

0%

7%

1%

30

7%

2%

4%

40 22%

30%

5%

9%

---: Measurement is not possible because Antenna and RF Tag would strike each other. Measurement Conditions

V680-HS51 and V680-D2KF52M

V680-HS51 and V680-D2KF52M

(Metal on back: Steel) Steel Nuts Antenna Toothed washer RF Tag Antenna Steel Nuts RF Tag Non-metallic material Toothed washer Steel

V680-HS52 and V680-D2KF52M

V680-HS52 and V680-D2KF52M RF Tag

(Metal on back: Steel) RF Tag Antenna Non-metallic material Antenna Steel

V680-HS63 and V680-D2KF52M RF Tag Non-metallic material S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a

A n t e n n a a n d R F T a g s I n s t a l l a t i o n Antenna Metallic material 178 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

V680-D2KF52M-BT01/-D2KF52M-BT11

Mutual Interference with RF Tags (Reference) To prevent malfunctioning due to mutual interference when using more than one RF Tag, leave sufficient space between them as shown in the following diagram. 25mm min. 25mm min.

Influence of RF Tag Angle (Reference) Install Antennas and RF Tags as parallel to each other as possible. Communications are possible even when an Antenna and an RF Tag are mounted at an angle, but the communications range will be shortened. The relation between the angle and the communications range is shown below. Percentage of Change in Communications Range for 680-D2KF52M-BT01/-D2KF52M-BT11 Angle V680-HS51 and V680-D2KF52M-BT01/-D2KF52M-BT11 V680-HS52 and V680-D2KF52M-BT01/-D2KF52M-BT11 0 0%

0%

RF Tag angle () 10 32%

32%

20 50%

42%

30

40

---: Measurement is not possible because Antenna and RF Tag would strike each other. Measurement Conditions

V680-HS51

V680-HS52 and V680-D2KF52M-BT01/-D2KF52M-BT11 and V680-D2KF52M-BT01/-D2KF52M-BT11 Steel Nuts Antenna Toothed washer RF Tag RF Tag Metallic material /

Non-Metallic material Antenna Metallic material /

Non-Metallic material S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a

A n t e n n a a n d R F T a g s I n s t a l l a t i o n RFID System User's Manual 179 Section 7 Appendices

V680-D8KF67

Effect of Metal on Back of RF Tags (Reference) The V680-D8KF67 communications range is reduced if there is any metallic material on the back of the RF Tag.

V680-HS52 and V680-D8KF67

V680-HS63 and V680-D8KF67

(%) 100

0 0 1 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 s i l a t e m t u o h t i w e c n a t s D i

e g n a r i s n o i t a c n u m m o C

(%) 100

0 0 1 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 s i l a t e m t u o h t i w e c n a t s D i

e g n a r i s n o i t a c n u m m o C 0 10 Antenna 30 20 Distance to metal (x) 40 50

(mm) 0 10 30 20 Distance to metal (x) 40 50

(mm) RF Tag Antenna RF Tag Metal on back Y Communica-

tions range X Metallic material Y Communica-

tions range X Metal on back

V680-HS65 and V680-D8KF67

(%) 100

0 0 1 s i l t a e m t u o h t i w e c n a t s D i

e g n a r s n o i t i a c n u m m o C 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 10 30 20 Distance to metal (x) 40 50

(mm) Antenna RF Tag Metallic material Y Communica-

tions range X Metal on back S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a

A n t e n n a a n d R F T a g s I n s t a l l a t i o n 180 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

Mutual Interference with RF Tags (Reference) To prevent malfunctioning due to mutual interference when using more than one RF Tag, leave sufficient space between them as shown in the following diagram. 200 mm min. 200 mm min.

Influence of RF Tag Angle (Reference) Install Antennas and RF Tags as parallel to each other as possible. Communications are possible even when an Antenna and an RF Tag are mounted at an angle, but the communications range will be shortened. The relation between the angle and the communications range is shown below. Reduction in Communications Range forV680-D2KF67 Angle V680-HS52 and V680-D8KF67 V680-HS63 and V680-D8KF67 V680-HS65 and V680-D8KF67 0 0%

0%

0%

RF Tag angle () 10

-1%

1%

1%

20

-1%

1%

2%

30 1%

2%

5%

40 1%

4%

9%

Measurement Conditions

V680-HS52 and V680-D8KF67

V680-HS63 and V680-D8KF67 Non-metallic material RF Tag Antenna RF Tag Antenna

V680-HS65 and V680-D8KF67 Metallic material RF Tag Antenna S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a

A n t e n n a a n d R F T a g s I n s t a l l a t i o n RFID System User's Manual 181 Section 7 Appendices

V680-D8KF67M

Effect of Surrounding Metals (Reference) The V680-D8KF67M can be surface-mounted or it can be embedded in metal. If it is embedded in metal, the height of the metal casing must not exceed that of the RF Tag. RF Tag RF Tag Embedded Surface-mounted 4.5 mm max. Metallic material Metallic material

V680-HS52 and V680-D8KF67M

V680-HS63 and V680-D8KF67M

(%) 100

0 0 1 s i l a t e m t u o h t i w e c n a t s D i e g n a r i s n o i t a c n u m m o C 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10

0 10 30 20 Distance to metal (x) 40

V680-HS65 and V680-D8KF67M

(%) 100

0 0 1 s i l t a e m t u o h t i w e c n a t s D i

e g n a r s n o i t i a c n u m m o C 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 10 30 20 Distance to metal (x) 40

(%) 100

0 0 1 s i l a t e m t u o h t i w e c n a t s D i 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10

0 10 30 20 Distance to metal (x) 40 50

(mm) e g n a r i s n o i t a c n u m m o C 50

(mm) 50

(mm) X RF Tag X Metallic material

Mutual Interference with RF Tags (Reference) To prevent malfunctioning due to mutual interference when using more than one RF Tag, leave sufficient space between them as shown in the following diagram. 120 mm min. 120 mm min. S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a

A n t e n n a a n d R F T a g s I n s t a l l a t i o n 182 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

Influence of RF Tag Angle (Reference) Install Antennas and RF Tags as parallel to each other as possible. Communications are possible even when an Antenna and an RF Tag are mounted at an angle, but the communications range will be shortened. The relation between the angle and the communications range is shown below. Reduction in Communications Range for V680-D2KF67M Angle 0 0%

0%

0%

V680-HS52 and V680-D8KF67M

(Metal on back: Steel) V680-HS63 and V680-D8KF67M

(Metal on back: Steel) V680-HS65 and V680-D8KF67M

(Metal on back: Steel) Measurement Conditions

V680-HS52 and V680-D8KF67M RF Tag angle () 10 0%

0%

1%

20 0%

1%

3%

30 0%

2%

9%

40 0%

5%

19%

V680-HS63 and V680-D8KF67M

(Metal on back: Steel)

(Metal on back: Steel) Non-metallic material RF Tag Antenna RF Tag Antenna

V680-HS65 and V680-D8KF67M

(Metal on back: Steel) Metallic material RF Tag Antenna S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a

A n t e n n a a n d R F T a g s I n s t a l l a t i o n RFID System User's Manual 183 Section 7 Appendices

V680-D8KF67/-D32KF68

Effect of Surrounding Metals (Reference) Special Attachment (V680-A81) Installation Direction M4 screw Spring washer Flat washer A T T A C H M E N T V 6 8 0-A 8 1 M A D E IN J A P A N The communications distance will be reduced if there is metal on the back of an RF Tag. When mounting on a metal surface, use the V680-A81 special Attachment (sold separately) or insert a non-metallic spacer (e.g., plastic, resin, etc.).

V680-HS63 and V680-D8KF68/-D32KF68

V680-HS65 and V680-D8KF68/-D32KF68 When Attachment (V680-A81) is used When Attachment (V680-A81) is not used 10 20 30 Distance to metal (x) 40

(mm) Antenna Attachment k c a b n o l t a e M Y Communica-

tions range RF Tag X l t a i r e a m c i l l t a e M

0 0 1 s i l a t e m t u o h t i w e c n a t s D i

e g n a r i s n o i t a c n u m m o C

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0

0 0 1 s i l a t e m t u o h t i w e c n a t s D i

e g n a r i s n o i t a c n u m m o C

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 When Attachment (V680-A81) is used When Attachment (V680-A81) is not used 10 20 30 Distance to metal (x) 40

(mm) Antenna Attachment k c a b n o l t a e M Y Communica-

tions range RF Tag X l t a i r e a m c i l l t a e M S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a

A n t e n n a a n d R F T a g s I n s t a l l a t i o n 184 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

Mutual Interference with RF Tags (Reference) To prevent malfunctioning due to mutual interference when using more than one RF Tag, leave sufficient space between them as shown in the following diagram. When V680-HS63 Is Used 120 mm min. 120 mm min. 120 mm min. 120 mm min. When V680-HS65 Is Used 150 mm min. 150 mm min. 150 mm min. 150 mm min. S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a

A n t e n n a a n d R F T a g s I n s t a l l a t i o n RFID System User's Manual 185 Section 7 Appendices

Influence of RF Tag Angle (Reference) Install Antennas and RF Tags as parallel to each other as possible. Communications are possible even when an Antenna and an RF Tag are mounted at an angle, but the communications range will be shortened. The relation between the angle and the communications range is shown below. Reduction in Communications Range for V680-D8KF68/-D32KF68 Angle RF Tag angle () V680-HS63 and V680-D8KF68/-D32KF68

(Horizontal-facing RF Tag) V680-HS63 and V680-D8KF68/-D32KF68

(Vertical-facing RF Tag) V680-HS65 and V680-D8KF68/-D32KF68

(Horizontal-facing RF Tag) V680-HS65 and V680-D8KF68/-D32KF68

(Vertical-facing RF Tag) 0 0%

0%

0%

0%

10 0%

1%

1%

1%

20 0%

2%

2%

3%

30 0%

3%

4%

6%

40 0%

5%

6%

10%

Measurement Conditions

V680-HS63 and V680-D8KF68/-D32KF68

V680-HS63 and V680-D8KF68/-D32KF68

(Horizontal-facing RF Tag)

(Vertical-facing RF Tag) Metallic material RF Tag Metallic material RF Tag Antenna Antenna

V680-HS65 and V680-D8KF68/-D32KF68

V680-HS65 and V680-D8KF68/-D32KF68

(Horizontal-facing RF Tag)

(Vertical-facing RF Tag) Metallic material Metallic material RF Tag RF Tag Antenna Antenna S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a

A n t e n n a a n d R F T a g s I n s t a l l a t i o n 186 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

V680S-D2KF67

Effect of Metal on Back of RF Tags (Reference) The V680S-D2KF67 communications range is reduced if there is any metallic material on the back of the RF Tag.

V680-HS52 and V680S-D2KF67

V680-HS63 and V680S-D2KF67

(%) 100

0 0 1 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 s i l a t e m t u o h t i w e c n a t s D i

e g n a r i s n o i t a c n u m m o C 0 20 Antenna

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10

0 0 1 s i l a t e m t u o h t i w e c n a t s D i

e g n a r i s n o i t a c n u m m o C 100

(mm) 0 50 100 150 200 250

(mm) Distance to metal (x) 60 40 Distance to metal (x) 80 RF Tag Antenna RF Tag Metal on back Y Communica-

tions range X Metallic material Y Communica-

tions range X Metal on back

V680-HS65 and V680S-D2KF67

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10

0 0 1 s i l t a e m t u o h t i w e c n a t s D i

e g n a r s n o i t i a c n u m m o C 0 50 100 150 200 250

(mm) Distance to metal (x) Antenna RF Tag Metallic material Y Communica-

tions range X Metal on back S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a

A n t e n n a a n d R F T a g s I n s t a l l a t i o n RFID System User's Manual 187 Section 7 Appendices

Mutual Interference with RF Tags (Reference) To prevent malfunctioning due to mutual interference when using more than one RF Tag, leave sufficient space between them as shown in the following diagram. 100 mm min. 100 mm min.

Influence of RF Tag Angle (Reference) Install Antennas and RF Tags as parallel to each other as possible. Communications are possible even when an Antenna and an RF Tag are mounted at an angle, but the communications range will be shortened. The relation between the angle and the communications range is shown below. Reduction in Communications Range forV680S-D2KF67 Angle V680-HS52 and V680S-D2KF67 V680-HS63 and V680S-D2KF67 V680-HS65 and V680S-D2KF67 RF Tag angle () 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 0%

-1%

-2%

-3%

-5%

-9%

-15% -24%

0%

-1%

-2%

-4%

-7%

-12% -18%

80

90

0%

-1%

-2%

-4%

-7%

-12% -19% -29% -45%

Measurement Conditions

V680-HS52 and V680S-D2KF67

V680-HS63 and V680S-D2KF67 Non-metallic material RF Tag Antenna RF Tag Antenna

V680-HS65 and V680S-D2KF67 Metallic material RF Tag S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a

A n t e n n a a n d R F T a g s I n s t a l l a t i o n Antenna 188 RFID System User's Manual

V680S-D2KF67M

Effect of Surrounding Metals (Reference) The V680S-D2KF67M can be surface-mounted or it can be embedded in metal. If it is embedded in Section 7 Appendices metal, the height of the metal casing must not exceed that of the RF Tag. RF Tag RF Tag Embedded Surface-mounted 5 mm max. Metallic material Metallic material

V680-HS52 and V680S-D2KF67M

V680-HS63 and V680S-D2KF67M

0 0 1 s i l t a e m t u o h t i w e c n a t s D i

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 e g n a r s n o i t i a c n u m m o C 10 20 30 40 50

(mm) Distance to metal (x)

V680-HS65 and V680S-D2KF67M

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10

0 0 1 s i l t a e m t u o h t i w e c n a t s D i

0 e g n a r s n o i t i a c n u m m o C 10 20 30 40 Distance to metal (x) 50

(mm)

0 0 1 s i l a t e m t u o h t i w e c n a t s D i

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 e g n a r i s n o i t a c n u m m o C 10 20 30 Distance to metal (x) 40 50

(mm) X RF Tag X Metallic material

Mutual Interference with RF Tags (Reference) To prevent malfunctioning due to mutual interference when using more than one RF Tag, leave sufficient space between them as shown in the following diagram. 80 mm min. 80 mm min. S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a

A n t e n n a a n d R F T a g s I n s t a l l a t i o n RFID System User's Manual 189 Section 7 Appendices

Influence of RF Tag Angle (Reference) Install Antennas and RF Tags as parallel to each other as possible. Communications are possible even when an Antenna and an RF Tag are mounted at an angle, but the communications range will be shortened. The relation between the angle and the communications range is shown below. Reduction in Communications Range for V680S-D2KF67M Angle V680-HS52 and V680S-D2KF67M

(Metal on back: Steel) V680-HS63 and V680S-D2KF67M

(Metal on back: Steel) V680-HS65 and V680S-D2KF67M

(Metal on back: Steel) RF Tag angle () 0 10 20 30 40 50 0%

-1%

-2%

-4%

-6%

-11%

60

70

80

0%

-1%

-3%

-7%

-12% -18% -29% -50%

0%

-2%

-5%

11% -21% -36%

90

Measurement Conditions

V680-HS52 and V680S-D2KF67M

V680-HS63 and V680S-D2KF67M

(Metal on back: Steel)

(Metal on back: Steel) Non-metallic material RF Tag Antenna RF Tag Antenna

V680-HS65 and V680S-D2KF67M

(Metal on back: Steel) Metallic material RF Tag Antenna S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a

A n t e n n a a n d R F T a g s I n s t a l l a t i o n 190 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

V680S-D2KF68

Effect of Metal on Back of RF Tags (Reference) The V680S-D2KF68 communications range is reduced if there is any metallic material on the back of the RF Tag.

V680-HS63 and V680S-D2KF68

V680-HS65 and V680S-D2KF68

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10

0 0 1 s i l a t e m t u o h t i w e c n a t s D i

e g n a r i s n o i t a c n u m m o C

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10

0 0 1 s i l a t e m t u o h t i w e c n a t s D i

e g n a r i s n o i t a c n u m m o C 0 50 100 150 200 250

(mm) 0 50 100 150 200 250

(mm) Distance to metal (x) Distance to metal (x) Antenna RF Tag Antenna RF Tag Metallic material Y Communica-

tions range Metal on back X Metallic material Y Communica-

tions range Metal on back X S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a

A n t e n n a a n d R F T a g s I n s t a l l a t i o n RFID System User's Manual 191 Section 7 Appendices

Mutual Interference with RF Tags (Reference) To prevent malfunctioning due to mutual interference when using more than one RF Tag, leave sufficient space between them as shown in the following diagram. When V680-HS63 Is Used 130 mm min. 130 mm min. 120 mm min. 120 mm min. When V680-HS65 Is Used 140 mm min. 140 mm min. 130 mm min. 130 mm min. S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a

A n t e n n a a n d R F T a g s I n s t a l l a t i o n 192 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

Influence of RF Tag Angle (Reference) Install Antennas and RF Tags as close to parallel to each other as possible. Communications are possible even when an Antenna and an RF Tag are mounted at an angle, but the communications range will be shortened. The relation between the angle and the communications range is shown below. Reduction in Communications Range for V680S-D2KF68 Angle V680-HS63 and V680S-D2KF68

(Horizontal-facing RF Tag) V680-HS63 and V680S-D2KF68

(Vertical-facing RF Tag) V680-HS65 and V680S-D2KF68

(Horizontal-facing RF Tag) V680-HS65 and V680S-D2KF68

(Vertical-facing RF Tag) Measurement Conditions

V680-HS63 and V680S-D2KF68 RF Tag angle () 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 0%

-1% -1% -1% -1% -1% -3% -8% -16%

90

0%

-1% -2% -4% -7% -11% -17% -25% -37% -58%

0%

-1% -2% -3% -6% -9% -15% -22% -35% -60%

0%

-1% -3% -5% -9% -13% -20% -29% -44% -72%

V680-HS63 and V680S-D2KF68

(Horizontal-facing RF Tag)

(Vertical-facing RF Tag) Metallic material RF Tag Metallic material RF Tag Antenna Antenna

V680-HS65 and V680S-D2KF68

V680-HS65 and V680S-D2KF68

(Horizontal-facing RF Tag)

(Vertical-facing RF Tag) Metallic material Metallic material RF Tag RF Tag Antenna Antenna S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a

A n t e n n a a n d R F T a g s I n s t a l l a t i o n RFID System User's Manual 193 Section 7 Appendices

V680S-D2KF68M

Effect of Surrounding Metals (Reference) The V680S-D2KF68M can be surface-mounted or it can be embedded in metal. If it is embedded in metal, the height of the metal casing must not exceed that of the RF Tag. RF Tag RF Tag Embedded Metallic material 10 mm max. Surface-mounted Metallic material

V680-HS63 and V680S-D2KF68M

V680-HS65 and V680S-D2KF68M e g n a r s n o i t i a c n u m m o C

0 0 1 s i l t a e m t u o h t i w e c n a t s D i

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 20 40 60 80 100

(mm) Distance to metal (x) X RF Tag X Metallic material

0 0 1 s i l t a e m t u o h t i w e c n a t s D i

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50

(mm) Distance to metal (x) e g n a r s n o i t i a c n u m m o C S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a

A n t e n n a a n d R F T a g s I n s t a l l a t i o n 194 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

Mutual Interference with RF Tags (Reference) To prevent malfunctioning due to mutual interference when using more than one RF Tag, leave sufficient space between them as shown in the following diagram. When V680-HS63 Is Used 110 mm min. 110 mm min. 80 mm min. 80 mm min. When V680-HS65 Is Used 110 mm min. 110 mm min. 110 mm min. 110 mm min. S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a

A n t e n n a a n d R F T a g s I n s t a l l a t i o n RFID System User's Manual 195 Section 7 Appendices

Influence of RF Tag Angle (Reference) Install Antennas and RF Tags as close to parallel to each other as possible. Communications are possible even when an Antenna and an RF Tag are mounted at an angle, but the communications range will be shortened. The relation between the angle and the communications range is shown below. Reduction in Communications Range for V680S-D2KF68M Angle V680-HS63 and V680S-D2KF68M(Horizontal-facing RF Tag)

(Metal on back: Steel) V680-HS63 and V680S-D2KF68M(Vertical-facing RF Tag)

(Metal on back: Steel) V680-HS65 and V680S-D2KF68M(Horizontal-facing RF Tag)

(Metal on back: Steel) V680-HS65 and V680S-D2KF68M(Vertical-facing RF Tag)

(Metal on back: Steel) RF Tag angle () 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% -5% -14% ---

0% -1% -2% -5% -8% -14% -23% -36% ---

0% -1% -2% -4% -7% -12% -21% -41% ---

0% -1% -3% -6% -12% -20% -32% -59% -65% ---

Measurement Conditions

V680-HS63 and V680S-D2KF68M(Horizontal-facing RF Tag)

V680-HS63 and V680S-D2KF68M(Vertical-facing RF Tag) Metallic material

(Metal on back: Steel) Metallic material

(Metal on back: Steel) RF Tag Antenna RF Tag Antenna

V680-HS65 and V680S-D2KF68M(Horizontal-facing RF Tag)

V680-HS65 and V680S-D2KF68M(Vertical-facing RF Tag)

(Metal on back: Steel)

(Metal on back: Steel) Metallic material Metallic material RF Tag RF Tag Antenna Antenna S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a

A n t e n n a a n d R F T a g s I n s t a l l a t i o n 196 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

V680S-D8KF67

Effect of Metal on Back of RF Tags (Reference) The V680S-D8KF67 communications range is reduced if there is any metallic material on the back of the RF Tag.

V680-HS52 and V680S-D8KF67

V680-HS63 and V680S-D8KF67

(%) 100

0 0 1 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 s i l a t e m t u o h t i w e c n a t s D i

e g n a r i s n o i t a c n u m m o C 0 20 Antenna

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10

0 0 1 s i l a t e m t u o h t i w e c n a t s D i

e g n a r i s n o i t a c n u m m o C 100

(mm) 0 50 100 150 200 250

(mm) Distance to metal (x) 60 40 Distance to metal (x) 80 RF Tag Antenna RF Tag Metal on back Y Communica-

tions range X Metallic material Y Communica-

tions range X Metal on back

V680-HS65 and V680S-D8KF67

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10

0 0 1 s i l t a e m t u o h t i w e c n a t s D i

e g n a r s n o i t i a c n u m m o C 0 50 100 150 200 250

(mm) Distance to metal (x) Antenna RF Tag Metallic material Y Communica-

tions range X Metal on back S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a

A n t e n n a a n d R F T a g s I n s t a l l a t i o n RFID System User's Manual 197 Section 7 Appendices

Mutual Interference with RF Tags (Reference) To prevent malfunctioning due to mutual interference when using more than one RF Tag, leave sufficient space between them as shown in the following diagram. 100 mm min. 100 mm min.

Influence of RF Tag Angle (Reference) Install Antennas and RF Tags as parallel to each other as possible. Communications are possible even when an Antenna and an RF Tag are mounted at an angle, but the communications range will be shortened. The relation between the angle and the communications range is shown below. Reduction in Communications Range forV680S-D8KF67 Angle V680-HS52 and V680S-D8KF67 V680-HS63 and V680S-D8KF67 V680-HS65 and V680S-D8KF67 RF Tag angle () 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 0%

-1%

-2%

-3%

-5%

-9%

-15% -24%

0%

-1%

-2%

-4%

-7%

-12% -18%

80

90

0%

-1%

-2%

-4%

-7%

-12% -19% -29% -45%

Measurement Conditions

V680-HS52 and V680S-D8KF67

V680-HS63 and V680S-D8KF67 Non-metallic material RF Tag Antenna RF Tag Antenna

V680-HS65 and V680S-D8KF67 Metallic material RF Tag S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a

A n t e n n a a n d R F T a g s I n s t a l l a t i o n Antenna 198 RFID System User's Manual

V680S-D8KF67M

Effect of Surrounding Metals (Reference) The V680S-D8KF67M can be surface-mounted or it can be embedded in metal. If it is embedded in Section 7 Appendices metal, the height of the metal casing must not exceed that of the RF Tag. RF Tag RF Tag Embedded Surface-mounted 5 mm max. Metallic material Metallic material

V680-HS52 and V680S-D8KF67M

V680-HS63 and V680S-D8KF67M

0 0 1 s i l t a e m t u o h t i w e c n a t s D i

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 e g n a r s n o i t i a c n u m m o C 10 20 30 40 50

(mm) Distance to metal (x)

V680-HS65 and V680S-D8KF67M

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10

0 0 1 s i l t a e m t u o h t i w e c n a t s D i

0 e g n a r s n o i t i a c n u m m o C 10 20 30 40 Distance to metal (x) 50

(mm)

0 0 1 s i l a t e m t u o h t i w e c n a t s D i

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 e g n a r i s n o i t a c n u m m o C 10 20 30 Distance to metal (x) 40 50

(mm) X RF Tag X Metallic material

Mutual Interference with RF Tags (Reference) To prevent malfunctioning due to mutual interference when using more than one RF Tag, leave sufficient space between them as shown in the following diagram. 80 mm min. 80 mm min. S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a

A n t e n n a a n d R F T a g s I n s t a l l a t i o n RFID System User's Manual 199 Section 7 Appendices

Influence of RF Tag Angle (Reference) Install Antennas and RF Tags as parallel to each other as possible. Communications are possible even when an Antenna and an RF Tag are mounted at an angle, but the communications range will be shortened. The relation between the angle and the communications range is shown below. Reduction in Communications Range for V680S-D8KF67M Angle V680-HS52 and V680S-D8KF67M

(Metal on back: Steel) V680-HS63 and V680S-D8KF67M

(Metal on back: Steel) V680-HS65 and V680S-D8KF67M

(Metal on back: Steel) RF Tag angle () 0 10 20 30 40 50 0%

-1%

-2%

-4%

-6%

-11%

60

70

80

0%

-1%

-3%

-7%

-12% -18% -29% -50%

0%

-2%

-5%

11% -21% -36%

90

Measurement Conditions

V680-HS52 and V680S-D8KF67M

V680-HS63 and V680S-D8KF67M

(Metal on back: Steel)

(Metal on back: Steel) Non-metallic material RF Tag Antenna RF Tag Antenna

V680-HS65 and V680S-D8KF67M

(Metal on back: Steel) Metallic material RF Tag Antenna S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a

A n t e n n a a n d R F T a g s I n s t a l l a t i o n 200 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

V680S-D8KF68

Effect of Metal on Back of RF Tags (Reference) The V680S-D8KF68 communications range is reduced if there is any metallic material on the back of the RF Tag.

V680-HS63 and V680S-D8KF68

V680-HS65 and V680S-D8KF68

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10

0 0 1 s i l a t e m t u o h t i w e c n a t s D i

e g n a r i s n o i t a c n u m m o C

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10

0 0 1 s i l a t e m t u o h t i w e c n a t s D i

e g n a r i s n o i t a c n u m m o C 0 50 100 150 200 250

(mm) 0 50 100 150 200 250

(mm) Distance to metal (x) Distance to metal (x) Antenna RF Tag Antenna RF Tag Metallic material Y Communica-

tions range Metal on back X Metallic material Y Communica-

tions range Metal on back X S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a

A n t e n n a a n d R F T a g s I n s t a l l a t i o n RFID System User's Manual 201 Section 7 Appendices

Mutual Interference with RF Tags (Reference) To prevent malfunctioning due to mutual interference when using more than one RF Tag, leave sufficient space between them as shown in the following diagram. When V680-HS63 Is Used 130 mm min. 130 mm min. 120 mm min. 120 mm min. When V680-HS65 Is Used 140 mm min. 140 mm min. 130 mm min. 130 mm min. S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a

A n t e n n a a n d R F T a g s I n s t a l l a t i o n 202 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

Influence of RF Tag Angle (Reference) Install Antennas and RF Tags as close to parallel to each other as possible. Communications are possible even when an Antenna and an RF Tag are mounted at an angle, but the communications range will be shortened. The relation between the angle and the communications range is shown below. Reduction in Communications Range for V680S-D8KF68 Angle V680-HS63 and V680S-D8KF68

(Horizontal-facing RF Tag) V680-HS63 and V680S-D8KF68

(Vertical-facing RF Tag) V680-HS65 and V680S-D8KF68

(Horizontal-facing RF Tag) V680-HS65 and V680S-D8KF68

(Vertical-facing RF Tag) Measurement Conditions

V680-HS63 and V680S-D8KF68 RF Tag angle () 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 0%

-1% -1% -1% -1% -1% -3% -8% -16%

90

0%

-1% -2% -4% -7% -11% -17% -25% -37% -58%

0%

-1% -2% -3% -6% -9% -15% -22% -35% -60%

0%

-1% -3% -5% -9% -13% -20% -29% -44% -72%

V680-HS63 and V680S-D8KF68

(Horizontal-facing RF Tag)

(Vertical-facing RF Tag) Metallic material RF Tag Metallic material RF Tag Antenna Antenna

V680-HS65 and V680S-D8KF68

V680-HS65 and V680S-D8KF68

(Horizontal-facing RF Tag)

(Vertical-facing RF Tag) Metallic material Metallic material RF Tag RF Tag Antenna Antenna S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a

A n t e n n a a n d R F T a g s I n s t a l l a t i o n RFID System User's Manual 203 Section 7 Appendices

V680S-D8KF68M

Effect of Surrounding Metals (Reference) The V680S-D8KF68M can be surface-mounted or it can be embedded in metal. If it is embedded in metal, the height of the metal casing must not exceed that of the RF Tag. RF Tag RF Tag Embedded Metallic material 10 mm max. Surface-mounted Metallic material

V680-HS63 and V680S-D8KF68M

V680-HS65 and V680S-D8KF68M e g n a r s n o i t i a c n u m m o C

0 0 1 s i l t a e m t u o h t i w e c n a t s D i

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 20 40 60 80 100

(mm) Distance to metal (x) X RF Tag X Metallic material

0 0 1 s i l t a e m t u o h t i w e c n a t s D i

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50

(mm) Distance to metal (x) e g n a r s n o i t i a c n u m m o C S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a

A n t e n n a a n d R F T a g s I n s t a l l a t i o n 204 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

Mutual Interference with RF Tags (Reference) To prevent malfunctioning due to mutual interference when using more than one RF Tag, leave sufficient space between them as shown in the following diagram. When V680-HS63 Is Used 110 mm min. 110 mm min. 80 mm min. 80 mm min. When V680-HS65 Is Used 110 mm min. 110 mm min. 110 mm min. 110 mm min. S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a

A n t e n n a a n d R F T a g s I n s t a l l a t i o n RFID System User's Manual 205 Section 7 Appendices

Influence of RF Tag Angle (Reference) Install Antennas and RF Tags as close to parallel to each other as possible. Communications are possible even when an Antenna and an RF Tag are mounted at an angle, but the communications range will be shortened. The relation between the angle and the communications range is shown below. Reduction in Communications Range for V680S-D8KF68M Angle V680-HS63 and V680S-D8KF68M(Horizontal-facing RF Tag)

(Metal on back: Steel) V680-HS63 and V680S-D8KF68M(Vertical-facing RF Tag)

(Metal on back: Steel) V680-HS65 and V680S-D8KF68M(Horizontal-facing RF Tag)

(Metal on back: Steel) V680-HS65 and V680S-D8KF68M(Vertical-facing RF Tag)

(Metal on back: Steel) RF Tag angle () 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% -5% -14% ---

0% -1% -2% -5% -8% -14% -23% -36% ---

0% -1% -2% -4% -7% -12% -21% -41% ---

0% -1% -3% -6% -12% -20% -32% -59% -65% ---

Measurement Conditions

V680-HS63 and V680S-D8KF68M(Horizontal-facing RF Tag)

V680-HS63 and V680S-D8KF68M(Vertical-facing RF Tag) Metallic material

(Metal on back: Steel) Metallic material

(Metal on back: Steel) RF Tag Antenna RF Tag Antenna

V680-HS65 and V680S-D8KF68M(Horizontal-facing RF Tag)

V680-HS65 and V680S-D8KF68M(Vertical-facing RF Tag)

(Metal on back: Steel)

(Metal on back: Steel) Metallic material Metallic material RF Tag RF Tag Antenna Antenna S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a

A n t e n n a a n d R F T a g s I n s t a l l a t i o n 206 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices RF Tag Memory Capacities and Memory Types Model Memory capacity

(user memory) Memory type Life expectancy

V680-D1KP52MT V680-D1KP52M-BT01 V680-D1KP52M-BT11 V680-D1KP53M V680-D1KP54T V680-D1KP66T V680-D1KP66MT V680-D1KP66T-SP V680-D1KP58HTN V680-D2KF52M V680-D2KF52M-BT01 V680-D2KF52M-BT11 V680-D8KF67 V680-D8KF67M V680-D8KF68 V680-D32KF68 V680S-D2KF67 V680S-D2KF67M V680S-D2KF68 V680S-D2KF68M V680S-D8KF67 V680S-D8KF67M V680S-D8KF68 V680S-D8KF68M 1,000 bytes EEPROM Write endurance: 100,000 times per block (25C) Data retention: 10 years after writing (85C or less) 2,000 bytes 8,192 bytes 32,744 bytes 2,000 bytes 8,192 bytes Access frequency: 10 billion times Data retention: 10 years after writing (55C or less) FRAM Access frequency: 10 billion times Data retention: 10 years after writing (70C or less) Access frequency: One trillion times FRAM Data retention: 10 years after writing (85C or less) S e c t i o n 7 R F T a g M e m o r y C a p a c i t i e s a n d M e m o r y T y p e s RFID System User's Manual 207 Section 7 Appendices RF Tag Memory Map V680-D1KP@@

Address (hex) Data 0000 0001 0002 0003

.. . 03E6 03E7 User area EEPROM is used as memory in the RF Tags. The memory capacity available to the user is 1,000bytes, including 0000 hex to 0003 hex the Write Protection Setting Area). 1 byte V680-D2KF@@ and V680S-D2KF6@

Address (hex) Data 0000 0001 0002 0003

. 07CE 07CF User area FRAM is used as memory in the RF Tags. The memory capacity available to the user is 2,000bytes, including 0000 hex to 0003 hex the Write Protection Setting Area). V680-D8KF@@

Address (hex) 1 byte Data 0000 0001 0002 0003

.. . 1FFE 1FFF User area FRAM is used as memory in the RF Tags. The memory capacity available to the user is 8,192bytes, including 0000 hex to 0003 hex the Write Protection Setting Area). 1 byte V680-D32KF@@

Address (hex) Data 0000 0001 0002 0003

. 7FE6 7FE7 User area FRAM is used as memory in the RF Tags. The memory capacity available to the user is 32,744bytes, including 0000 hex to 0003 hex the Write Protection Setting Area). 1 byte RF Tag memory is 1 block of 8 bytes(@@@0 hex to @@@7 hex, @@@8 hex to @@@F hex). The communication between RF Tag and the antenna of the V680/V680S series is a blocks described above. There is a possibility to which data is mistaken with the block unit when the writing error occurs. S e c t i o n 7 R F T a g M e m o r y M a p 208 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices V680S-D8KF@@

Address (hex) Data 0000 0001 0002 0003

.. . 1FFE 1FFF User area FRAM is used as memory in the RF Tags. The memory capacity available to the user is 8,192bytes, including 0000 hex to 0003 hex the Write Protection Setting Area). 1 byte RF Tag memory is 1 block of 32 bytes(@@00 hex to @@1F hex, @@20 hex to @@3F hex, , @@E0 hex to @@FF hex). The communication between RF Tag and the antenna of the V680S-D8KF6@ is a blocks described above. There is a possibility to which data is mistaken with the block unit when the writing error occurs. S e c t i o n 7 R F T a g M e m o r y M a p RFID System User's Manual 209 Section 7 Appendices Chemical Resistance of the Antennas and RF Tags Chemical Resistance of the Antennas Applicable Models V680-HS51 V680-HS52-W/

V680-HS63-W/R V680-HS65-W/R V680-HS61 ABS resin is used for case material and epoxy resin for lling material. Refer to the following lists and do not use chemicals that aect ABS and epoxy resin. Chemicals That Cause Defo rmations, Cracks, Etc. ABS resin Epoxy resin Trichlene, acetone, xylene, to luene, gasoline, creosol, methylene chloride, phenol, cyclohexane, aqua regia, chromic acid, sulfuric acid (90% RT), methyl ethyl ketone, aniline, nitrobenzine, monochlorobenzine, pyridine, nitric acid (60%

RT), formic acid (80% RT) Aqua regia, chromic acid, sulfuric acid (90% RT), nitric acid

(60% RT), ammonia solution, acetone, methylene chloride, phenol Chemicals That May Cause Discoloration, Swelling, Etc. ABS resin Epoxy resin Hydrochloric acid, alcohol, Freon, sodium hydroxide, hydrogen peroxide, benzine, sulfuric acid (10% RT), nitric acid (10%

RT), phosphoric acid (85% RT), ammonia solution Sulfuric acid (10% RT), nitric ac id (10% RT), hydrochloric acid

(30% RT), acetic acid (50% RT), oxalic acid, calcium hydroxide, benzine, creosol, alcohol, cyclohexane, toluene, xylene, benzine, grease Chemicals That Do Not Affect ABS Re sin or Epoxy Resin ABS resin Epoxy resin Ammonia, kerosine, mineral oil, developer, Yushiroken S50, Chemi-Cool Z, Velocity No. 3, Yushiroken EEE-30Y, petroleum, grease, acetic acid, ox alic acid, calcium hydroxide, phosphoric acid (30% RT), hydr ochloric acid (10% RT), potassium hydroxide Ammonia, hydrochloric acid (10% RT), potassium hydroxide, petroleum, gasoline, Yushiroken S50, Chemi-Cool Z, Velocity No. 3, Yushiroken EEE-30Y Note: The above results are from tests conducted a room temperature (23C). Even if the chemicals do not aect the ABS or epoxy resins at room temperature, they may aect the resins at higher or lower temperatures. Check the chemicals carefully in advance. S e c t i o n 7 C h e m i c a l R e s i s t a n c e o f t h e A n t e n n a s a n d R F T a g s 210 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices Chemical Resistance of RF Tags

Applicable Models V680-D1KP52MT V680-D1KP52M-BT01/-BT11 V680-D1KP53M V680-D2KF52M V680-D2KF52M-BT01/-BT11 PPS resin is used for case material and epoxy resin for filling material. Refer to the following lists and do not use chemicals that affect PPS and epoxy resin. RF Tags cannot be used in applications with explosion-proof specifications.

Chemicals That Cause Deformations, Cracks, Etc. PPS resin Epoxy resin Aqua regia Aqua regia, chromic acid, sulfuric acid (90% RT), nitric acid

(60% RT), ammonia solution, acetone, methylene chloride, phenol

Chemicals That May Cause Discoloration, Swelling, Etc. PPS resin Epoxy resin Nitric acid (60% RT) Sulfuric acid (10% RT), nitric acid (10% RT), concetrated hydrochloric acid, acetic acid (50% RT), oxalic acid, calcium hydroxide, benzine, creosol, alcohol, cyclohexane, toluene, xylene, benzine, grease

Chemicals that Do Not Affect PPS Resin or Epoxy Resin PPS resin Epoxy resin Ammonia, hydrochloric acid (10% RT), potassium hydroxide, petroleum, gasoline, Yushiroken S50, Chemi-Cool Z, Velocity No. 3, Yushiroken EEE-30Y, methyl ethyl ketone, sodium hydroxide (10%RT) Hydrochloric acid (37%RT), sulfuric acid (98%RT), nitric acid

(40%RT), hydrogen fluoride solution (40%RT), chromic acid

(40%RT), hydrogen peroxide solution (28%RT), sodium hydroxide solution (60%RT), ammonia solution (28%RT), sodium chloride (10%RT), sodium carbonate (20%RT), sodium hypochlorite solution, phenol solution (5%RT), glacial acetic acid, acetic acid, oleic acid, methyl alcohol (95%RT), ethyl alcohol (95%RT), ethyl acetate, sebacic acid, diethylhexyl, acetone, diethyl ether, n-heptane, 2-2-4 trimethylpentane, benzine, toluene, aniline, mineral oil, gasoline, insulating oil, dichloroethylene, carbon tetrachloride Note: The above results are from tests conducted a room temperature (23C). Even if the chemicals do not affect the PPS or epoxy resins at room temperature, they may affect the resins at higher or lower temperatures. Check the chemicals carefully in advance. S e c t i o n 7 C h e m i c a l R e s i s t a n c e o f t h e A n t e n n a s a n d R F T a g s RFID System User's Manual 211 Section 7 Appendices

Applicable Models V680-D1KP54T V680-D1KP66T/MT V680-D1KP58HTN V680S-D2KF67/-D2KF67M/-D2KF68/-D2KF68M V680S-D8KF67/-D8KF67M/-D8KF68/-D8KF68M PPS resin is used for case material. Refer to the following lists and do not use chemicals that affect PPS resin. Chemical At room tem-

pera-

ture 90C Chemical At room tem-

pera-

ture 90C Hydrochloric acid Sulfuric acid Nitric acid Hydrogen fluoride solution Chromic acid Hydrogen peroxide solution Sodium hydroxide solution Ammonia solution Sodium chloride Sodium carbonate 37%

10%

98%

50%

30%

3%

60%

40%

10%

40%

40%

28%

3%

60%

10%

1%

28%

10%

10%

20%

2%

A A A A A A B A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A B A A A C B A A A B A A A A B B A A A Sodium hypochlorite solution Phenol solution Glacial acetic acid Acetic acid Oleic acid Methyl alcohol Ethyl alcohol Ethyl acetate Sebacic acid diethylhexyl Acetone Diethyl ether n-heptane 2-2-4 trimethylpentane Benzene Toluene Aniline Mineral oil Gasoline Insulating oil Dichloroethylene Carbon tetrachloride 5%

95%

95%

A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A: Has no adverse effect, B: May cause discoloration, swelling, etc., C: Causes deformation, cracks, etc. The above table shows the extent of changes in PPS resin exposed to each chemical at room temperature and at 90C. If actual chemicals, concentrations, and temperatures are different from those shown in the tables, always conduct tests under the actual conditions in which the RF Tags are to be used. S e c t i o n 7 C h e m i c a l R e s i s t a n c e o f t h e A n t e n n a s a n d R F T a g s 212 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

Applicable Model V680-D1KP66T-SP PFA is used for the V680-D1KP66T-SP RF Tag coating. Refer to the following materials and check the characteristics before using them.

Chemical Resistance of PFA Fluororesin (Reference Material) PFA: Tetrafluorethylene-Perfluoroalkylvinyletheir copolymer PFA fluororesin is non-reactive to most chemicals. It reacts to alkaline metals in the melted state, F2 (fluorine) under high temperature and high pressure, and some halogen derivatives. The results testing by immersing the PFA material in commonly used organic and inorganic chemicals are shown below. This testing involves placing a compression molded test piece (1.3-mm thickness) in the chemicals at room temperature for one week (168 hours), then removing it to measure the change in weight, tensile strength, and stretch. If the change in tensile strength is less than 15%, elasticity is less than 10%, and weight is less than 0.5%, the effect is considered minimal. When fluids that wet the resin surface, such as trichloroacetic acid, Tri-n-butylamine hydrofluoride, perchloroethylene, and carbon tetrachloride, are applied at high temperatures, it is likely that the PFA will increase weight by absorption and lose its tensile strength. Even if chemicals that are solvents are absorbed, the molecular structure will not change. If the PFA is subject to deformation at high temperatures, deformation at high pressures, or other physical damage, the absorbed chemicals will repeatedly expand and contract within the PFA, causing physical defects such as cracks or blistering. However, these are problems that are likely to occur with any type of plastic. Inorganic Chemicals Chemical Concentrated hydrochloric acid Concentrated sulfuric acid Hydrofluoric acid (60%RT) Fuming sulfuric acid Aqua regia Chromic acid (50% RT) Concentrated nitric acid Fuming nitric acid 66 Caustic soda (50% RT) Hydrogen peroxide solution (30% RT) Bromine Chlorine Ferrous chloride (25% RT) Zinc chloride (25% RT) Sulfuryl chloride Chlorosulfonic acid Concentrated phosphoric acid Test temperature

(C) Residual characteristic (%) Tensile strength Stretch Weight gain (%) 120 120 23 23 120 120 120 23 98 120 23 23 120 100 100 69 151 100 98 95 99 95 99 93 95 99 100 93 93 99 92 93 96 83 91 93 100 98 99 96 100 97 98 99 100 99 95 100 100 98 100 100 100 100 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.4 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.0 0.0 2.7 0.0 0.0 S e c t i o n 7 C h e m i c a l R e s i s t a n c e o f t h e A n t e n n a s a n d R F T a g s RFID System User's Manual 213 Section 7 Appendices Organic Chemicals Chemical Water-acetic acid Acetic anhydride Trichloroacetic acid Isooctane Naphtha Mineral oil Toluene o-Creosol Nitrobenzene Benzyl alcohol Aniline n-Butylamine Ethylenediamine Tetrahydrofuran Benzaldehyde Cyclohexane Methyl ethyl ketone Acetophenone Dimethylphtalate n-Butyl acetate Tri-n-butyl phosphate Methylene chloride Perchloroethylene Carbon tetrachloride Dimethyl formamide Dimethyl sulfoxide Dioxane Test temperature

(C) Residual characteristic (%) Tensile strength Stretch Weight gain (%) 118 139 196 99 100 180 110 191 210 205 185 78 117 66 179 156 80 202 200 125 200 40 121 77 154 189 101 95 91 90 94 91 87 88 92 90 93 94 86 96 88 90 92 90 90 98 93 91 94 86 87 96 95 92 100 99 100 100 100 95 100 96 100 99 100 97 100 100 99 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 0.4 0.3 2.2 0.7 0.5 0.0 0.7 0.2 0.7 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.7 0.5 0.4 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.5 2.0 0.8 2.0 2.3 0.2 0.1 0.6 Reference: Satokawa Takaomi, Fluoro-resin Handbook, Nikkan Kogyo Shimbun Ltd. S e c t i o n 7 C h e m i c a l R e s i s t a n c e o f t h e A n t e n n a s a n d R F T a g s 214 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

Applicable Models V680-D2KF67/67M V680-D8KF68/D32KF68 V680-D8KF67/67M Chemicals that affect RF Tags are shown below. Polybutylene terephthalate (PBT) resin is used for case material and epoxy resin for filling material. Refer to the following lists and do not use chemicals that affect PBT and epoxy resins. RF Tags cannot be used in applications with explosion-proof specifications.

Chemicals That Cause Deformations, Cracks, Etc. PBT resin Epoxy resin Acetone, trichloroethylene, ethylene dichloride, sodium hydroxide, and other alkaline substances Aqua regia, chromic acid, sulfuric acid (90% RT), nitric acid

(60% RT), liquid ammonia, acetone, methylene chloride, phenol

Chemicals That May Cause Discoloration, Swelling, Etc. PBT resin Epoxy resin Hydrochloric acid (10% RT), acetic acid (5% RT), benzene Sulfuric acid (10% RT), nitric acid (10% RT), concentrated hydrochloric acid, acetic acid (50% RT), oxalic acid, calcium hydroxide, benzene, cresol, alcohol, microhexanon, toluene, xylene, benzene, grease

Chemicals that Do Not Affect PPS Resin or Epoxy Resin PBT resin Epoxy resin Nitric acid (30% RT), concentrated hydrochloric acid, acetic acid, ethyl acetate (100% RT), potassium permaganate (5%

RH), ethyl acetate, carbon tetrachloride, methanol, ethanol, gasoline Ammonia, hydrochloric acid (10% RT), potassium hydrate, petroleum, gasoline, Yushiroken S50, Chemi-cool Z, Velocity No. 3, Yushiroken EEE-30Y, methyl ethyl ketone, sodium hydroxide Note: The above results are from tests conducted at room temperature (23C). Even if the chemicals do not affect the PPS or epoxy resins at room temperature, they may affect the resins at higher or lower temperatures. Check the chemicals carefully in advance. S e c t i o n 7 C h e m i c a l R e s i s t a n c e o f t h e A n t e n n a s a n d R F T a g s RFID System User's Manual 215 Section 7 Appendices V600-Compatible Mode The V680-series ID Flag Sensor supports all functions of the previous V600 series, so that the customer using V600 series can apply the existing programming assets. This section describes the functions of the V600-compatible Mode. Correspondence table for V600-Compatible Mode setting switch Switch Name of V600 series Setting Value Switch Name of V680 series correspondence setting value

Access Address Setting Switch ---

Access Mode Setting Switch SYNC2

(TRIGGER MODE2 : No.2) Model of V600 series V600-HAR91 V600-HAR81 V600-HAM91 V600-HAM81 Address Switche Access Mode Switch Output Time Switch Output Mode Setting Switch SYNC

(SYNC MODE) AUTO

(AUTO MODE) 10 ms 50 ms CONTINUOUS S e c t i o n 7 V 6 0 0

C o m p a t i b l e M o d e Read Mode Switch Note. only V600-HAM91/-HAM81 DATA

(DATA READ) Read Mode Setting Switch VERIFY

(VERIFY READ) Write Mode Switch Note. only V600-HAM91/-HAM81 BYTE

(BYTE MODE) Write Mode Setting Switch BIT SET

(BIT SET MODE) BIT CLR

(BIT CLEAR MODE) V600-HAR92 Address Switch

Access Address Setting Switch ---

Access Mode Switch SYNC

(SYNC MODE) AUTO

(AUTO MODE) Access Mode Setting Switch Output OFF-delay Time Switch 10 ms Output Mode Setting Switch Output Mode Switch 50 ms 500 ms OUTPUT MODE1

(Standard Mode) OUTPUT MODE2

(Wiring Sabing Mode) Read Mode Setting Switch SYNC3

(TRIGGER MODE3 : No.4) AUTO3

(AUTO MODE3 : No.5) 10 ms OFFDELAY

(10-ms OFF delay : No.0) 50 ms OFFDELAY

(50-ms OFF delay : No.1) 500 ms OFFDELAY

(500-ms OFF delay : No.2) DATA READ1

(READ : No.0) DATA READ2

(Wire-saving mode : No.1) AUTO2

(AUTO MODE2 : No.3) 10 ms

(10-ms output : No.3) 50 ms

(50-ms output : No.4) CONTINUOUS

(CONTINUOUS output : No.5) DATA READ1

(DATA READ : No.0) VERIFY

(VERIFY READ : No.2) 1byte WRITE

(1 byte Write mode : No.3) BIT SET

(BIT SET mode : No.1) BIT CLEAR

(BIT CLEAR mode: No.2) 216 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices Mode Function Table Some of the functions cannot be used in the V600-compatible mode. Refer to followings table which shows supported functions for each mode. Mode Setting AUTO MODE1 TRIGGER MODE1 V600-Compatible Mode AUTO MODE2 TRIGGER MODE2 AUTO MODE3 TRIGGER MODE3

)(See Note1.) Function READ 16bits read Verify read Read with wire-saving mode (See Note2.) WRITE 1byte Write 2byte Write BIT SET, BIT CLEAR PARITY CHECK NOISE MEASUREMENT ADDRESS SHIFT Note1. Output the error code in the data output bits(OD0 to OD15) . 2. The data output bits(OD0 to OD15) turns FFFF hex(ON all bits), when error is occurred. While V600-series can change the Address switches during power is being supplied, V680 series cannot be changed the Access Address Switches. The V680 series reads the Access Address Setting Switches only when power supply is turned ON. Turn OFF the power supply before changing the Access address setting switches. S e c t i o n 7 V 6 0 0

C o m p a t i b l e M o d e RFID System User's Manual 217 Section 7 Appendices Timing Charts : Mode2

Trigger Mode 2: Read Mode setting switch settings In communications range RF Tag position INHIBIT/TRIG Communications with RF Tag R/W input In communications range 10 ms min. Read-

ing Read-

ing Read-

ing Access Address : 0010 hex Output Time : 50 ms Data output

(OD0 to OD15: 16 bits) Previous data output Data output 0 Data output 3 ms t ms 3 ms t ms NORMAL/STRB ERR output 3 ms t ms Data Display LED

(0 to 15: 16 bits) Previous data display (green) Read data display (green) Error code display (red) Read data display (green) A B C D E F G H Normal completion Completion with error A. Preparations Before starting communications with the RF Tag, turn OFF the R/W input.

Normal Completion of Communications with RF Tag B. Start of communications Turn ON the INHIBIT/TRIG input to start communications with the RF Tag after confirming the RF Tag is in the interrogation zone of the Antenna. C. End of communications D. Clearing results F. Clearing data If communications with the RF Tag are completed normally, the ID Flag Sensor will turn ON the NORM/STRB output, store the parity value in the PARITY output, and store the read data in the data output bits (OD0 to OD15). The Data Display LED(0 to 15) corresponding to the read data will be lit green. The NORMAL/STRB output will be turned OFF after the time set for the fixed time in the output mode time setting has elapsed. The data output bits(OD0 to OD15) and the Data Display LED(O to 15) wil be held until nxt data is output.

Error Completion of Communications with RF Tag E. Start of communications Turn ON the INHIBIT/TRIG input to start communications with the RF Tag. F. End of communications If communications with RF Tag are completed with an error(No RF Tag error), the ID Flag Sensor will turn ON" 0" the ERR output, and turns OFF all the bits in the data output bits(OD0 to OD15). The Data Display LED(0 to 15) corresponding to the error code will lit red. G. Clearing results H. Clearing data The ERR output will be turned OFF" 1" after the time set for the fixed time in the output mode time setting has elapsed. The data output bits(OD0 to OD15) and the Data Display LED(O to 15) wil be held until nxt data is output. At least 10 ms is required for INHIBIT/TRIG input. Wait at least 10 ms after switching the R/W input line before performing next process. Read the data output(OD0 to OD15) after the NORMAL/STRB output turns ON. The NORMAL/STRB output and ERR output will be held until the next time the trigger is turned ON if the output time setting switch is set to CONTINUOUS. S e c t i o n 7 V 6 0 0

C o m p a t i b l e M o d e 218 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

Trigger Mode 2: VERIFY Mode setting switch settings In communications range In communications range RF Tag position INHIBIT/TRIG Communications with RF Tag R/W input 10 msec min. Verify-

ing Verify-

ing Verify-

ing Access Address : 0010 hex Output Time : 50 ms Data intput

(ID0 to ID15: 16 bits) Reference data 0 Reference data 1 Reference data 2 Reference data 3 3 ms t ms 3 ms t ms NORMAL/STRB ERR output Match : ON

(OD0 : 1 bits) Mismatch : ON

(OD7 : 1 bits) t u p t u o a a D t Always OFF

(OD1 to OD7 : 6 bits)

(3+t) ms 3 ms t ms

(3+t) ms Data Display LED

(0 to 15: 16 bits) Reference data 0 display (green) Reference data 1 display (green) Error code flashing

(red) for access 2 Reference data 3 display (green) A B C D E F G H A, B. Preparations Turn OFF the R/W input before starting communications with the RF Tag, set reference data on the data input bits(ID0 to ID15). Reference data and read data match Reference data and read data do not match.

Reference Data and Read Data Match C. Start of communications Turn ON the INHIBIT/TRIG input to start communications with the RF Tag after confirming the RF Tag is in the interrogation zone of the Antenna. D. End of communications If communications with the RF Tag are completed normally, the ID Flag Sensor will turn ON the NORMAL/STRB output and the data output bit (OD0: data match). The VERIFY OK/NG indicator will be lit green, and the Data Display LED (0 to 15) corresponding to the reference data will be lit green. E. Clearing results The NORMAL/STRB output and data output bit(OD0) will be turned OFF after the time set for the fixed time in the output mode time setting has elapsed. The NORMAL/STRB output is uncondition-

ally cleared by turning ON the next INHIBIT/TRIG input even if it is within the output time period.

Reference Data and Read Data Mismatch F. Start of communications Turn ON the INHIBIT/TRIG input to start communications with the RF Tag after confirming the RF Tag is in the interrogation zone of the Antenna. G. End of communications If communications with the RF Tag are completed normally, the ID Flag Sensor will turn ON the NORMAL/STRB output and the data output bit (OD7: data mismatch). The VERIFY OK/NG indi-

cator will be lit red, and the Data Display LED (0 to 15) corresponding to the reference data will be lit green. H. Clearing results The NORMAL/STRB output and data output bit(OD0) will be turned OFF after the time set for the fixed time in the output mode time setting has elapsed. The NORMAL/STRB output is uncondition-

ally cleared by turning ON the next INHIBIT/TRIG input even if it is within the output time period. S e c t i o n 7 V 6 0 0

C o m p a t i b l e M o d e At least 10 ms is required for INHIBIT/TRIG input. Wait at least 10 ms after switching the R/W input line before performing next process. Switch the reference data input (ID0 to ID15) at least 10 ms before accessing the RF Tag(e.g., at least 10 ms before turning ON the trigger input). Read the data output(OD0 to OD15) after the NORMAL/STRB output turns ON. The NORMAL/STRB output and ERR output will be held until the next time the trigger is turned ON if the output time setting switch is set to CONTINUOUS. RFID System User's Manual 219 Section 7 Appendices

Trigger Mode 2: Write Mode setting switch settings In communications range In communications range RF Tag position INHIBIT/TRIG Communications with RF Tag R/W input 10 ms min. Writing Writing Writing Access Address : 0010 hex Output Time : 50 ms Data intput

(ID0 to ID15: 16 bits) Write data1 Write data2 t ms t ms NORMAL/STRB ERR output Data output

(OD0 to OD7: 8 bits) Previous data output Data Display LED

(0 to 15: 16 bits) Previous data display (green) t ms 0 0 0 Write data1 display (green) Error code display (red) Write data2 display (green) A B C D E F G H Normal completion Completion with error S e c t i o n 7 V 6 0 0

C o m p a t i b l e M o d e A, B. Preparations Turn OFF the R/W input before starting communications with the RF Tag, set the write data on the data input bits (ID0 to ID15).

Normal Completion of Communications with RF Tag C. Start of communications Turn ON the INHIBIT/TRIG input to start communications with the RF Tag after confirming the RF Tag is in the interrogation zone of the Antenna. D. End of communications If communications with the RF Tag are completed normally, the ID Flag Sensor will turn ON the NORMAL/STRB output, and all the data output bits(OD0 to OD15) turns OFF. The Data Display LED (0 to 15) corresponding to the write data will be lit green. E. Clearing results The NORMAL/STRB output will be turned OFF after the time set for the fixed time in the output mode time setting has elapsed.

Error Completion of Communications with RF Tag F. Start of communications Turn ON the INHIBIT/TRIG input to start communications with the RF Tag. G. End of communications IF communications with the RF Tag are completed with an error(No RF Tag error in this case), the ID Flag Sensor will turn ON" 0" the ERR output, and all the data output bits (OD0 to OD15) turns OFF. The Data Display LED(0 to 15) corresponding to the error code will be lit red. H. Clearing results The ERR output will be turned OFF" 1" after the time set for the fixed time in the output mode time setting has elapsed. At least 10 ms is required for INHIBIT/TRIG input. Wait at least 10 ms after switching the R/W input line before performing next process. Switch the write data input (ID0 to ID15) at least 10 ms before accessing the RF Tag(e.g., at least 10 ms before turning ON the The NORMAL/STRB output and ERR output will be held until the next time the trigger is turned ON if the output time setting trigger input). switch is set to CONTINUOUS. 220 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

Auto Mode 2: Read Mode setting switch settings RF Tag position In communications range In communications range INHIBIT/TRIG Communications with RF Tag Read-

ing Reading Access Address : 0010 hex Output Time : 50 ms R/W input NORMAL/STRB ERR output 3 ms t ms 3 ms t ms Data output

(OD0 to OD15: 16 bits) Previous data output Data Display LED

(0 to 15: 16 bits) Previous data display (green) Data output Data output Read data display (green) Read data display (green) A B C D E F Normal completion A. Preparations Before starting communications with the RF Tag, turn OFF the R/W input. B. Canceling communications Turn OFF the INHIBIT/TRIG before starting communications. prohibition

Normal Completion of Communications with RF Tag C. Start of communications The ID Flag Sensor will start communications with the RF Tag when the RF Tag enters the interro-

gation zone of the Antenna. D. End of communications If communications with the RF Tag are completed normally, the ID Flag Sensor will turn ON the NORMAL/STRB output and will store the read data in the data output bits (OD0 to OD15). The Data Display LED (0 to 15) corresponding to the read data will be lit green. E. Clearing results F. Clearing data The NORMAL/STRB output will be turned OFF after the time set for the fixed time in the output mode time setting has elapsed. The data output bits(OD0 to OD15) and the Data Display LED(O to 15) will be held until next data is output. The NORMAL/STRB output , the data output bits(OD0 to OD15) and the Data Display LED can be unconditionally cleared by turning ON the INHIBIT/TRIG input. At least 10 ms is required for enabling INHIBIT/TRIG input as operation prohibit or clear the data. Wait at least 10 ms after switching the R/W input line before performing next process. Read the data output (OD0 to OD15) after the NORMAL/STRB output turns ON. In Auto Mode, the ID Flag Sensor does not output the error in case when the ID Flag Sensor can not complete the communi-

cation process caused by passing the RF Tag quickly in the interrogation zone of the Antenna before completing the commu-

nication or interfering by electrical noise. Be sure to check the communications carefully when installing the system. S e c t i o n 7 V 6 0 0

C o m p a t i b l e M o d e RFID System User's Manual 221 Section 7 Appendices

Auto Mode 2: VERIFY Mode setting switch settings RF Tag position In communications range In communications range INHIBIT/TRIG Communications with RF Tag Verify-

ing Verify-

ing Access Address : 0010 hex Output Time : 50 ms R/W input Data intput

(ID0 to ID15: 16 bits) NORMAL/STRB ERR output Reference data 1 Reference data 2 3 ms t ms 3 ms t ms Data output

(OD0 to OD15: 16 bits) Previous data output 0001 hex 0000 hex 0080 hex 0000 hex Data Display LED

(0 to 15: 16 bits) Previous data display (green) Reference data1 display (green) Reference data2 display (green) A B C D E F G H Reference data and read data match Reference data and read data do not match. S e c t i o n 7 V 6 0 0

C o m p a t i b l e M o d e A. Preparations Before starting communications with the RF Tag, turn OFF the R/W input, set the reference data on the data input bits (ID0 to ID15). B. Canceling communica-

Turn OFF the INHIBIT/TRIG before starting communications. tions prohibition

Reference Data and Read Data Match C. Start of communications The ID Flag Sensor will start communications with the RF Tag when the RF Tag enters the interrogation zone of the Antenna. D. End of communications If communications with the RF Tag are completed normally, the ID Flag Sensor will turn ON the NORMAL/STRB output and the data output bit (OD0: data match). The VERIFY OK/NG indicator will be lit green, and the data indicators (0 to 15) corresponding to the reference data will be lit green. E. Clearing results The NORMAL/STRB output and the data output bit(OD0) will be turned OFF after the time set for the fixed time in the output mode time setting has elapsed. The NORMAL/STRB output , the data output bits (OD0 to OD15) and the Data Display LED can be unconditionally cleared by turning ON the INHIBIT/TRIG input.

Reference Data and Read Data Mismatch F. Start of communications The ID Flag Sensor will start communications with the RF Tag when the RF Tag enters the interrogation zone of the Antenna. G. End of communications If communications with the RF Tag are completed normally, the ID Flag Sensor will turn ON the NORMAL/STRB output and the data output bit (OD7: data mismatch). The VERIFY OK/NG indicator will be lit red, and the data indicators (0 to 15) corresponding to the reference data will be lit green. H. Clearing results The NORMAL/STRB output and the data output bit(OD7) will be turned OFF after the time set for the fixed time in the output mode time setting has elapsed. The NORMAL/STRB output , the data output bits(OD0 to OD15) and the Data Display LED can be unconditionally cleared by turning ON the INHIBIT/TRIG input. At least 10 ms is required for enabling INHIBIT/TRIG input as operation prohibit or clear the data. Wait at least 10 ms after switching the R/W input line before performing next process. Switch the reference data input (ID0 to ID15) at least 10 ms before accessing the RF Tag(e.g., at least 10 ms before turning ON the trigger input). Read the data output(OD0 to OD15) after the NORMAL/STRB output turns ON. In Auto Mode, the ID Flag Sensor does not output the error in case when the ID Flag Sensor can not complete the communication process caused by passing the RF Tag quickly in the interrogation zone of the Antenna before completing the communication or interfering by electrical noise. Be sure to check the communications carefully when installing the system. 222 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

Auto Mode 2: Write Mode setting switch settings In communications range In communications range RF Tag position INHIBIT/TRIG Communications with RF Tag Writing Write failed R/W input 0000 hex Write data Access Address : 0010 hex Output Time : 50 ms Data intput

(ID0 to ID15: 16 bits) NORMAL/STRB ERR output Data output

(OD0 to OD7: 8 bits) Data Display LED

(0 to 15: 16 bits) 3 ms t ms 3 ms t ms 0000 hex 0000 hex 0000 hex 0000 hex All OFF Write data display (green) Error code display (red) A B C D E F G H I Normal completion Completion with error A, B. Preparations Turn ON the R/W input before starting communications with the RF Tag, set the write data on the data input bits (ID0 to ID15). C. Canceling communications Turn OFF the INHIBIT/TRIG before starting communications. prohibition

Normal Completion of Communications with RF Tag D. Start of communications The ID Flag Sensor will start communications with the RF Tag when the RF Tag enters the interrogation zone of the Antenna. E. End of communications If communications with the RF Tag are completed normally, the ID Flag Sensor will turn ON the NORMAL/STRB output. The Data Display LED (0 to 15) corresponding to the write data will be lit green. F. Clearing results The NORMAL/STRB output will be turned OFF after the time set for the fixed time in the output mode time setting has elapsed. The NORMAL/STRB output , the data output bits(OD0 to OD15) and the Data Display LED can be unconditionally cleared by turning ON the INHIBIT/TRIG input.

Error Completion of Communications with RF Tag G. Start of communications The ID Flag Sensor will start communications with the RF Tag when the RF Tag enters the interrogation zone of the Antenna. H. End of communications If communications with the RF Tag are completed with an error(Write Verify error, Lock error, Write-protect error etc.), the ID Flag Sensor will turn ON" 0" the ERR output and all the data output bits(OD0 to OD15) turns OFF.The Data Display LED(0 to 15) corresponding to the error code will be lit red. I. Clearing results The ERR output will be turned OFF" 1" after the time set for the fixed time in the output mode time setting has elapsed. The ERR output , the data output bits(OD0 to OD15) and the Data Display LED can be uncondition-

ally cleared by turning ON the INHIBIT/TRIG input. At least 10 ms is required for enabling INHIBIT/TRIG input as operation prohibit or clear the data. Wait at least 10 ms after switching the R/W input line before performing next process. Switch the write data input (ID0 to ID15) at least 10 ms before accessing the RF Tag. Read the data output(OD0 to OD15) after the NORMAL/STRB output turns ON. In Auto Mode, the ID Flag Sensor does not output the error in case when the ID Flag Sensor can not complete the communication process caused by passing the RF Tag quickly in the interrogation zone of the Antenna before completing the communication or interfering by electrical noise. Be sure to check the communications carefully when installing the system. S e c t i o n 7 V 6 0 0

C o m p a t i b l e M o d e RFID System User's Manual 223 Section 7 Appendices Timing Charts : Mode3

Trigger Mode 3: Read Mode setting switch settings RF Tag position In communications range INHIBIT/TRIG Communications with RF Tag NORMAL/STRB ERR output Access Address : 0010 hex Output Mode : 10 ms OFF delay Reading Reading 3ms OFF delay time 3ms OFF delay time PARTY output 0 Parity value 0 1 0 Data output

(OD0 to OD15: 16 bits) Data Display LED

(0 to 15: 16 bits) 0000 hex Read data 0000 hex Error code 0000 hex 0000 hex Read data display (green) Error code display (red) A B C D E F Normal completion Completion with error

Normal Completion of Communications with RF Tag A. Start of communications Turn ON the INHIBIT/TRIG input to start communications with the RF Tag. B. End of communications If communications with the RF Tag are completed normally, the ID Flag Sensor will turn ON the NORMAL/STRB output , store the parity value in the PARITY output, and store the read data in the data output bits(OD0 to OD15). The Data Display LED(0 to 15) corresponding to the read data will be lit green. C. Clearing results After the RF Tag is out of the interrogation zone of the Antenna, the NORMAL/STRB output and PARITY output and data output bits(OD0 to OD15) will be turned OFF after the time set for the OFF delay in the output mode time setting has elapsed.

Error Completion of Communications with RF Tag D. Start of communications Turn ON the INHIBIT/TRIG input to start communications with the RF Tag. E. End of communications If communications with the RF Tag are completed with an error(No RF Tag error), the ID Flag Sen-

sor will turn ON 0 the ERR output , store the parity value(" 1" ) in the PARITY output, and store the error code in the data output bits(OD0 to OD15). The Data Display LED(0 to 15) corresponding to the read data will be lit red. F. Clearing results The ERR output and PARITY output and data output bits(OD0 to OD15) will be turned OFF after the time set for the OFF delay in the output mode time setting has elapsed. S e c t i o n 7 V 6 0 0

C o m p a t i b l e M o d e At least 10 ms is required for INHIBIT/TRIG input. Read the data output(OD0 to OD15) after the NORMAL/STRB output turns ON. Write function can not be used in the Trigger Mode3. R/W input is ignored. 224 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices

Trigger Mode 3: Read with Wire-saving mode Mode setting switch settings RF Tag position In communications range INHIBIT/TRIG Communications with RF Tag NORMAL/STRB ERR output Access Address : 0010 hex Output Mode : 10 ms OFF delay Reading Reading 3ms OFF delay time 3ms OFF delay time PARTY output 0 Parity value 0 0 0 Data output

(OD0 to OD15: 16 bits) Data indicators

(0 to 15: 16 bits) 0000 hex Read data 0000 hex FFFF hex 0000 hex 0000 hex Read data display (green) Error code display (red) A B C D E F Normal completion Completion with error

Normal Completion of Communications with RF Tag A. Start of communications Turn ON the INHIBIT/TRIG input to start communications with the RF Tag. B. End of communications If communications with the RF Tag are completed normally, the ID Flag Sensor will turn ON the NORMAL/STRB output , store the parity value in the PARITY output, and store the read data in the data output bits(OD0 to OD15). The Data Display LED(0 to 15) corresponding to the read data will be lit green. C. Clearing results After the RF Tag is out of the interrogation zone of the Antenna, the NORMAL/STRB output and PARITY output and data output bits(OD0 to OD15) will be turned OFF after the time set for the OFF delay in the output mode time setting has elapsed.

Error Completion of Communications with RF Tag D. Start of communications Turn ON the INHIBIT/TRIG input to start communications with the RF Tag. E. End of communications If communications with the RF Tag are completed with an error, the ID Flag Sensor will turn ON the ERR output , store the parity value(" 0" ) in the PARITY output, and store FFFF hex(ON all bits) in the data output bits(OD0 to OD15). The Data Display LED(0 to 15) corresponding to the read data will be lit red. F. Clearing results The ERR output and PARITY output and data output bits(OD0 to OD15) will be turned OFF after the time set for the OFF delay in the output mode time setting has elapsed. S e c t i o n 7 V 6 0 0

C o m p a t i b l e M o d e At least 10 ms is required for INHIBIT/TRIG input. Write function can not be used in the Trigger Mode3. R/W input is ignored. If communications control will be performed using only data output lines without using the NORMAL/STRB output, for exam-

ple, implement programming for a timer with a specified time, check the status of each data output line at each specified time, and read the outputs as data after the data is all zeros or all ones. All ones and all zeros of data outputs cannot be used as data. All data output bits will be ON when an error occurs, not to output error code. The Data Display LED(0 to 15) will flash the error code in red corresponding to the occurring error. RFID System User's Manual 225 Section 7 Appendices

Auto Mode 3: Read Mode setting switch settings In communications range In communications range RF Tag position INHIBIT/TRIG Communications with RF Tag NORMAL/STRB ERR output Access Address : 0010 hex Output Mode : 10 ms OFF delay Reading 3ms OFF delay time Reading imcomplete PARTY output 0 Parity Value 0 Data output

(OD0 to OD15: 16 bits) 0000 hex Read data 0000 hex Data Display LED

(0 to 15: 16 bits) 0000 hex Read data display (green) A B C D Normal completion A. Canceling communications prohibition Turn OFF the INHIBIT/TRIG input before starting communications.

Normal Completion of Communications with RF Tag B. Start of communications The ID Flag Sensor will start communications with the RF Tag when the RF Tag enters the interro-

gation zone of the Antenna. C. End of communications If communications with the RF Tag are completed normally, the ID Flag Sensor will turn ON the NORMAL/STRB output, and will store the read data in the data output bits(OD0 to OD15). The Data Display LED(0 to 15) corresponding to the read data will be lit green. D. Clearing results After the RF Tag is out of the interrogation zone of the Antenna, the NORMAL/STRB output and data output bits(OD0 to OD15) will be turned OFF after the time set for the OFF delay in the output mode time setting has elapsed. The NORMAL/STRB output , the data output bits(OD0 to OD15) and the Data Display LED can be unconditionally cleared by turning ON the INHIBIT/TRIG input. At least 10 ms is required for enabling INHIBIT/TRIG input as operation prohibit or clear the data. Read the data output(OD0 to OD15) after the NORMAL/STRB output turns ON. Write function can not be used in the Auto Mode3. R/W input is ignored. In Auto Mode, the ID Flag Sensor does not output the error in case when the ID Flag Sensor can not complete the communi-

cation process caused by passing the RF Tag quickly in the interrogation zone of the Antenna before completing the commu-

nication or interfering by electrical noise. Be sure to check the communications carefully when installing the system. Error in Auto Mode will occur when the input to the ID Flag Sensor has errors such as the external input error or address set-

ting error at the time to start the communications with the RF Tag. In this case, the ID Flag Sensor will turns ON" 0" the ERR output and will store the error code in the data output bits(OD0 to OD15) in Normal Read Mode, or will store FFFF hex(ON all bits) in Read Mode with Wire-saving mode. The Data Display LED(0 to 15) corresponding to the error code will be lit red. S e c t i o n 7 V 6 0 0

C o m p a t i b l e M o d e 226 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices Write Protect function for V600-compatible Mode The write protection for V600-compatible modes (Trigger Mode2 : SYNC2, Auto Mode 2 : AUTO2) operates with the same method as the V600 (the previous model). The V600 write protection function has two setting methods depending on the type of RF Tag. Use the following procedure to make the settings for each write protection method.

V680-D1KP@@

Setting Write Protection When the write end address is written to the address 0000 hex of the RF Tag, the area from the address 0001 hex to the end address will be write-protected. The most significant bit of the address 0000 hex is used to enable and disable write protection. therefore, addresses 0080 hex to 03E7 hex can not be specified as the end address. When the end address is specified as " 00" , 0001 hex to 03E7 hex will be write-protected. Address Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0000 hex Enable/Disable End address The most significant bit of address 0000 hex is the Write-protect Bit. 1: Enable write protection. 0: Disable write protection. End Address Setting Range End address: 00 hex, 01hex to 7Fhex Write Protection Setting Example Write Protecting Addresses 0001 hex to 0012 hex Address Bit 0000 hex 7 1 6 0 5 0 4 1 3 0 9 2 0 1 1 2 0 0 0000 hex 0012 hex 03E7 hex Setting 00 hex as the End Address:

All addresses except address 0000 hex will be write-protected. Address Bit 0000 hex 7 1 6 0 5 0 4 0 3 0 8 2 0 1 0 0 0 0 0000 hex 03E7 hex S e c t i o n 7 V 6 0 0

C o m p a t i b l e M o d e Write-protected Area Write-protected Area Disabling Write Protection To cleare write protection when it has been set, turn OFF the most significant bit of address 0000 hex. Write protection will be cleared and the start and end addresses set in addresses 0000 hex will be disabled. Write Protection Precautions Address 0000 hex is never write-protected. The write protection start address is always 0001 hex. Therefore, write the data to be write-protected to an address higher than 0001 hex. RFID System User's Manual 227 Section 7 Appendices

V680-D@KF6@ /V680S -D2KF6@

Setting Write Protection Write protection is set in the 4 bytes of RF Tag addresses 0002 to 0005 hex. The setting for the most significant bit of address 0002 hex enables or disables write protection for the RF Tag. The most signficant bit of address 0002 hex is the Write-protect Bit. 1: Enable write protection. 0: Disable write protection. Setting Area Memory Map for RF Tag Write Protection Address Bit 4 5 3 7 6 2 1 0 0002 hex 0003 hex 0004 hex 0005 hex Enable/Disable Upper two digits of start address (00 to 7F) Lower two digits of start address (00 to FF) Upper two digits of end address (00 to FF) Upper two digits of end address (00 to FF) Write Protection Setting Ranges Start address: 0006 hex to 7FFF hex End address: 0006 hex to FFFF hex Address 0000 hex and 0001 hex are always write-protected. The write protection setting area of the RF Tag cannot be write-protected. S e c t i o n 7 V 6 0 0

C o m p a t i b l e M o d e 228 RFID System User's Manual

Write Protection Setting Example Start Address Lower Than the End Address The memory area between the start address and end address will be write-protected. Address Bit Upper digits Lower digits 0002 hex 0003 hex 0004 hex 0005 hex 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 8 1 0 2 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 1 0 0 1 1 0 Start Address Equal to End Address Only the selected address (one byte) will be write-protected. Address Bit Upper digits Lower digits 0002 hex 0003 hex 0004 hex 0005 hex 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 8 2 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0000 hex 0015 hex 0120 hex 7FE7 hex 0000 hex 0021 hex 7FE7 hex Section 7 Appendices Write-

protected Area Write-

protected Area End Address Higher than the Last RF Tag Address The memory area between the start address and the last RF Tag address will be write-protected. 0000 hex Address Bit Upper digits Lower digits 0002 hex 0003 hex 0004 hex 0005 hex 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 8 0 0 F 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 3 0 3 F 1 0 1 1 0300 hex 7FE7 hex Write-

protected Area The write protection setting area of the RF Tag cannot be write-protected. Address 0000 hex and 0001 hex are always write-protected. S e c t i o n 7 V 6 0 0

C o m p a t i b l e M o d e RFID System User's Manual 229 Section 7 Appendices Start Address Higher Than End Address The memory area between the start address and the last RF Tag address, as well as the area between 0006 hex and the end address will be write-protected. Address Bit Upper digits Lower digits 0002 hex 0003 hex 0004 hex 0005 hex End address 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 2 0 1 0000 hex 0006 hex 0015 hex Start address 0120 hex 7FE7 hex 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 5 1 0 0 1 Write-protected Area Write-protected Area The write protection setting area of the RF Tag cannot be write-protected. Address 0000 hex and 0001 hex are always write-protected. S e c t i o n 7 V 6 0 0

C o m p a t i b l e M o d e 230 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Appendices Degree of Protection Ingress protection degrees (IP-@@) are determined by the following tests. Be sure to check the sealing capability under the actual operating environment and conditions before actual use.

IEC (International Electrotechnical Commission) IEC 60529:2001

(A) First Digit: Degree of Protection from Solid Materials Degree Protection 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 No protection Protects against penetration of any solid object such as a hand that is 50 mm or more in diameter. Protects against penetration of any solid object, that is 12.5 mm or more in diameter. Even if finger or other object 12 mm in diameter penetrates, it will not reach a hazardous part. Protects against penetration of any solid object, such as a wire, that is 2.5 mm or more in diameter. Protects against penetration of any solid object, such as a wire, that is 1 mm or more in diameter. Protects against penetration of dust of a quantity that may cause malfunction or obstruct the safe operation of the product. Protects against penetration of all dust.

(B) Second Digit: Degree of Protection Against Water Degree Protection Test method (with pure water) 0 1 2 3 No protection Not protected against water. No test Protection against water drops Protects against vertical drops of water towards the product. Water is dropped vertically towards the product from the test machine for 10 min. Protection against water drop Protection against sprinkled water Protects against drops of water approaching at a maximum angle of 15 to the left, right, back, and front from vertical towards the product. Protects against sprinkled water approaching at a maximum angle of 60 from vertical towards the product. Water is dropped for 2.5 min each (i.e., 10 min in total) towards the product inclined 15 to the left, right, back, and front from the test machine. Water is sprinkled for 10 min at a maximum angle of 60 to the left and right from vertical from the test machine. S e c t i o n 7 D e g r e e o f P r o t e c t i o n RFID System User's Manual 231 Section 7 Appendices Degree Protection Test method (with pure water) 4 5 6 7 Protection against water spray Protects against water spray approaching at any angle towards the product. Water is sprayed at any angle towards the product for 10 min from the test machine. Protection against water jet spray Protects against water jet spray approaching at any angle towards the product. Protection against high pressure water jet spray Protection against limited immersion in water Protects against high-

pressure water jet spray approaching at any angle towards the product. Resists the penetration of water when the product is placed underwater at specified pressure for a specified time. Water is jet sprayed at any angle towards the product for 1 min per square meter for at least 3 min in total from the test machine. Water is jet sprayed at any angle towards the product for 1 min per square meter for at least 3 min in total from the test machine. The product is placed 1 m deep in water (if the product is 850 mm max. in height) for 30 min. 8

(See note.) Protection against long-

term immersion in water Can be used continuously underwater. The test method is determined by the manufacturer and user. S e c t i o n 7 D e g r e e o f P r o t e c t i o n Note: OMRON Test Method Usage condition: 10 m or less under water in natural conditions 1. No water ingress after 1 hour under water at 2 atmospheres of pressure. 2. Sensing distance and insulation resistance specifications must be met after 100 repetitions of half hour in 5C water and half hour in 85C water. About IPX9K IPX9K is a protection standard regarding high temperature and high-pressure water which is defined by the German standard (DIN 40050 PART9). Water is sprayed on 80 C hot water with the water pressure of 80 to 100BAR from a nozzle to the test piece. Amount of water is 14 to 16 liters/minute. The distance between the test piece and a nozzle is 10 to 15 cm, and the directions of water-

drainage are 0 degrees, 30 degrees, 60 degrees, and 90 degrees horizontally. They are evaluated with the test piece is rotating on a horizontal plane by 30 seconds in each direction. 90 60 1015 cm 30 0

Oil Resistance (OMRON in-house standard) Protection Oil-resistant No adverse affect from oil drops or oil spray approaching from any direction. Oil-proof Protects against penetration of oil drops or oil spray approaching from any direction. Note. Oil resistance has been tested using a specific oil as defined in the OMRON test method. (JIS C 0920:2003, Appendix 1) 232 RFID System User's Manual MEMO Section 7 Appendices S e c t i o n 7 D e g r e e o f P r o t e c t i o n RFID System User's Manual 233 Revision History A manual revision code appears as a sux to the catalog number at the bottom of the front and rear pages. Man. No.: Z279-E1-0 9 Re vision code Revision code Date Revised contents 01 02 March 2008 Original production January 2009 Added items for V680-D1KP53M, V680-D8KF67/-D 8KF67M RF Tags, overseas regulations and standards, and made other minor corrections. 02A May 2009 The material of V680-D2KF67/-D2KF67M is changed. 03 January 2012 Added items for V680-D1KP52M-BT01/-D1KP52M-BT11/-D2KF52M-BT01/-D2KF52M-BT11 RF Tags. Deleted the related information on the overseas regulations and standards. Made other minor corrections. 04 04A November 2012 Added item for V680-D1KP58HTN RF Tag, and made other minor corrections. February 2013 Minor changed. 05 February 2014 Added items for V680S-D2KF67/-D2KF67M/-D2KF68/-D2KF68M RF Tags. Deleted items for V680-D2KF67 RF Tags. and made other minor corrections. 05A April 2014 The dimensions of V680S-D2K F67/-D2KF67M/-D2KF68/-D2KF68M is changed. 06 07 08 09 October 2014 Added items for V680S-D8KF67/-D8KF67M/-D8KF68/-D8KF68M RF Tags. and made other minor corrections. May 2018 Added items for V680-D1KP54T RF Tags, and made other minor corrections. November 2018 Made other minor corrections. Jun 2023 Added Items for V680-HS61. 234 RFID System User's Manual OMRON Corporation Industrial Automation Company Authorized Distributor:

Tokyo, JAPAN Contact: www.ia.omron.com Regional Headquarters OMRON EUROPE B.V. Wegalaan 67-69-2132 JD Hoofddorp The Netherlands Tel: (31)2356-81-300/Fax: (31)2356-81-388 OMRON ELECTRONICS LLC One Commerce Drive Schaumburg, IL 60173-5302 U.S.A. Tel: (1) 847-843-7900/Fax: (1) 847-843-7787 OMRON ASIA PACIFIC PTE. LTD. No. 438A Alexandra Road # 05-05/08 (Lobby 2), Alexandra Technopark, Singapore 119967 Tel: (65) 6835-3011/Fax: (65) 6835-2711 OMRON (CHINA) CO., LTD. Room 2211, Bank of China Tower, 200 Yin Cheng Zhong Road, PuDong New Area, Shanghai, 200120, China Tel: (86) 21-5037-2222/Fax: (86) 21-5037-2200 OMRON Corporation 2008-2018 All Rights Reserved. In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice. Man. No. Z279-E1-08 11180308

 

 

/Regulations and Standards The Products conform to the following regulations and standards. 1. UL/UL Certification UL(Underwriters Laboratories Inc.) The V680-HAM91 and V680-HAM81 has been certificated by UL.

(1)(2)

(1)UL508 2

()30Vrms(42.4V) 8A()

(V) 020 2030

(A) 5.0 100

(2)UL13102UL15852 30Vrms(42.4V)(2) Connect to either circuit type (1) or (2) listed below.

(1) Limited Voltage/Current Circuit (Approved under UL 508) A circuit that uses the secondary windings of an isolation transformer as its power supply and fulfills the following conditions:

Maximum voltage (with no load): 30 Vrms (42.4 V peak) and Maximum current: (a) 8 A (including short-circuits) or

(b) Current limited by a circuit protection device (e.g., fuse) with the ratings listed in the following table. No-load voltage (V peak) 0 to 20 Over 20 to 30 Maximum current rating (A) 5.0 100 Peak voltage

(2) A class 2 circuit with a maximum voltage of 30 Vrms (42.4 V peak) that uses a class 2 power supply conforming to UL 1310 or a class 2 transformer conforming to UL 1585 as its power source. 2. /The United States FCC Part 15 Subpart C FCC ID E4E6CYSIDV6800208 ID/

ID Flag Sensor V680-HAM91 V680-HAM81

/Antenna V680-HS51 V680-HS52 V680-HS61 V680-HS63 V680-HS65 FCC NOTICE This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and

(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. FCC WARNING Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. Do not remove the ferrite core (TDK Type ZCAT1730-0730A:V680-HS52/-HS63/

-HS65,TDK Type ZCAT1325-0530A:V680-HS51/-HS61) installed on the cables to suppress RF interference. FCC Part15 subpart B NOTICE This equipment has been tested and found to comply with limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to part15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense. This transmitter must not be co-located or operated in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment and meets the FCC radio frequency (RF) Exposure Guidelines as this equipment has very low levels of RF energy. 4. /Japan ARIB STD-T82 Equipment using high frequencies: Inductive Reading/Writing Communications Equipment

/Assigned number EC-08006 EC-08005 5. /Canada ISED ID ID/

ID Flag Sensor V680-HAM91 V680-HAM81

/Antenna V680-HS51 V680-HS52 V680-HS61 V680-HS63 V680-HS65 ID/

ID Flag Sensor

/Antenna 850J-V6800208 V680-HAM91 V680-HAM81 V680-HS51 V680-HS52 V680-HS61 V680-HS63 V680-HS65 This device contains Iicence-exempt transmitter(s)/receiver(s) that comply with Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canadas licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

1. This device may not cause interference. 2. This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. L metteur / rcepteur exempt de licence contenu dans le prsent appareil est conforme aux CNR d'Innovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L exploitation est autorise aux deux conditions suivantes :

1. L' appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage;

2. L' appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radiolectrique subi, mme si le brouillage est susceptible d'en compromettre le fonctionnement. This equipment complies with ISED radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment and meets RSS-102 of the ISED radio frequency (RF) Exposure rules as this equipment has very low levels of RF energy. Cet quipement est conforme aux limites d exposition aux rayonnements nonces pour un envronnement non contrl et respecte les rgles d exposition aux frquences radiolectriques (RF) CNR-102 de l ISDE puisque cet appareil a une niveau tres bas d energie RF. ICES-003 This class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. Cat appareil numerique de la classe A est conforme a la norme NMB-003 du Canada. CAUTION:

This device must be professionally installed. Cet appareil doit tre install par un professionnel. 6. /China

/Regulation 2019 52 ID/

ID Flag Sensor V680-HAM91 V680-HAM81

/Antenna V680-HS51 V680-HS52 V680-HS63 V680-HS65

C

(1)13553-13567kHz

(2)1042dBA/m

(3)10010-6

(4)13553-13567kHz 140kHz 10 9dBA/m V680-HS51, V680-HS52, V680-HS63, V680-HS65 7. /Republic of Korea

/Certication number OMR-V680-HAM91 OMR-V680-HAM81 ID/

ID Flag Sensor V680-HAM91 V680-HAM81 13. /Brazil

/Antenna

/Certication number V680-HS51 V680-HS52 V680-HS63 V680-HS65 0135-13-4358 V680-HAM81 ID/

ID Flag Sensor V680-HAM91 V680-HAM81

/Antenna V680-HS51 V680-HS52 V680-HS63 V680-HS65 8. /Taiwan

/Certication number CCAB08LP375AT1 CCAB08LP3750T2 ID/

ID Flag Sensor V680-HAM91 V680-HAM81

/Antenna V680-HS51 V680-HS52 V680-HS63 V680-HS65

(01)07898368621608 V680-HAM91

(01)07898368621615 Este equipamento no tem direito proteo contra interferncia prejudicial e no pode causar interferncia em sistemas devidamente autorizados. 14. /Australia and New Zealand 9. /Singapore

/Registration number N0843-08 N0842-08 IMDA Standards ID/

ID Flag Sensor V680-HAM91 V680-HAM81

/Antenna V680-HS51 V680-HS52 V680-HS63 V680-HS65 15. /Vietnam

/Control number A00322015 ID/

ID Flag Sensor V680-HAM91 V680-HAM81

/Antenna V680-HS51 V680-HS52 V680-HS63 V680-HS65 ID/

ID Flag Sensor V680-HAM91 V680-HAM81

/Antenna V680-HS51 V680-HS52 V680-HS63 V680-HS65 10. /Mexico

/Certication number RCPOMV608-0311 RCPOMV608-0311-A1 ID/

ID Flag Sensor V680-HAM91 V680-HAM81

/Antenna V680-HS51 V680-HS52 V680-HS63 V680-HS65 La operacin de este equipo est sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones:

(1) es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicial y

(2) este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquier interferencia, incluyendo la que pueda causar su operacin no deseada. 11. /Philippines

/Certication number ESD-0903979C 16. /South Africa

/Certication number TA-2022/0058 ID/

ID Flag Sensor V680-HAM91

/Antenna V680-HS51 V680-HS52 V680-HS63 V680-HS65 ID/

ID Flag Sensor V680-HAM91 V680-HAM81

/Antenna V680-HS51 V680-HS52 V680-HS63 V680-HS65 CAUTION:

This device must be professionally installed. 3. /Europe ID/

ID Flag Sensor V680-HAM91 V680-HAM81

/Standards RE() Radio Equipment Directive 2014/53/EU

(Radio) EN 300 330 EMC EN 301 489-1

(Safety) EN 61010-1 EN 50364

(Human exposure) ESD-0903980C

/Antenna ISM V680-HS51 V680-HS52 V680-HS63 V680-HS65 5000

-1055 20.426.4V 12. /Indonesia

/Certication number 69986/SDPPI/2020 PLG ID : 5564 ID/

ID Flag Sensor V680-HAM91 V680-HAM81

/Antenna V680-HS51 V680-HS52 V680-HS63 V680-HS65 4000220-5R

 

 

RFID System V680 Series ID Sensor Users Manual ID Sensor V680-HAM91 V680-HAM81 Antenna V680-HS51 V680-HS52 V680-HS63 V680-HS65 ID Tags V680-D1KP52MT V680-D1KP66T/-D1KP66MT V680-D1KP66T-SP V680-D2KF52M V680-D2KF67/-D2KF67M V680-D8KF68/-D32KF68 Cat.No.:Z279-E1-01 Introduction Thank you for purchasing a V680-series RFID System. This manual describes the functions, performance, and application methods needed for optimum use of the V680-series RFID System. Please observe the following items when using the RFID System. Allow the RFID System to be installed and operated only by qualified specialist with a sufficient knowledge of electrical systems. Read and understand this manual before attempting to use the RFID System and use the RFID Sys-

tem correctly. Keep this manual in a safe and accessible location so that it is available for reference when required. I n t r o d u c t i o n S e c t i o n 1 S e c t i o n 2 S e c t i o n 3 S e c t i o n 4 S e c t i o n 5 S e c t i o n 6 S e c t i o n 7 Introduction READ AND UNDERSTAND THIS DOCUMENT Section 1 Product Overview Section 2 Part Names and Functions Section 3 Function Section 4 Installation Section 5 I/O interface control ection 6 Troubleshooting ection 7 Chemical Resistance RFID System V680-HAM91 V680-HAM81 V680-HS51 V680-HS52 V680-HS63 V680-HS65 V680-D1KP52MT V680-D1KP66T/-D1KP66MT V680-D1KP66T-SP V680-D2KF52M V680-D2KF67/-D2KF67M V680-D8KF68/-D32KF68 User's Manual ID Sensor ID Sensor Antenna Antenna Antenna Antenna ID Tag ID Tag ID Tag ID Tag ID Tag ID Tag I n t r o d u c t i o n Introduction READ AND UNDERSTAND THIS DOCUMENT Please read and understand this document before using the products. Please consult your OMRON representative if you have any questions or comments. WARRANTY OMRONs exclusive warranty is that the products are free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one year (or other period if specified) from date of sale by OMRON. OMRON MAKES NO WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, REGARDING NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, OR FIT-

NESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE OF THE PRODUCTS. ANY BUYER OR USER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE BUYER OR USER ALONE HAS DETERMINED THAT THE PRODUCTS WILL SUITABLY MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THEIR INTENDED USE. OMRON DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY OMRON SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, LOSS OF PROFITS OR COMMERCIAL LOSS IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THE PRODUCTS, WHETHER SUCH CLAIM IS BASED ON CONTRACT, WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE, OR STRICT LIABIL-

ITY. In no event shall responsibility of OMRON for any act exceed the individual price of the product on which liability is asserted. IN NO EVENT SHALL OMRON BE RESPONSIBLE FOR WARRANTY, REPAIR, OR OTHER CLAIMS REGARDING THE PRODUCTS UNLESS OMRONS ANALYSIS CONFIRMS THAT THE PRODUCTS WERE PROPERLY HANDLED, STORED, INSTALLED, AND MAINTAINED AND NOT SUBJECT TO CON-

TAMINATION, ABUSE, MISUSE, OR INAPPROPRIATE MODIFICATION OR REPAIR. SUITABILITY FOR USE THE PRODUCTS CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT ARE NOT SAFETY RATED. THEY ARE NOT DESIGNED OR RATED FOR ENSURING SAFETY OF PERSONS, AND SHOULD NOT BE RELIED UPON AS A SAFETY COMPONENT OR PROTECTIVE DEVICE FOR SUCH PURPOSES. Please refer to sep-

arate catalogs for OMRON's safety rated products. OMRON shall not be responsible for conformity with any standards, codes, or regulations that apply to the combination of products in the customers applica-

tion or use of the product. At the customers request, OMRON will provide applicable third party certification documents identifying ratings and limitations of use that apply to the prod-

ucts. This information by itself is not sufficient for a complete determination of the suitability of the products in combination with the end product, machine, system, or other application or use. The following are some examples of applications for which particular attention must be given. This is not intended to be an exhaustive list of all possible uses of the products, nor is it intended to imply that the uses listed may be suitable for the products:

Outdoor use, uses involving potential chemical contamination or electrical interference, or conditions or uses not described in this document. Nuclear energy control systems, combustion systems, railroad systems, aviation systems, medical equipment, amusement machines, vehicles, safety equipment, and installations subject to separate industry or government regulations. Systems, machines, and equipment that could present a risk to life or property. Please know and observe all prohibitions of use applicable to the products. NEVER USE THE PRODUCTS FOR AN APPLICATION INVOLVING SERIOUS RISK TO LIFE OR PROPERTY WITHOUT ENSURING THAT THE SYSTEM AS A WHOLE HAS BEEN DESIGNED TO ADDRESS THE RISKS, AND THAT THE OMRON PRODUCT IS PROPERLY RATED AND INSTALLED FOR THE INTENDED USE WITHIN THE OVERALL EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEM. PERFORMANCE DATA Performance data given in this document is provided as a guide for the user in determining suitability and does not constitute a warranty. It may represent the result of OMRONs test conditions, and the users must correlate it to actual application requirements. Actual performance is subject to the OMRON Warranty and Limitations of Liability. CHANGE IN SPECIFICATIONS Product specifications and accessories may be changed at any time based on improvements and other reasons. It is our practice to change model numbers when published ratings or features are changed, or when significant construction changes are made. However, some specifications of the product may be changed without any notice. When in doubt, special model numbers may be assigned to fix or establish key spec-

ifications for your application on your request. Please consult with your OMRON representative at any time to confirm actual specifications of purchased prod-

ucts. DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Dimensions and weights are nominal and are not to be used for manufacturing purposes, even when tolerances are shown. ERRORS AND OMISSIONS The information in this document has been carefully checked and is believed to be accurate; however, no responsibility is assumed for clerical, typographical, or proofreading errors, or omissions. PROGRAMMABLE PRODUCTS OMRON shall not be responsible for the users programming of a programmable product, or any consequence thereof. COPYRIGHT AND COPY PERMISSION This document shall not be copied for sales or promotions without permission. This document is protected by copyright and is intended solely for use in con-

junction with the product. Please notify us before copying or reproducing this document in any manner, for any other purpose. If copying or transmitting this document to another, please copy or transmit it in its entirety. 2 RFID System User's Manual Safety Precautions Introduction I n t r o d u c t i o n Alert Symbols for Safe Use The following symbols are used in this manual to indicate precautions that must be observed to ensure safe use of the V680-HAM91/-HAM81, V680 Series Antennas, and V680 Series ID Tags. The precautions provided here contain important safety information. Be sure to observe these precautions. The following signal words are used in this manual. WARNING Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in minor or mod-

erate injury, or may result in serious injury or death. Additionally, there may be significant property damage. Meanings of Alert Symbols Indicates general prohibitions for which there is no specific symbol. Warning WARNING These Products are not designed to be used either directly or indirectly in applications that detect human presence for the purpose of maintaining safety. Do not use these Products as a sensing means for protecting human lives. RFID System User's Manual 3 Introduction I n t r o d u c t i o n Regulations and Standards The Products conform to the following overseas regulations and standards. 1. The United States This product complies with Part 15 Subpart C of the FCC Rules. FCC ID: E4E6CYSIDV6800208 Antenna V680-HS51 V680-HS52 V680-HS63 V680-HS65 FCC NOTICE This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause harmful interference.

(2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. FCC WARNING Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's author-

ity to operate the equipment. Do not remove the ferrite core (TDK model ZCAT1730-0730A:V680-HS52/-HS63/-HS65, TDK Type model ZCAT1525-

0430AP:V680-HS51) installed on the cbles to suppress RF interference. NOTICE This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

-Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna

-lncrease the separation between the equipment and receiver

-Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.

-Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. Cet appareil numerique de la classe B est conforme a la norme NMB-003 du Canada. 4 RFID System User's Manual 2. Europe

(Radio and Telecommunication Terminal Equipment Directive 1999/5/EC) V680-HAM42-DRT DeviceNet Remote ID Controller Radio:

EMC:

Safety:

EN 300 330-2V1.3.1 (04-2006) EN 300 330-1V1.5.1 (04-2006) EN 301 489-3V1.4.1 (08-2002) EN 301 489-1V1.6.1 (09-2005) EN 61010-1:2001 (2nd Edition) Introduction Antenna V680-HS51 V680-HS52 V680-HS63 V680-HS65 I n t r o d u c t i o n English Finnish Dutch French Swedish Danish German Greek Italian Spanish Portuguese Romanian Hereby, Omron, declares that the RFID System, V680-HS51 Series, V680-HS52 Series, V680-HS63 Series, V680-HS65 Series, and V680-HAM42-DRT Series are in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC. Omron vakuuttaa tten ett RFID Snns, V680-HS51 Series,, V680-HS52 Series, V680-HS63 Series, V680-HS65 Series, V680-HAM42-DRT Series tyyppinen laite on direktiivin 1999/5/EY oleellisten vaatimusten ja sit koskevien direktiivin muiden ehtojen mukainen. Hierbij verklaart Omron dat het toestel de RFID Systeem, V680-HS51 Serie, V680-HS52 Serie, V680-HS63 Serie, V680-HS65 Serie, V680-HAM42-

DRT Serie in overeenstemming is met de essentile eisen en de andere relevante bepalingen van richtlijh 1999/5/EG. Par la prsente Omron dclare que la RFID Systme, V680-HS51 Srie, V680-HS52 Srie, V680-HS63 Srie, V680-HS65 Srie, V680-HAm42-DRT Srie sont conforme aux exigences essentielles et aux autres dispositions pertinentes de la directive 1999/5/CE. Hrmed intygar Omron att den RFID System, V680-HS51 Serie, V680-HS52 Serie, V680-HS63 Serie, V680-HS65 Serie, V680-HAM42-DRT Serie str l verensstmmelse med de vsentliga egenskapskrav och vriga relevanta bestmmelser som framgr av direktiv 1999/5/EG. Undertegnede Omron erklrer herved, at flgende den RFID System, V680-HS51Serie, V680-HS52 Serie, V680-HS63 Serie, V680-HS65 Serie, 680-

HAM43-DRT Serie overholder de vsentlige krav og vrige relevante krav i direktiv 1999/5/EF. Hiermit erklrt Omron, die RFID System, V680-HS51 Serie, V680-HS52 Serie, V680-HS63 Serie, V680-HS65 Serie, V680-HAM42-DRT Serie in bereinstimmung mit den grundlegenden Anforderungen und den anderen relevanten Vorschriften der Richtlinie 1999/5/EG befindet. (BMWi) ME THN PAPOYSA Omron DHLONEI RFID OYOGHMA, V680-HS51 OEIPA, V680-HS52 OEIPA, V680-HS63 OEIPA, V680-HS65 OEIPA, V680-

HAM42-DRT OEIPA SYMMOPF ONETAI PPOS TIS OYSIODEIS APAITHSEIS KAI TIS LOIPES SXETIKES DIATAXEIS THS ODHGIAS 1999/5/

EK. Con la presente Omron dichiara che la RFID Sistem, V680-HS51 Seriea, V680-HS52 Serie, V680-HS63 Serie, V680-HS65 Serie, V680-HAM42-DRT Serie sono conforme ai requisiti essenziali ed alle altre disposizioni pertinenti stabilite dalla direttiva 1999/5/CE. Por medio de la presente Omron declara que el RFID Sistema, V680-HS51 Serie, V680-HS52 Serie, V680-HS63 Serie, V680-HS65 Serie, V680-HAM42-

DRT Serie esta conforme a los requisitos esenciales y cualesquiera otras disposiciones aplicables o exigibles de la Directiva 1999/5/CE. Omron declara que a RFID Sistema, V680-HS51 Srie, V680-HS52 Srie, V680-HS63 Srie, V680-HS65 Srie, V680-HAM42-DRT Srie ser conforme com os tequisitos essenciais e outras disposies da Directiva 1999/5/CE. Prin prezenta, Omron declar c acest V680-HS51,V680-HS52,V680-HS63,V680-HS65, V680-HAM42-DRT este conform cu cerin ele principale i cu celelalte prevederi relevanate ale Directivei 1999/5/EC. RFID System User's Manual 5 Introduction I n t r o d u c t i o n Precautions for Safe Use Be sure to observe the following precautions to ensure safe use of the Products. 1. Do not use the product in environments subject to inflammable, explosive, or corrosive gas. 2. Do not disassemble, repair, or modify the product in any way. 3. Because a cable has a locking mechanism, make sure that it has been locked before using the cable. 4. Confirm that the DC power supply is within the rated powersupply voltage (24 VDC +10%/-15%) before using it. 5. Do not reverse polarity when connecting the power supply. 6. Do not allow water to enter or insert wire in the gaps of the case. Fire or electric shock may result. 7. Provide enough space around the controller for ventilation. 8. Avoid setting up the unit near a highly heat-generating device (such as heater, transformer and large-

capacity resistor). 9. Always turn OFF the power supply to the product before attaching or removing the Antenna. 10. If you suspect that anything is wrong with the product at any time, stop using it immediately, turn OFF the power supply, and consult with your OMRON representative. 11 When disposing of the product, dispose of it as industrial waste. 12. Do not use thinners, benzenes, acetones and kerosenes for cleaning. 13. Communications performance may be reduced due to mutual interference if more than one Read/Write Antenna is installed in the same vicinity. Refer to the Operating Manual (Cat.No.SCHI-707) and confirm that there is no mutual interference between Read/Write Antennas. 14. Multiply the tool by the installation hook, and detach it slowly when you remove the main body. 15. Stop miswiring and the load short-circuit.There is fear of exploding and damaging. 16. Do not assume it in the oil environment. 6 RFID System User's Manual Precautions for Correct Use Introduction I n t r o d u c t i o n Always observe the following precautions to prevent operation failures, malfunctions, and adverse effects on performance and equipment. 1. Installation Location Do not install and storage the product in the follwing locations:

Locations subject to corrosive gases, dust, dirt, metal powder, or salt. Locations where the specified ambient temperature and ambient humidity range is exceeded. Locations subject to extreme temperature changes that may result in condensation. Locations where the product would be directly subjected to vibration or shock exceeding specifica-

tions. Locations subject to contact with water, oil, or chemicals 2. Installation The product uses the 13.56MHz frequency band to communicate with Tags. Some devices, such as some tranceivers, mortors, inverters, and switch mode power supplies, generate electromagnetic waves (i.e., noise) that can affect communications with the Tags. If any of these devices are nearby, communications with Tags may be affected or Tags may be destroyed, If the product is to be used near such devices, check the effects on communications before using the product. To minimize the general influence of noise, follow the following precautions:

(1) Ground the earth terminal of this product and any metallic material located around the product to 100 or less.

(2) Keep product wiring away from high voltage or heavy current. Do not pull the cable part strongly. The product does not provide a water-proof structure. Do not use it where mists are present. Please avoid the medicine that there is an influence in the material of the product. 3. About communication with upstream equipment Start to communicate with upstream equipment after booting up this product. It is possible that this product sends indetermination data to upstream equipment during booting up this product. So clear the communication buffer of upstream equipment before start to communicate. RFID System User's Manual 7 Introduction Meanings of Symbols I n t r o d u c t i o n Indicates particularly important points related to a function, including precautions and application advice. Indicates page numbers containing relevant information. i M e a n n g s o f S y m b o l s 8 RFID System User's Manual Table of Contents Safety Precautions Regulations and Standards Precautions for Safe Use Precautions for Correct Use Meanings of Symbols Table of Contents Section 1 Product Overview Features Product Configuration Section 2 Specifications and Performance Antennas with Separate Amplifier Amplifier Tags Section 3 Communications Specifications Communications Distances Communication Time (Reference) Section 4 Installation Installing Antennas Mounting Amplifiers Installing Tags Section 5 Chemical Resistance Chemical Resistance of the Antennas Chemical Resistance of Tags Degree of Protection Revision History Introduction I n t r o d u c t i o n 3 4 7 8 10 11 13 14 15 17 18 24 27 35 36 44 49 50 55 57 67 68 69 72 74 RFID System User's Manual 9 Introduction MEMO I n t r o d u c t i o n 10 RFID System User's Manual Section 1 Product Overview Features Product Configuration 12 13 S e c t i o n 1 P r o d u c t O v e r v i e w RFID System User's Manual 11 Section 1 Product Overview Features The V680 Series for RFID Systems uses electromagnetic induction in the 13.56-MHz bandwidth, which conforms to the international standards in ISO/IEC 18000-3 (ISO/IEC 15693). A V680-series RFID System enables reading and writing ID Tag data without contact by connecting a V680-HAM91/V680HAM81 ID Sensor to a V680-series Antenna. With control performed in connection with the Basic I/O Units of a Programmable Controller, ID Sensors provide data management for applications such as quality and process control at production sites. S e c t i o n 1 F e a t u r e s

Simple Operation with I/O Control as Simple as Using a Regular Sensor The V680-HAM91 and V680-HAM81 can be used right away to create an RFID System with operation as easy as with regular Sensors. Start operation simply by setting the mode switch on the ID Sensor to output the read results to the I/O interface.

Advanced Line Management When accessing ID Tag data, up to 64,000 IDs are possible with 16-bit data. And, using the address shift function enables accessing up to 128 bits, making it possible to build advanced lines.

Conforms to International Standards of ISO/IEC 18000-3 (ISO/IEC 15693) Compliance with international standards enables the V680 to be exported to and used in the world's main countries.

ID Tags Available with EEPROM or FRAM Two types of ID Tag memory are available: EEPROM, with a maximum heat resistance of 180C (30 min./200 cycles) and a capacity of 1,000 bytes, and FRAM, with a capacity of 2, 8, or 32 kilobytes, and long service life of 10 billion accesses. Chose the ideal type for various worksite applications.

Smooth Replacement of Previous RFID Systems All functions of the previous V600 Series are supported, so assets on existing lines can still be used. 12 RFID System User's Manual S e c t i o n 1 P r o d u c t C o n f i g u r a t i o n Section 1 Product Overview Product Configuration The ID Sensor is connected to a Programmable Controller or wire-reduction device using open-collector I/O. The ID Sensor can be connected with a connector by using a special interface cable. All of the various V680-

series Antennas and ID Tags can be used. Host PLC, I/ORelay Terminal, B7A, DeviceNet Device, etc. Sensor Controller Interface Cable Terminal block wiring

Connector pins Cable length

:26 pins

:2m, 5m, or 10m ID Sensor V680-HAM81 V680-HAM91

:24 VDC power supply Connector connection Connector connection Antenna V680-HS51 V680-HS52-R V680-HS52-W V680-HS63-R V680-HS63-W V680-HS65-R V680-HS65-W Wireless Communications ID Tags V680-D1KP52MT V680-D2KF52M V680-D1KP66T V680-D1KP66MT V680-D1KP66T-SP V680-D2KF67 V680-D2KF67M V680-D8KF68 V680-D32KF68 RFID System User's Manual 13 Section 1 Product Overview MEMO S e c t i o n 1 P r o d u c t C o n f i g u r a t i o n 14 RFID System User's Manual Section 2 Part Names and Functions S e c t i o n 2 ID Sensor Antenna ID Tag 16 24 25 P a r t N a m e s a n d F u n c t i o n s RFID System User's Manual 15 Section 2 Part Names and Functions ID Sensor Connected connector:CN2 Connected connector:CN1 S e c t i o n 2 I D S e n s o r Display LED Access mode setting switch Access mode setting Output mode setting Read mode setting Write mode setting Access address setting switch Antenna connection connector

Display LED Name Color Description RUN TR NORMAL/

ERROR READ/WRITE VERIFY OK/NG DATA/NOISE/

ERROR CODE Green Yellow Green/

Red Green/

Yellow Green/

Red Green/

Red The working condition of the ID sensor is displayed. The communication with the ID Tag is displayed. Communication completion display. The communication result with the ID Tag is dis-

played. The result of the verification lead is displayed. Lighting display of Read and Write data in green . The display of error code is blinked in red. The noise level is displayed in green.

(At the noise measurement mode.) 16 RFID System User's Manual Section 2 Part Names and Functions

Connected connector:CN1 A high-ranking equipment of PLC is connected. Connected connector:CN2 Triangular mark 25 26 1 2 Connected connector:CN1 Viewed from the connecting side Military Standard(MIL-C-83503) conforming connector(use connector: Type XG4A-2639-A and made in OMRON) Pin No Signal name Lead wire color Description S e c t i o n 2 I D S e n s o r 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 I/O FG

Output Power supply Power supply FG

Shield

Grownd to 100 or less

NOISE_OUT Gray/Red Noise-sheck out put 0 V 24 VDC PARITY Blue Brown Power input Power input Gray/White Parity-check output(OFF when number,ON when odd number) Output INHIBIT/TRIG Red Inhibit input (AUTO) Trigger input (SYNC) NORM/STRB Light green Read normal termination output (for OUTPUT MODE1) Strobe output (for OUTPUT MODE2) ERR OD9 OD8 OD11 OD10 OD13 OD12 OD15 OD14 OD1 OD0 OD3 OD2 OD5 OD4 OD7 OD6 Violet Error output (see note1.) White/Red Read data input bit10 White/Black Read data input bit9 White/Yellow Read data input bit12 White/Green Read data input bit11 White/Blue Read data input bit14 White/Brown Read data input bit13 Gray/Black Read data input bit16 White/Orenge Read data input bit15 Yellow Read data input bit2 Green Black White Read data input bit1 Agreement output (Verify) Read data input bit4 Read data input bit3 Bitter orange Read data input bit6 Gray Pink Read data input bit5 Read data input bit8 Light blue Read data input bit7 Input Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Note 1. Only the error output line is active when the singnal level is low(OFF). It is set to ON when the power is turned on. The error output line thus also serves as a RUN output line for powwer-on verification. RFID System User's Manual 17 S e c t i o n 2 I D S e n s o r Section 2 Part Names and Functions

Connected connector:CN2 A high-ranking equipment of PLC is connected. Connected connector:CN2 Triangular mark 25 26 1 2 Connected connector:CN1 Viewed from the connecting side Military Standard(MIL-C-83503) conforming connector(use connector: Type XG4A-2639-A and made in OMRON) Pin No Lead wire color Signal name Description I/O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 FG

R/W Shield

Gray/Red Grownd to 100 or less

Blue R/W switching input: (R: OFF, W: ON) NOISE_IN/WRITE PROTECT Brown Noise check seeing input Write protect (ON: effective, OFF: invalid) ADDRS2

ADDRS0 ADDRS1 ID9 ID8 ID11 ID10 ID13 ID12 ID15 ID14 ID1 ID0 ID3 ID2 ID5 ID4 ID7 ID6 Gray/White Adress chift input bit2 Red

Light green Adress chift input bit0 Violet Adress chift input bit1 White/Red White/Black White/Yellow White/Green White/Blue White/Brown Write data input bit10 (Write) Verify data input bit10 (Verify) Write data input bit9 (Write) Verify data input bit9 (Verify) Write data input bit12 (Write) Verify data input bit12 (Verify) Write data input bit11 (Write) Verify data input bit11 (Verify) Write data input bit14 (Write) Verify data input bit14 (Verify) Write data input bit13 (Write) Verify data input bit13 (Verify) Gray/Black Write data input bit16 (Write) Verify data input bit16 (Verify) White/Orenge Write data input bit15 (Write) Verify data input bit15 (Verify) Yellow Green Black Write data input bit2 (Write) Verify data input bit2 (Verify) Write data input bit1 (Write) Verify data input bit1 (Verify) Write data input bit4 (Write) Verify data input bit4 (Verify) White Write data input bit3 (Write) Verify data input bit3 (Verify) Bitter orange Write data input bit6 (Write) Verify data input bit6 (Verify) Gray Pink Light blue Write data input bit5 (Write) Verify data input bit5 (Verify) Write data input bit8 (Write) Verify data input bit8 (Verify) Write data input bit7 (Write) Verify data input bit7 (Verify) FG

Input Input Input

Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Note 1. Only the error output line is active when the singnal level is low(OFF). It is set to ON when the power is turned on. The error output line thus also serves as a RUN output line for powwer-on verification. 18 RFID System User's Manual Section 2

Mode Setting Switch Access Mode Setting Set the opeation mode for communications with the ID Tag. S e c t i o n 2

The position of the arrow in the figure is the direction in which the setting is made. No. 0 1 2 Name Description

SYNC_MODE Operates as Trigger Mode 1. Communications with the ID Tag will start with input. 1 AUTO_MODE Operates as Auto Mode 1. 1 SYNC_MODE Operates as Trigger Mode 2. 2 Once the power supply is turned ON, communications with the ID Tag will start automatically when the ID Tag enters the communica-

tions range of the Antenna. The result output method is different for Trigger Modes 1 and 3. For details, refer to Mode 2 in Section 5 I/O Interface Con-

trol. p.75 3 AUTO_MODE Operates as Auto Mode 2. The result output method is different for Trigger Modes 1 and 3. 2 For details, refer to Mode 2 in Section 5 I/O Interface Con-

trol. p.76 4 SYNC_MODE Operates as Trigger Mode 3. The result output method is different for Trigger Modes 1 and 2. 3 For details, refer to Mode 3: Wire Saving in Section 5 I/O Interface Control. p.84 5 AUTO_MODE Operates as Auto Mode 3. The result output method is different for Auto Modes 1 and 2. 3 For details, refer to Mode 3: Wire Saving in Section 5 I/O Interface Control. p.74 NOISE CHECK Operates as Noise Measurement Mode. Maintenance mode for measuring environmental noise. For details, refer to ntlp Noise Check in ntlp Section 5 I/O Interface Control. p.103

Setting prohibited

(An access mode setting error will occur.) 6 7 8 9 Mode setting switch setting are read only when the power supply is turned ON. Therefore, settings cannot be changed while the power is being supplied. Turn the power supply OFF before changing the settings. RFID System User's Manual 21 Section 2

Output Mode Setting Set the output mode and output time width. S e c t i o n 2

No. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 The position of the arrow in the figure is the direction in which the setting is made. Setting Description Combination with access mode 10msec OFFDELAY 50msec OFFDELAY 500msec OFFDELAY 10 ms 50 ms CONTINOUS

10-ms ON-delay 50-ms ON-delay 500-ms ON-delay 10-ms output 50-ms output Continuous output Setting prohibited

(An access mode setting error will occur.) Auto Mode 1, Auto Mode 3, or Trigger Mode 3 Note: A mode setting error will occur if the access mode setting is not one of the above. Auto Mode 2 or Trigger Mode 3 Note: A mode setting error will occur if the access mode setting is not one of the above. Mode setting switch setting are read only when the power supply is turned ON. Therefore, settings cannot be changed while the power is being supplied. Turn the power supply OFF before changing the settings. 22 RFID System User's Manual Section 2

Read Mode Setting Set the operation mode for reading data. S e c t i o n 2

The position of the arrow in the figure is the direction in which the setting is made.

0 1

DATA READ1 DATA READ2 Outputs read data. Outputs read data as the wire-saving mode.

For details, refer to Mode 2 in Section 5 I/O Interface Control. p.74 VERIFY Compares external input with read data and output match/mismatch. For details, refer to Mode 2 in Section 5 I/O Interface Control. p.63

Setting prohibited

(An access mode setting error will occur.) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Mode setting switch setting are read only when the power supply is turned ON. Therefore, settings cannot be changed while the power is being supplied. Turn the power supply OFF before changing the settings. RFID System User's Manual 23 Section 2

Write Mode Setting Set the operation mode for writing data. The position of the arrow in the figure is the direction in which the setting is made. Name Description 2bytes WRITE Write the 2 bytes (16 bits) of data input to the external data input (ID 0 to ID15) to the ID Tag. BIT SET BIT CLEAR When external data input (ID0 to ID15) is received, only the bit turned ON will be set (i.e., turned ON). When external data input (ID0 to ID15) is received, only the bit turned ON will be cleared (i.e., turned OFF). The other bits will not be changed. 1byte WRITE Write the 1 byte (8 bits) of data input to the external data input (ID 0 to ID15) to the ID Tag. Input for the external data input (ID 0 to ID15) will be ignored. Note: This function is provided to support the previous model (the V600HAM91). Setting prohibited

(An access mode setting error will occur.)

S e c t i o n 2

No. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Mode setting switch setting are read only when the power supply is turned ON. Therefore, settings cannot be changed while the power is being supplied. Turn the power supply OFF before changing the settings. 24 RFID System User's Manual Section 2

Access Address Setting Switch Set the operation mode for reading data. Item Setting method Description Specify the memory address of the ID Tag in 4-digit hexadecimal. To specify an ID Tag memory address of 01A3 hex:

0 1 A 3 Setting range 0000 hex to FFFF hex (See note.) Default setting: 0000 hex The position of the arrow in the figure is the direction in which the setting is made. Note: Note: The upper 8 bits are not read when FFFF hex is specified using 16-bit read/write. Output for all will be OFF.

Antenna Connector Connect this connector to the V680-series Antenna. 1 2 Pin No. 1 2 Name S GND Signal type Signal line Analog ground I/O

S e c t i o n 2

RFID System User's Manual 25 Section 2 Part Names and Functions Antenna S e c t i o n 2 A n t e n n a

(2) Antenna

(3) Ferrite core

(2) Antenna

(1) Operation indicator

(3) Ferrite core

(2) Antenna

(3) Ferrite core

(4) Connector

(4) Connector

(4) Connector

(1) Operation indicator

(2) Antenna

(1) Operation indicator

(3) Ferrite core

(4) Connector No. 1 2 3 4 Name Description Operation Indicator

Antenna Ferrite core Connector

24 RFID System User's Manual Section 2 Part Names and Functions ID Tag

S e c t i o n 2 I D T a g RFID System User's Manual 25 Section 2 Part Names and Functions MEMO S e c t i o n 2 I D T a g 26 RFID System User's Manual Section 4 Installation ID Sensor Installing Antennas Installing Tags 40 44 47 S e c t i o n 4 I n s t a l l a t i o n RFID System User's Manual 39 Section 4 Installation ID Sensor Installation To ensure full functionality of the V680-HAM91/-HAM81 ID Sensor, follow the instructions provided in this section for installation.

Installation Site Do not install the ID Controller in the following locations.

Locations exposed to ambient temperatures that are not between -10 and 55C or where there are radical temperature changes resulting in condensation

Locations exposed to humidity that is not between 25% and 85%

Locations subject to corrosive gas, flammable gas, dust, salt, or metal powder

Locations that will expose the ID Controller to direct vibration or shock

Locations exposed to direct sunlight

Locations exposed to spray of water, oil, or chemicals

Locations more than 2,000 m above sea level

Mounting in a Panel The ID Sensor Unit can be used at an ambient temperature range of -10 to 55C. Be sure to observe the following precautions.

Make sure that the Unit is provided with sufficient ventilation space.

Do not install the Unit close to heaters, transformers, or large-capacity resistors that radiate exces-

sive heat. S e c t i o n 4 I D S e n s o r 40 RFID System User's Manual Section 4 Installation

Installation Method 1. First hook the ID Sensor Unit to part A, then press it in direction B to mount it to the DIN Track. 2. To disconnect the ID Sensor Unit from the DIN Track, pull the mounting hook downwards, and then lift the Unit upwards. DIN Track End Plate End Plate Mounting Hook Mounting Hook A B DIN Track PFP-100N2 End Plate PFP-M OMRON PFP-100N2

(track length: 1 m) is recommended. Attaching the End Plates To mount an End Plate easily, first hook the bottom of the End Plate and then hook the top on the DIN Track, pull the End Plate downwards and tighten the screw. Recommended tightening torque: 1.2 Nm. S e c t i o n 4 I D S e n s o r

Mounting lnterval The V680-HAM91/-HAM81 ID Sensor Units will generate heat if they are mounted side-by-side. Leave space between Units of at least 10 mm. 10 mm min. 10 mm min. End Plate End Plate Spacer Spacer Use at least 2 OMRON DIN Track Spacers. (Each Spacer is 5 mm wide.) Spacer PFP-S RFID System User's Manual 41 Section 4

Connection and Wiring

Interface Cable

Detaching with ID Sensor Mounting Procedure Line up the direction of the triangle mark on the connectors of the ID Sensor and the interface cable, and then press in the connector of the interface cable The lock will engage when the interface cable is pressed into the connector on the ID Sensor. S e c t i o n 4

Removal Procedure To remove the connector of the interface cable, always hold the connector and pull it out in a straight line. Pulling the cable may result in severing the cable or other product failure. Unlock the connector on the ID Sensor and pull out the connector of the interface cable.

Mounting Procedure RFID System User's Manual

Section 4 Installation Key Antenna connector S e c t i o n 4 I D S e n s o r

Antenna Connector

Mounting the Antenna 1. Hold the connector part of the Antenna and insert it into the Antenna port while matching the key on the Unit with the groove on the connector. 2. Turn the connector clockwise to lock it in place.

Removing the Antenna 1. Turn the connector in counterclockwise to release the lock. 2. Pull the connector straight out of the port. The connector cannot be removed without turning it to release the lock. If the cable is pulled without releasing the lock, it may cause the cable or wires to break. Make sure that the lock is released before pulling out the connector. Key Antenna connector RFID System User's Manual 43 S e c t i o n 4 I n s t a l l i n g A n t e n n a s Section 4 Installation Installing Antennas V680-HS51 Install the Antenna using the nuts and toothed washers that are provided on both sides of the mounting material, as shown in the diagram below. Mounting Hole Dimensions Material Nuts Antenna 12 0

+0.5 dia. Toothed washer

Securely tighten the screws to a maximum torque of 6 Nm. V680-HS52 Install the Antenna using the nuts and toothed washers that are provided on both sides of the mounting material, as shown in the diagram below. When the Antenna is mounted to a metal object, the communications distance will be reduced by approximately 10%

compared with mounting to a non-metallic object. For details on the effect of metal surrounding the Antenna, refer to

on page 145. p.145 Mounting Hole Dimensions Non-metallic material Nuts Antenna 22 0

+0.5 dia. Toothed washer

Securely tighten the screws to a maximum torque of 40 Nm. 44 RFID System User's Manual V680-HS63

Installation from the Front Coil center Two, M4 holes 280.2 40 27 53

Installation from the Back Insert the nuts that come with the Antenna into sections A. Nut A Section 4 Installation Coil center Two, 4.5 dia. holes 280.2 27

Securely tighten screws to a maximum torque of 1.2 Nm. S e c t i o n 4 I n s t a l l i n g A n t e n n a s RFID System User's Manual 45 Section 4 Installation V680-HS65 100 900.2 Four, M4 mounting holes 100 900.2 Use M4 screws and spring washers (in four places) for Antenna installation. Tighten the screws to a torque of 0.7 to 1.2 Nm. There are no restrictions on the mounting direction or the direction of access to the Tag, but if the Antenna is to be installed near a device such as a conveyance belt, make sure there is no danger of the Antenna being accidentally struck. S e c t i o n 4 I n s t a l l i n g A n t e n n a s Securely tighten screws to a torque of 0.7 to 1.2 Nm.

Mounting Bracket Dimensions (Provided Only with the V680-HS65) 1000.2 900.1 Four, 1-mm corners Note: When installing the Antenna, mount it on the enclosed Mounting Bracket. The Mounting Bracket is not necessary, however, if the Antenna is mounted on a metal base that is larger than the Antenna (100 100 mm). 1000.2 900.1 Four, 4.5 dia. holes V680-HS65 Mounting base Mounting Bracket (provided)

46 RFID System User's Manual Installing Tags V680-D1KP52MT

Tag Installation Direction Mount Tags as shown in the diagram on the right. The epoxy adhesives listed in the following table are recom-

mended for the given temperature ranges. Ambient operat-

ing temperature Product name Manufacturer

40 to 70C

40 to 150C Two-part Epoxy-com-

pound Resin:

TB2001 (main agent)/

TB2105C (curing agent) One-part Moisture-cur-

ing Elastic Adhesive TB1530 One-part Epoxy Resin:

TB2285 Two-part Epoxy Resin:

TB2087 Three Bond Co., Ltd. Three Bond Co., Ltd. Three Bond Co., Ltd. Three Bond Co., Ltd. Section 4 Installation R0.2 max. 8.1 0

+0.1 dia.

+0.15 0 Marked side Marked side S e c t i o n 4 I n s t a l l i n g T a g s

When embedding the V680-D1KP52M into a metal surface, use the V680-HS51, V680-HS52Antenna. Transmission will not be possible if the V680-HS63 Antenna is used. RFID System User's Manual 47 Section 4 Installation V680-D1KP66T

Secure the Tag with M3 screws. Tighten the screws to a torque of 0.6 Nm or less.

The V680-D1KP66T communications distance reduced if there is any metal material behind the Tag. If the Tag is to be mounted to metal, then either use a V600-A86 Attachment (sold separately) or insert a non-metal spacer (such as plastic or resin). is S e c t i o n 4 I n s t a l l i n g T a g s Mounting Hole Dimensions two, M3 holes M3 countersunk screw 250.2 Marked side 250.2 M3 countersunk screw Mounting Hole Dimensions Marked side two, M3 holes 250.2 250.2 Attachment(V600-A86)

48 RFID System User's Manual V680-D1KP66MT Secure the Tag with M3 screws. Tighten the screws to a torque of 0.6 Nm or less. Section 4 Installation Mounting Hole Dimensions two, M3 holes M3 countersunk screw 250.2 Marked side 250.2

V680-D1KP66T-SP Mount the ID Tags with M5 screws and washers.Tightening torque: 1.2 Nm. There are no restrictions to the mounting direction of the ID Tags or the direction of movement for Antennas. S e c t i o n 4 I n s t a l l i n g T a g s Mounting Hole Dimensions

two, M5 holes

800.2

RFID System User's Manual 49 Section 4 Installation V680-D2KF52M

Tag Installation Direction Mount Tags as shown in the diagram on the right. The epoxy adhesives listed in the following table are recom-

mended for the given temperature ranges. Ambient operat-

ing temperature Product name Manufacturer

40 to 70C

40 to 85C Two-part Epoxy-com-

pound Resin:

TB2001 (main agent)/

TB2105C (curing agent) One-part Moisture-cur-

ing Elastic Adhesive TB1530 One-part Epoxy Resin:

TB2285 Two-part Epoxy Resin:

TB2087 Three Bond Co., Ltd. Three Bond Co., Ltd. Three Bond Co., Ltd. Three Bond Co., Ltd. R0.2 max. 8.1 0

+0.1 dia.

+0.15 0 Marked side Marked side

When embedding the V680-D2KF52MT into a metal surface, use the V680-HS52 Antenna. Transmission will not be possible if the V680-HS63 Antenna is used. S e c t i o n 4 I n s t a l l i n g T a g s 50 RFID System User's Manual Section 4 Installation V680-D2KF67/-D2KF67M

Tag Installation Direction Secure the Tag with M3 screws. Tighten the screws to a torque of 0.6 Nm or less. Mounting Hole Dimensions two, M3 holes M3 screw 320.2 Marked side 320.2

V680-D8KF68/-D32KF68

Tag Installation Direction Secure the Tag with M4 screws. Tighten the screws to a torque of 0.7 to 1.2 Nm. S e c t i o n 4 I n s t a l l i n g T a g s two, M4 holes M4 screw Spring washer Flat washer 44 76 RFID System User's Manual 51 Section 4 Installation MEMO S e c t i o n 4 I n s t a l l i n g T a g s 52 RFID System User's Manual

 

 

Section 7 Chemical Resistance Specification Characteristic data Reference Data 108 128 145 S e c t i o n 7 C h e m c a i l R e s i s t a n c e RFID System User's Manual 107 Section 7 Chemical Resistance Specification ID Sensor

General Specifications V680-HAM91/-HAM81 Characteristic Supply voltage Power consumption Input specification Output specification Ambient operating temperature Ambient operating humidity Insulation resistans Withstand voltage 24 VDC (-15% to 10%) ripple (p-p) 10% is contained. V680-HAM91/-HAM81 Up to 3.5 W (At the power supply voltage 24 V. Current Up to 0.15 A. It doesnt contain the I/O electric current.) Transistor output Shortening electric current:3 mA Turning off voltage DC15 to 30 V, Turning on voltage DC0 to 5 V Input Imbedans 8.2 k Applied voltage DC30 V (Max.) V680-HAM91:NPN open collector output DC30V,20 mA(Max.) Residual voltage Up to 2 V V680-HAM81:PNP open collector output DC30V,20 mA(Max.) Residual voltage Up to 2 V At operation -10 to +55C

(No freezing. There is no dew formation.) At preservation -25 to +65C

(No freezing. There is no dew formation.) At operation,At preservation 25 to 85%RH

(No freezing. There is no dew formation. The ambient temperature of 85%RH is 40C or less.) 20M min. (with 500 VDC mega) Between power supply terminals and ground/casing Between power supply terminals/other unit terminals and ground/casing 1000 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 1 min Between power supply terminals and ground/casing Between power supply terminals/other unit terminals and ground/casing Vibration resistanse 10 to 150 Hz, double amplitude: 0.2 mm, Acceleration: 150 m/s2, with 10 sweep of 8 min each in 3 directions Shock resistance Dimensions Mechanical durability: 150 m/s2, 3times each in 6 directions 90 30 65 mm (excluding protruding parts) Degree of protection IEC60529Standard IP40 (Panel-mounting) Material Weight PC/ABS resin Approx. 130 g Mounting method DIN DIN rail S e c t i o n 7 S p e c i f i c a t i o n

Interface Cable V680-A60 2M/5M/10M Interface Cable

(Connector: 26 pin) Cable length Model 2m 5m 10m V680-A60 2m V680-A60 5m V680-A60 10m The extension cable connector is not waterproof. If necessary, place the connector inside the control box to prevent exposed to water. The maximum cable length is 10 m. 108 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Chemical Resistance

I/O Circuit Diagrams Item V680-HAM91 V680-HAM81 Transistor INPUT Short circuit current : 3mA(TYP) OFF Voltage DC1530V ON Voltage DC05V Input impedance : 8.2k DC30V(max.) SINK type :

DC30V 20mA(max.) Residual Voltage : below 2V Source type :

DC30V 20mA(max.) Residual Voltage : below 2V

I/O Circuit Diagrams V680-HAM91 Input circuit Output circuit 24 V IN 0 V Tr 8.2 k Main circuit Main circuit OUT 0V V680-HAM81 Input circuit Output circuit

+DC(24V) Tr I 8.2 k 0V Main circuit Main circuit

+DC(24 V) OUT 0 V S e c t i o n 7 S p e c i f i c a t i o n RFID System User's Manual 109 Section 7 Chemical Resistance Dimensions V680-HAM91/-HAM81 0 3 21-OPERATION INDICATOR 74.8 71.8 65.75 61.75 4-SWITCH 7 8

. 4 7

. 4 1 4-SWITCH 18.95 30.25 41.55 52.85 7

. 4 1

1

. 2 7 CONNECTOR 108.26 90 CONNECTOR 512 6

(5.5) S e c t i o n 7 S p e c i f i c a t i o n

Interface cable(optional) V680-A60 2M/5M/10M

(UNIT:mm) 38.5

(UNIT:mm) XG5M-2632-N 320 20 5 20 5

+50 L1 0 35 5 14.4 1 6. 20 5 20 5 VINYL INSULATED ROUND CORD 9 Dia. (7/0.2 Dia.) 23CORES 6

. 7 3

*The connector is a non-watertight type type.

*The cable the greatest extension distance is 10M. Model V680-A60 2M V680-A60 5M V680-A60 10M L1 Length (mm) 2000 5000 10000 110 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Chemical Resistance Antenna

V680-HS51

General Specifications Item Model Ambient operating temperature Ambient storage tem-

perature Ambient operating humidity 10 to 60C (with no icing) 25 to 75C (with no icing) 35% to 95% (with no condensation) V680-HS51 Insulation resistance 20 M min. (at 500 VDC) between connector terminals and case Dielectric strength 1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between connector terminals and case Degree of protection IP67.(IEC60529) In-house standard for antenna oil resistance (former JEM standard equivalent to IP67g) Note: The connectors are not waterproof. Dielectric strength 10 to 2,000 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude, acceleration: 150 m/s2, 10 sweeps in each of 3 axis direc-

tions (up/down, left/right, and forward/backward) for 15 minutes each Shock resistance Dimensions 1,000 m/s2, 3 times each in 6 directions (Total: 18 times) M12 35 mm Material Weight ABS resin, brass, and epoxy resin filler Approx. 55 g Cable length Standard lengths of 2 m

Dimension i a . 2 . 5 d 1 Mounting Hole Dimensions M12 1 2 1 d i a . a i d 7 17 6 9

( mm) Toothed washer Two lock nuts 2 1 Connector 26.2 24 33 35 25 50 Coaxial cable, 2.9 dia., standard length: 2m

. a i d 5

. 4 1

. a i d 8

. 6 1

Insulation cover S e c t i o n 7 S p e c i f i c a t i o n 5 1 Case material Communications surface Fill resin Cable Brass ABS resin Epoxy resin PVC (black) RFID System User's Manual 111 Section 7 Chemical Resistance

V680-HS52-W/R

General Specifications Item Model V680-HS52-W V680-HS52-R

(Standard cable, waterproof connector)

(Flexible cable, non-waterproof connector) Ambient operating temperature Ambient storage temperature Ambient operating humidity Insulation resistance Dielectric strength Degree of protection 10 to 60C (with no icing) 25 to 75C (with no icing) 35% to 95% (with no condensation) 20 M min. (at 500 VDC) between connector terminals and case 1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between connector terminals and case IP67 (IEC60529) In-house standard for antenna oil resistance

(former JEM standard equivalent to IP67g) Note: The connector specifications are IP67 and IP67 (IEC60529) In-house standard for antenna oil resistance

(former JEM standard equivalent to IP67g) Note: The connectors are not waterproof. IP65 (IEC 60529). Dielectric strength 10 to 500 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude, acceleration: 100 m/s2, 10 sweeps in each of 3 axis directions

(up/down, left/right, and forward/backward) for 8 minutes each Shock resistance Dimensions 500 m/s2, 3 times each in 6 directions (Total: 18 times) M22 65 mm Material Weight ABS resin, brass, and epoxy resin filler Approx. 850 g (with 12.5 m cable) Cable length Standard lengths of 2 and 12.5 m S e c t i o n 7 S p e c i f i c a t i o n

Dimensions V680-HS52-W 22.5 dia. Mounting Hole Dimensions Antenna 35 dia. a i d 8

. 9 1 30 7 112 RFID System User's Manual 47.6 50 57 65 Two toothed washers Two lock nuts M22 1

( mm) Operation indicator Ferrite core 37 Connector

. a i d 5

. 6 1 30 Coaxial cable, 5.5 dia. standard length: 2m

. a i d 8 6 1

. a i d 5

. 50 4 1 Insulation cover Case material Communications surface Fill resin Cable Brass ABS resin Epoxy resin PVC (gray) Section 7 Chemical Resistance

( mm) Two toothed washers Two lock nuts M22 1 Operation indicator Ferrite core

(39.5) Connector

. a i d

. 5 6 1 30 Coaxial cable, 5.3 dia. standard length: 2m

. a i d 5

. 4 1

. a i d 8

. 6 1 50 Insulation cover V680-HS52-R 22.5 dia. Mounting Hole Dimensions Antenna 35 dia. a i d 8

. 9 1 30 7 47.6 50 57 65 Case material Communications surface Fill resin Cable Brass ABS resin Epoxy resin PVC (black) S e c t i o n 7 S p e c i f i c a t i o n RFID System User's Manual 113 Section 7 Chemical Resistance

V680-HS63-W/R

General Specifications Item Model V680-HS63-W V680-HS63-R

(Standard cable, waterproof connector)

(Flexible cable, non-waterproof connector) Ambient operating temperature Ambient storage temperature Ambient operating humidity 10 to 60C (with no icing) 25 to 75C (with no icing) 35% to 95% (with no condensation) Insulation resistance 20 M min. (at 500 VDC) between cable terminals and case Dielectric strength 1,000 VAC, 50/60Hz for 1 min between cable terminals and case Degree of protection IP67 (IEC60529) In-house standard for antenna oil resistance

(former JEM standard equivalent to IP67g) Note: The connector specifications are IP67 and IP67 (IEC60529) In-house standard for antenna oil resistance

(former JEM standard equivalent to IP67g) Note: The connectors are not waterproof. IP65 (IEC 60529). Vibration resistance 10 to 500 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude, acceleration: 100 m/s2, 10 sweeps in each of 3 axis directions

(up/down, left/right, and forward/backward) for 11 minutes each Shock resistance Dimensions 500 m/s2, 3 times each in 6 directions (Total: 18 times) 40 53 23 mm Material Weight ABS resin case, epoxy resin filler Approx. 850 g (with 12.5 m cable) Cable length Standard lengths of 2 and 12.5 m S e c t i o n 7 S p e c i f i c a t i o n

Dimensions V680-HS63-W Antenna 1

. 0 8 5 2 0 4 5 27 6 53 Operation indicator 3 2 Note: Mounting Hole Dimensions Coil center 1 1 Two, M4 or 4.5 dia. holes 114 RFID System User's Manual Ferrite core

(UNIT: mm) Connector

. a i d 5

. 4 1

. a i d 8

. 6 1 37 50

. a i d 5

. 6 1 30 Coaxial cable, 5.5 dia. standard length: 2m Insulation cover Case material Fill resin Cable ABS resin Epoxy resin PVC (gray) V680-HS63-W Antenna 1

. 0 8 5 2 0 4 5 27 6 53 Operation indicator 3 2 Note: Mounting Hole Dimensions Coil center 1 1 Two, M4 or 4.5 dia. holes Section 7 Chemical Resistance Ferrite core

(UNIT: mm) Connector

. a i d 5

. 4 1

. a i d 8

. 6 1 37 50

. a i d 5

. 6 1 30 Coaxial cable, 5.3 dia. standard length: 2m Insulation cover Case material Fill resin Cable ABS resin Epoxy resin PVC (black) S e c t i o n 7 S p e c i f i c a t i o n RFID System User's Manual 115 Section 7 Chemical Resistance V680-HS65-W/R

General Specifications Item Model V680-HS65-W V680-HS65-R

(Standard cable, waterproof connector)

(Flexible cable, non-waterproof connector) Ambient operating temperature Ambient storage temperature Ambient operating humidity Insulation resistance Dielectric strength Degree of protection 25 to 70C (with no icing) 40 to 85C (with no icing) 35% to 95% (with no condensation) 20 M min. (at 500 VDC) between connector terminals and case 1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between connector terminals and case IP67 (IEC60529) In-house standard for antenna oil resistance

(former JEM standard equivalent to IP67g) Note: The connector specifications are IP67 and IP67 (IEC60529) In-house standard for antenna oil resistance

(former JEM standard equivalent to IP67g) Note: The connectors are not waterproof. IP65 (IEC 60529). Dielectric strength 10 to 500 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude, acceleration: 100 m/s2, 10 sweeps in each of 3 axis directions

(up/down, left/right, and forward/backward) for 11 minutes each Shock resistance Dimensions 500 m/s2, 3 times each in 6 directions (Total: 18 times) 100 100 30 mm Material Weight ABS resin case, epoxy resin filler Approx. 1100 g (with 12.5 m cable) Cable length Standard lengths of 2 and 12.5 m 100 90 0.2 50 4-4.5 dia.

(Mounting holes)

(UNIT: mm) Ferrite core 37 50 Connector

. a i d 5

. 4 1

. a i d 8

. 6 1 Insulation cover Bushing

. a i d 5

. 6 1 30 Coaxial cable, 5.5 dia. standard length: 2m 11 Case material Fill resin Cable ABS resin Epoxy resin PVC (gray) S e c t i o n 7 S p e c i f i c a t i o n

Dimensions V680-HS65-W 5 5 0 5 Operation indicator 0 0 1

. 2 0 0 9 10 10 14 0 3 0 2 116 RFID System User's Manual V680-HS65-W 100 90 0.2 5 5 50 4-4.5 dia.

(Mounting holes) Operation indicator 0 5 2

. 0 0 1 0 0 9 Bushing 10 10 14 0 3 0 2 Section 7 Chemical Resistance

(UNIT: mm) 37 50 Connector

. a i d 5

. 4 1

. a i d 8

. 6 1 Insulation cover Ferrite core

. a i d

. 5 6 1 30 Coaxial cable, 5.3 dia. standard length: 2m 11 Case material Fill resin Cable ABS resin Epoxy resin PVC (black) S e c t i o n 7 S p e c i f i c a t i o n RFID System User's Manual 117 Section 7 Chemical Resistance ID Tag

V680-D1KP52MT

General Specifications Model Item Memory capacity Memory type Data backup time Memory longevity Ambient operating tem-

perature when communi-

cating Ambient operating tem-

perature when not com-

municating Ambient storage temper-

ature Ambient operating humidity Degree of protection V680-D1KP52MT 1,000 bytes (user area) EEPROM 10 years after writing (85C or less), 0.5 years after writing (85C to 125C) Total data backup time at high temperatures exceeding 125C is 10 houres (See note.) 100,000 times per block (25C) 25 to 85C (with no icing) 40 to125C (with no icing) 40 to 125C (with no icing) 35% to 95%

IP68 (IEC 60529) In-house standard for antenna oil resistance (former JEM standard equivalent to IP67g) Vibration resistance 10 to 2,000 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude, acceleration: 150 m/s2, 10 sweeps each in X, Y, and Z directions for 15 minutes each Shock resistance Dimensions 500 m/s2, 3 times each in X, Y, and Z directions (Total: 18 times) 8 dia. 5 mm Materials Weight Metal countermeasures Case: PPS resin, Fill resin: Epoxy resin Approx. 0.5 g Yes Note: After string data at high temperatures, rewrite the data even if changes are not required, In this manual, high temperatures are those exceeding 125C up to 180C.

Dimensions 8 0

-0.1 dia. R0.2 Case material Fill resin PPS resin Epoxy resin 5 0

-0.1

(UNIT: mm) When embedding the V680-D1KP52MT into a metal surface, use the V680-HS51, V680-HS52 Antenna. Transmission will not be possible if the V680-HS63 Antenna is used. The side with the markings is the communications surface. Mount the Tag with this side facing the Antenna. The ID code is written in the memory of the Tag and may be affected by data retention characteristics at high tempera-

tures. Take suitable precautions when using the READ ID command for Tags operating at high temperatures. S e c t i o n 7 S p e c i f i c a t i o n 118 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Chemical Resistance

Tag Heat Resistivity Storing Tags under high temperatures will adversely affect the performance of the internal parts and the service life of the Tags. An LTPD of 10% was determined during the evaluation for Tags that reached the end of their life after testing under the following test conditions. Heat cycle High temperatures 10C/+150C, 30 minutes each for 1,000 cycles 100C/+180C,30 minutes each for 200 cycles

+150C, 1,000 hours

+180C, 200 hours LTPD: Lot tolerance percent defective The lower limit of the malfunction rate for lots to be considered unacceptable during reliability testing. S e c t i o n 7 S p e c i f i c a t i o n RFID System User's Manual 119 Section 7 Chemical Resistance

V680-D1KP66T/-D1KP66MT

General Specifications Item Model V680-D1KP66T V680-D1KP66MT Memory capacity 1,000 bytes (user area) Memory type Data backup time Memory longevity Ambient operating tem-

perature when communi-

cating Ambient operating tem-

perature when not com-

municating Ambient storage temper-

ature Ambient operating humidity Degree of protection EEPROM 10 years after writing (85C or less), 0.5 years after writing (85C to 125C) Total data backup time at high temperatures exceeding 125C is 10 houres (See note.) 100,000 times per block (25C) 25 to 85C (with no icing) 40 to125C (with no icing) 40 to 125C (with no icing) 35% to 95%

IP68 (IEC 60529) In-house standard for antenna oil resistance (former JEM standard equivalent to IP67g) Vibration resistance 10 to 2,000 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude, acceleration: 150 m/s2,10 sweeps each in X, Y, and Z directions for 15 minutes each 500 m/s2, 3 times each in X, Y, and Z directions (Total: 18 times) 34 34 3.5 mm Shock resistance Dimensions Materials Weight Metal countermeasures None Case: PPS resin Approx. 6 g Approx. 7.5 g Yes Note: After string data at high temperatures, rewrite the data even if changes are not required, In this manual, high temperatures are those exceeding 125C up to 180C. The V680-D1KP66MT is designed to be mounted directly to metal. The V680-D1KP66T and V680-

D1KP66MT markings are shown in the following diagrams. V680-D1KP66MT V680-D1KP66T S e c t i o n 7 S p e c i f i c a t i o n The side with the markings is the communications surface. Mount the Tag with this side facing the Antenna. The ID code is written in the memory of the Tag and may be affected by data retention characteristics at high tempera-

tures. Take suitable precautions when using the READ ID command for Tags operating at high temperatures. 120 RFID System User's Manual

Dimensions Section 7 Chemical Resistance V680-D1KP66T/-D1KP66MT Four, R4 25 0.2 Four, R8 Mounting Hole Dimensions Two, M3

(UNIT: mm) 34 32 25 0.2 25 0.2 Two, 3.5 dia. Two, 6 dia. 3.5 0.2 25 0.2 32 34 Case material PPS resin V600-A86(Attachment) Four, R5.5 25 0.2 Two, 4 dia.

(UNIT: mm) Two, M3 37 34 15 25 0.2 16 25 0.2 15 34 37 4 3.5 10 25 0.2 Case material PPS resin

Tag Heat Resistivity Storing Tags under high temperatures will adversely affect the performance of the internal parts and the service life of the Tags. An LTPD of 10% was determined during the evaluation for Tags that reached the end of their life after testing under the following test conditions. Heat cycle High temperatures 10C/+150C, 30 minutes each for 1,000 cycles 100C/+180C,30 minutes each for 200 cycles

+150C, 1,000 hours

+180C, 200 hours S e c t i o n 7 S p e c i f i c a t i o n LTPD: Lot tolerance percent defective The lower limit of the malfunction rate for lots to be considered unacceptable during reliability testing. RFID System User's Manual 121 Section 7 Chemical Resistance

V680-D1KP66T-SP

General Specifications Model V680-D1KP66T-SP Item Memory capacity Memory type Data backup time Memory longevity Ambient operating tem-

perature when communi-

cating Ambient operating tem-

perature when not com-

municating Ambient storage temper-

ature Ambient operating humidity 1,000 bytes (user area) EEPROM 10 years after writing (85C or less) 100,000 times per block (25C) 25 to 70C (with no icing) 40 to110C (with no icing) 40 to 110C (with no icing) 35% to 95%

S e c t i o n 7 S p e c i f i c a t i o n Degree of protection IP67 Vibration resistance 10 to 2,000 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude, acceleration: 150 m/s2,10 sweeps each in X, Y, and Z directions for 15 minutes each Shock resistance Dimensions Materials 500 m/s2, 3 times each in X, Y, and Z directions (Total: 18 times) 95 36.5 6.5 mm (excluding protruding parts) External coatiog: Fluororesin (PFA) Tag body: PPS resin Weight Approx. 20 g Mounting method Two M5 screws Metal countermeasures None

Dimensions 36.5 34 34 Two, 5.5 dia. mounting holes Mounting Hole Dimensions Two, M5

(UNIT: mm) 2.5mm max. 6.5 80 0.2 95 1.3 80 0.2 Case material PFA resin The side with the markings is the communications surface. Mount the Tag with this side facing the Antenna. 122 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Chemical Resistance

V680-D2KF52M

General Specifications Item Model V680-D2KF52M Memory capacity 2,000 bytes (user area) Memory type Data backup time Memory longevity Ambient operating temperature Ambient storage temperature Ambient operating humidity FRAM 10 years after writing (55C or less) 10 billion times per block. Access frequency (See note) : 10 billion times 25 to 85C (with no icing) 40 to 85C (with no icing) 35% to 85%

Degree of protection IP67 (IEC 60529) Vibration resistance Shock resistance Dimensions Materials Weight 10 to 2,000 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude, acceleration: 150 m/s2, 10 sweeps each in X, Y, and Z directions for 15 minutes each 500 m/s2, 3 times each in X, Y, and Z directions (Total: 18 times) 8 dia. 5 mm Case: PPS resin, Fill resin: Epoxy resin Approx. 0.5 g Metal countermeasures Yes

Dimensions 8 0

-0.1 dia. R0.2 Case material Fill resin PPS resin Epoxy resin 5 0

-0.1

(UNIT: mm) When embedding the V680-D2KF52M into a metal surface, use the V680-HS51/-HS52 Antenna. Transmission will not be possible if the V680-HS63 Antenna is used. The side with the markings is the communications surface. Mount the Tag with this side facing the Antenna. The ID code is written in the memory of the Tag and may be affected by data retention characteristics at high tempera-

tures. Take suitable precautions when using the READ ID command for Tags operating at high temperatures. S e c t i o n 7 S p e c i f i c a t i o n RFID System User's Manual 123 Section 7 Chemical Resistance

V680-D2KF67/-D2KF67M

General Specifications Item Model V680-D2KF67 V680-D2KF67M Memory capacity 2,000 bytes (user area) Memory type Data backup time Memory longevity Ambient operating temperature Ambient storage temperature Ambient operating humidity FRAM 10 years after writing (55C or less) 10 billion times per block. Access frequency (See note) : 10 billion times 25 to 85C (with no icing) 40 to 85C (with no icing) 35% to 85%

Degree of protection IP67 (IEC 60529) 10 to 2,000 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude, acceleration: 150 m/s2,10 sweeps each in X, Y, and Z directions for 15 minutes each 500 m/s2, 3 times each in X, Y, and Z directions (Total: 18 times) 40 40 4.5 mm Vibration resistance Shock resistance Dimensions Materials Weight Case: ABS resin Approx. 6.5 g Metal countermeasures None Approx. 7 g Yes Note: The total communication frequency of the Read or Write is called an access frequency. The V680-D2KF67M is designed to be mounted directly to metal. The V680-D2KF67 and V680-

D2KF67M markings are shown in the following diagrams. V680-D2KF67M V680-D2KF67 S e c t i o n 7 S p e c i f i c a t i o n The side with the markings is the communications surface. Mount the Tag with this side facing the Antenna. The ID code is written in the memory of the Tag and may be affected by data retention characteristics at high tempera-

tures. Take suitable precautions when using the READ ID command for Tags operating at high temperatures. 124 RFID System User's Manual

Dimensions 8 0.2 40 +0.1

-0.5 16 16 40 +0.1

-0.5 Section 7 Chemical Resistance

(UNIT: mm) Mounting Hole Dimensions Two, M3 8 5.2 13.2 16 Two, 3.5 dia. mounting holes 5.2 13.2 16 4.5 2 8 32 0.2 Mounting refernce surface 8 32 0.2 Case material Fill resin ABS resin Epoxy resin S e c t i o n 7 S p e c i f i c a t i o n RFID System User's Manual 125 Section 7 Chemical Resistance

V680-D8KF68/-D32KF68

General Specifications Item Model V680-D8K68 V680-D32KF68 Memory capacity 8,192 bytes (user area) 32,744 bytes (user area) Memory type Data backup time Memory longevity Ambient operating temperature Ambient storage temperature Ambient operating humidity Degree of protection Vibration resistance Shock resistance Dimensions Materials FRAM 10 years after writing (70C max.), 6 years after writing (85C max.) 10 billion times per block (85C or less). Access frequency (See note): 10 billion times 20 to 85C (with no icing) 40 to 85C (with no icing) 35% to 85%

IP67 (IEC 60529) In-house standard for oil resistance (former JEM standard equivalent to IP67g) 10 to 500 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude, acceleration: 100 m/s2, 10 sweeps each in X, Y, and Z directions for 11 minutes each 500 m/s2, 3 times each in X, Y, and Z directions (Total: 18 times) 86 54 10 mm Case: PBT resin Fill resin: Epoxy resin Weight Approx. 50 g Metal countermeasures None Note: The total communication frequency of the Read or Write is called an access frequency.

Dimensions V680-D8KF68/-D32KF68

(UNIT: mm) Mounting Hole Dimensions Two, 4.5 dia. mounting holes 10 0 1 2

. S e c t i o n 7 S p e c i f i c a t i o n 76 0.2 86 0 1 5 0 4 4 4 5 4 4 Two, M4 76 Case material Fill resin PBT resin Epoxy resin The side with the markings is the communications surface. Mount the Tag with this side facing the Antenna. 126 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Chemical Resistance

(UNIT: mm) Mounting Hole Dimensions V680-A81(Attachment) Two, 4.5 dia. mounting holes 2 76 0.2 86 0 1

. 0 4 4 4 5 4 4 Two, M4 76 Case material Fill resin PBT resin Epoxy resin S e c t i o n 7 S p e c i f i c a t i o n RFID System User's Manual 127 Section 7 Chemical Resistance Characteristic data Transmission Distance Specifications

V680-D1KP52MT Antenna ID Tag V680-HS51 V680-D1KP52MT V680-HS51 V680-D1KP52MT embedded in metal (steel) V680-HS52 V680-D1KP52MT V680-HS52 V680-D1KP52MT embedded in metal (steel) V680-HS63 V680-D1KP52MT Communications distance 0.5 to 6.5 mm (Axis offset: 2 mm) 0.5 to 6.0 mm (Axis offset: 2 mm) 0.5 to 3.5 mm (Axis offset: 2 mm) 0.5 to 3.0 mm (Axis offset: 2 mm) 0.5 to 9.0 mm (Axis offset: 2 mm) 0.5 to 8.5 mm (Axis offset: 2 mm) 0.5 to 4.5 mm (Axis offset: 2 mm) 0.5 to 4.0 mm (Axis offset: 2 mm) 0.5 to 12.0 mm (Axis offset: 2 mm) 0.5 to 9.5 mm (Axis offset: 2 mm) Read Write Read Write Read Write Read Write Read Write When embedding the V680-D1KP52MT into a metal surface, use the V680-HS51, V680-HS52 Antenna. Transmission will not be possible if the V680-HS63 Antenna is used.

Measurement Conditions V680-D1KP52MT V680-HS51 V680-HS51 Metal Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) Metal V680-D1KP52MT V680-D1KP52MT V680-HS52 V680-HS52 Non-metallic material V680-HS63 Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) Non-metallic material V680-D1KP52MT Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) Metal Metal S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c d a t a V680-D1KP52MT Non-metallic material 128 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Chemical Resistance

V680-D1KP66T Antenna ID Tag V680-HS52 V680-D1KP66T V680-HS63 V680-D1KP66T V680-HS65 V680-D1KP66T Communications distance 1.0 to 17.0 mm (Axis offset: 2 mm) 1.0 to 17.0 mm (Axis offset: 2 mm) 5.0 to 30.0 mm (Axis offset: 10 mm) 5.0 to 25.0 mm (Axis offset: 10 mm) 5.0 to 47.0 mm (Axis offset: 10 mm) 5.0 to 42.0 mm (Axis offset: 10 mm) Read Write Read Write Read Write

Measurement Conditions V680-D1KP66T V680-HS63 V680-HS52 Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) Non-metallic material Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) V680-D1KP66T V680-HS65 Non-metallic material Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) V680-D1KP66T Metal S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c d a t a RFID System User's Manual 129 Section 7 Chemical Resistance

V680-D1KP66MT Antenna ID Tag V680-HS52 V680-D1KP66MT with metal on back surface (steel) V680-HS63 V680-D1KP66MT with metal on back surface (steel) V680-HS65 V680-D1KP66MT with metal on back surface (steel) Communications Distance 1.0 to 16.0 mm (Axis offset: 2 mm) 1.0 to 14.0 mm (Axis offset: 2 mm) 5.0 to 25.0 mm (Axis offset: 10 mm) 5.0 to 20.0 mm (Axis offset: 10 mm) 5.0 to 25.0 mm (Axis offset: 10 mm) 5.0 to 20.0 mm (Axis offset: 10 mm) Read Write Read Write Read Write

Measurement Conditions V680-D1KP66MT V680-HS63 V680-HS52 Metal Non-metallic material Metal V680-D1KP66MT V680-HS65 Non-metallic material Metal V680-D1KP66MT Metal S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c d a t a 130 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Chemical Resistance

V680-D1KP66T-SP Antenna ID Tag V680-HS52 V680-D1KP66T-SP V680-HS63 V680-D1KP66T-SP V680-HS65 V680-D1KP66T-SP Communications distance 1.0 to 17.0 mm (Axis offset: 2 mm) 1.0 to 17.0 mm (Axis offset: 2 mm) 5.0 to 30.0 mm (Axis offset: 10 mm) 5.0 to 25.0 mm (Axis offset: 10 mm) 5.0 to 47.0 mm (Axis offset: 10 mm) 5.0 to 42.0 mm (Axis offset: 10 mm) Read Write Read Write Read Write

Measurement Conditions V680-D1KP66T-SP V680-HS63 V680-HS52 Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) Non-metallic material Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) V680-D1KP66T-SP V680-HS65 Non-metallic material Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) V680-D1KP66T-SP Non-metallic material S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c d a t a RFID System User's Manual 131 Section 7 Chemical Resistance

V680-D2KF52M Antenna ID Tag Communications distance V680-HS51 V680-D2KF52M V680-HS51 V680-D2KF52M embedded in metal (steel) V680-HS52 V680-D2KF52M V680-HS52 V680-D2KF52M embedded in metal (steel) V680-HS63 V680-D2KF52M Read Write Read Write Read Write Read Write Read Write 0.5 to 5.5 mm (Axis offset: 2 mm) 0.5 to 5.5 mm (Axis offset: 2 mm) 0.5 to 3.5 mm (Axis offset: 2 mm) 0.5 to 3.5 mm (Axis offset: 2 mm) 0 to 8.0 mm (Axis offset: 2 mm) 0 to 8.0 mm (Axis offset: 2 mm) 0 to 3.0 mm (Axis offset: 2 mm) 0 to 3.0 mm (Axis offset: 2 mm) 0 to 9.5 mm (Axis offset: 2 mm) 0 to 9.5 mm (Axis offset: 2 mm) When embedding the V680-D2KF52M into a metal surface, use the V680-HS51/-HS52 Antenna. Transmission will not be possible if the V680-HS63 Antenna is used.

Measurement Conditions V680-D2KF52M S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c d a t a V680-HS51 V680-HS51 Metal Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) Metal V680-D2KF52M V680-D2KF52M V680-HS52 V680-HS52 Non-metallic material V680-HS63 Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) Non-metallic material V680-D2KF52M Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) Metal Metal V680-D2KF52M Non-metallic material 132 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Chemical Resistance

V680-D2KF67 Antenna ID Tag V680-HS52 V680-D2KF67 V680-HS63 V680-D2KF67 V680-HS65 V680-D2KF67 Communications distance 0 to 17.0 mm (Axis offset: 2 mm) 0 to 17.0 mm (Axis offset: 2 mm) 7.0 to 30.0 mm (Axis offset: 10 mm) 7.0 to 30.0 mm (Axis offset: 10 mm) 0 to 42.0 mm (Axis offset: 10 mm) 0 to 42.0 mm (Axis offset: 10 mm) Read Write Read Write Read Write

Measurement Conditions V680-D2KF67 V680-HS63 V680-HS52 Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) Non-metallic material Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) V680-D2KF67 V680-HS65 Non-metallic material Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) V680-D2KF67 Metal S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c d a t a RFID System User's Manual 133 Section 7 Chemical Resistance

V680-D2KF67M Antenna ID Tag V680-HS52 V680-D2KF67M with metal on back surface (steel) V680-HS63 V680-D2KF67M with metal on back surface (steel) V680-HS65 V680-D2KF67M with metal on back surface (steel) Communications Distance 0 to 16.0 mm (Axis offset: 2 mm) 0 to 16.0 mm (Axis offset: 2 mm) 6.0 to 25.0 mm (Axis offset: 10 mm) 6.0 to 25.0 mm (Axis offset: 10 mm) 0 to 25.0 mm (Axis offset: 10 mm) 0 to 25.0 mm (Axis offset: 10 mm) Read Write Read Write Read Write

Measurement Conditions V680-D2KF67M V680-HS63 V680-HS52 Metal Non-metallic material Metal V680-D2KF67M V680-HS65 Non-metallic material Metal V680-D2KF67M Metal S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c d a t a 134 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Chemical Resistance

V680-D8KF68/-D32KF68 Antenna ID Tag V680-D8KF68 V680-D8KF68 (with ATTACHMENT, V680-A81) with metal on back surface (steel) V680-HS63 V680-D32KF68 V680-D32KF68 (with ATTACHMENT, V680-A81) with metal on back surface (steel) V680-D8KF68 V680-D8KF68 (with ATTACHMENT, V680-A81) with metal on back surface (steel) V680-HS65 V680-D32KF68 V680-D32KF68 (with ATTACHMENT, V680-A81) with metal on back surface (steel)

Measurement Conditions Communications Distance 5.0 to 45.0 mm (Axis offset: 10 mm) 5.0 to 45.0 mm (Axis offset: 10 mm) 5.0 to 35.0 mm (Axis offset: 10 mm) 5.0 to 35.0 mm (Axis offset: 10 mm) 5.0 to 45.0 mm (Axis offset: 10 mm) 5.0 to 45.0 mm (Axis offset: 10 mm) 5.0 to 35.0 mm (Axis offset: 10 mm) 5.0 to 35.0 mm (Axis offset: 10 mm) 5.0 to 75.0 mm (Axis offset: 10 mm) 5.0 to 75.0 mm (Axis offset: 10 mm) 5.0 to 55.0 mm (Axis offset: 10 mm) 5.0 to 55.0 mm (Axis offset: 10 mm) 5.0 to 75.0 mm (Axis offset: 1 mm0) 5.0 to 75.0 mm (Axis offset: 10 mm) 5.0 to 55.0 mm (Axis offset: 10 mm) 5.0 to 55.0 mm (Axis offset: 10 mm) Read Write Read Write Read Write Read Write Read Write Read Write Read Write Read Write V680-D8KF68/-D32KF68 V680-D8KF68/-D32KF68 V680-HS63 V680-A81

(Attachment) V680-HS63 Metal V680-HS65 Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) Metal Metal V680-HS65 V680-A81

(Attachment) S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c d a t a V680-D8KF68 V680-D32KF68 V680-D8KF68 V680-D32KF68 Metal Non-metallic material

(Examples: Resin, plastic, wood, etc.) Metal Metal RFID System User's Manual 135 Section 7 Chemical Resistance Communications Area(Reference)

V680-D1KP52MT V680-HS51 & V680-D1KP52MT 15 10 s i x A Y 5 0

-15

-10

-5 0 X Axis 5 10 15

(Unit: mm) V680-HS52 & V680-D1KP52MT 20 15 10 5 s i x A Y S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c d a t a 0

-20 -15

-10

-5 0 X Axis 5 10 15 20

(Unit: mm) V680-HS63 & V680-D1KP52MT 30 20 s i x A Y 10 0

-30

-20

-10 0 X Axis 10 20 30

(Unit: mm) V680-HS51 & V680-D1KP52MT Embedded in Metal (Steel) 10 5 s i x A Y 0

-10

-5 0 X Axis 5 10

(Unit: mm) V680-HS52 & V680-D1KP52MT Embedded in Metal (Steel) 10 Read Write Read Write 5 s i x A Y 0

-10

-5 0 X Axis 5 10

(Unit: mm) Read Write Read Write Read Write 136 RFID System User's Manual

V680-D1KP66T V680-HS52 & V680-D1KP66T V680-HS63 & V680-D1KP66T 40 30 20 10 s i x A Y Read Write 60 50 40 30 20 10 s i x A Y Section 7 Chemical Resistance Read Write 0

-40

-30

-20

-10 0 X Axis 10 20 30 40

(Unit: mm) 0

-60

-40

-20 0 X Axis 20 40 60

(Unit: mm) V680-HS65 & V680-D1KP66T 100 80 60 40 20 s i x A Y 0

-100 -80

-60 -40 -20 0 X Axis 20 40 60 80 100

(Unit: mm) Read Write S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c d a t a RFID System User's Manual 137 Section 7 Chemical Resistance

V680-D1KP66MT V680-HS52 & V680-D1KP66MT V680-HS63 & V680-D1KP66MT with Metal on Back Surface (Steel) 40 30 20 10 s i x A Y Read Write 50 40 30 20 10 s i x A Y with Metal on Back Surface (Steel) Read Write 0

-40

-30

-20

-10 0 X Axis 10 20 30 40

(Unit: mm) 0

-50 -40

-30 -20 -10 0 X Axis 10 20 30 40 50

(Unit: mm) V680-HS65 & V680-D1KP66MT with Metal on Back Surface (Steel) Read Write 60 50 40 30 20 10 s i x A Y 0

-80

-60

-40

-20 0 X Axis 20 40 60 80

(Unit: mm) S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c d a t a 138 RFID System User's Manual

V680-D1KP66T-SP V680-HS52 & V680-D1KP66T-SP V680-HS63 & V680-D1KP66T-SP 40 30 20 10 s i x A Y

Read Write 60 50 40 30 20 10 s i x A Y Section 7 Chemical Resistance

Read Write 0

-40

-30

-20

-10 0 X Axis 10 20 30 40

(Unit: mm) 0

-60

-40

-20 0 X Axis 20 40 60

(Unit: mm) V680-HS65 & V680-D1KP66T-SP 100 80 60 40 20 s i x A Y 0

-100 -80 Figure

Read Write

-60 -40 -20 0 X Axis 20 40 60 80 100

(Unit: mm) S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c d a t a RFID System User's Manual 139 Section 7 Chemical Resistance

V680-D2KF52M V680-HS51 & V680-D2KF52M V680-HS51 & V680-D2KF52M Read/Write 10 Embedded in Metal (Steel) 5 s i x A Y 0

-10

-5 0 X Axis 5 10

(Unit: mm) V680-HS52 & V680-D2KF52M Read/Write 10 Embedded in Metal (Steel) 5 s i x A Y 0

-10

-5 0 X Axis 5 10

(Unit: mm) Read/Write 15 10 s i x A Y 5 0

-15

-10

-5 0 X Axis 5 10 15

(Unit: mm) V680-HS52 & V680-D2KF52M Read/Write 15 10 s i x A Y 5 0

-15

-10

-5 0 X Axis 5 10 15

(Unit: mm) V680-HS63 & V680-D2KF52M Read/Write 20 15 10 5 s i x A Y 0

-25 -20

-15 -10 -5 0 X Axis 5 10 15 20 25

(Unit: mm) S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c d a t a 140 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Chemical Resistance

V680-D2KF67 V680-HS52 & V680-D2KF67 V680-HS63 & V680-D2KF67 Read/Write 50 40 30 20 10 s i x A Y 0

-50 -40

-30

-20

-10 0 X Axis 10 20 30 40 50

(Unit: mm) V680-HS65 & V680-D2KF67 Read/Write 100 80 60 40 20 s i x A Y 0

-100 -80

-60 -40

-20 0 X Axis 20 40 60 80 100

(Unit: mm) Read/Write 60 50 40 30 20 s i x A Y 10 0

-60

-40

-20 0 X Axis 20 40 60

(Unit: mm) S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c d a t a RFID System User's Manual 141 Section 7 Chemical Resistance

V680-D2KF67M V680-HS52 & V680-D2KF67M V680-HS63 & V680-D2KF67M Read/Write with Metal on Back Surface (Steel) Read/Write with Metal on Back Surface (Steel) 40 30 20 10 s i x A Y 50 40 30 20 10 s i x A Y 20 30 40 50

(Unit: mm) 0

-40

-30

-20

-10 0 X Axis 10 20 30 40

(Unit: mm) 0

-50 -40 -30

-20 -10 0 X Axis 10 V680-HS65 & V680-D2KF67M Read/Write with Metal on Back Surface (Steel) 60 50 40 30 20 10 s i x A Y 0

-80

-60 -40

-20 0 X Axis 20 40 60 80

(Unit: mm) S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c d a t a 142 RFID System User's Manual

V680-D8KF68/-D32KF68 Section 7 Chemical Resistance V680-HS63 & V680-D8KF68/V680-D32KF68

(Horizontal-facintg ID Tag) 80Read/Write 60 40 20 s i x A Y V680-HS63 & V680-D8KF68/V680-D32KF68

(Vertical-facintg ID Tag) 80 /

60 40 20 s i x A Y 0

-80

-60

-40

-20 0 X Axis 20 40 60 80

(Unit: mm) 0

-80

-60

-40

-20 0 X Axis 20 40 60 80

(Unit: mm) V680-HS63 & V680-D8KF68/V680-D32KF68

(with ATTACHMENT, V680-A81)

(Metal on back: Steel) 60 Read/Write

(Horizontal-facing ID Tag) V680-HS63 & V680-D8KF68/V680-D32KF68

(with ATTACHMENT, V680-A81)

(Metal on back: Steel) 60 Read/Write

(Vertical-facing ID Tag) s i x A Y 50 40 30 20 10 0

-80 50 40 s 30 i x A Y 20

-60

-40

-20 0 X Axis 20 40 60 80

(Unit: mm) 10 0

-60

-40

-20 0 X Axis 20 40 60

(Unit: mm) V680-HS65 & V680-D8KF68/V680-D32KF68 120

(Horizontal-facintg ID Tag) Read/Write V680-HS65 & V680-D8KF68/V680-D32KF68 Read/Write

(Vertical-facintg ID Tag) 120 100 80 s i x A Y 60 40 100 80 s i x A Y 60 40 20 0

-125

-100 -75

-50

-25 0 X Axis 25 50 125 75 100

(Unit: mm) 20 0

-125

-100 -75

-50 25 50 0

-25 X Axis 125 75 100

(Unit: mm) V680-HS65 & V680-D8KF68/V680-D32KF68

(with ATTACHMENT, V680-A81)

(Metal on back: Steel) 100 Read/Wrete

(Horizontal-facing ID Tag) V680-HS65 & V680-D8KF68/V680-D32KF68

(with ATTACHMENT, V680-A81)

(Metal on back: Steel) 100 Read/Write

(Vertical-facing ID Tag) 80 60 40 20 s i x A Y 80 60 40 20 s i x A Y 0

-125

-100 -75

-50

-25 0 X Axis 25 50 125 75 100

(Unit: mm) 0

-125

-100 -75

-50

-25 0 X Axis 25 50 125 75 100

(Unit: mm) RFID System User's Manual 143 S e c t i o n 7 C h a r a c t e r i s t i c d a t a Section 7 Chemical Resistance Reference Data

V680-HS51

Effect of Surrounding Metals on the Antenna (Reference) When embedding the Antenna in metal, be sure the metal does not extend beyond the tip of the Antenna. Surrounding metal

(steel) Surrounding metal

(steel) R18 min. 120 ( 60) mm dia. min. Antenna Antenna 12 mm dia. Communications distance reduced by 50%

40 mm min. 7 mm min. Do not bend the cable into a curve tighter than 18 mm in radius. If the metal around the Antenna reaches the coil surface, the communications distance will be reduced significantly com-

pared with mounting to a non-metallic surface.

Mutual Interference between Antennas (Reference) To prevent malfunctioning due to mutual interference when using more than one Antenna, leave suffi-

cient space between them as shown in the following diagrams. Installing the Antennas Facing Each Other Installing the Antennas in Parallel 80 mm min. 80 mm min. S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a RFID System User's Manual 145 Section 7 Chemical Resistance

V680-HS52

Effect of Surrounding Metals on the Antenna (Reference) When embedding the Antenna in metal, be sure the metal does not extend beyond the tip of the Antenna. Surrounding metal

(steel) Surrounding metal

(steel) R22 min. 130 ( 65) mm dia. min. Antenna Antenna 22 mm dia. Communications distance reduced by 50%

60 mm min. 15 mm min. Do not bend the cable into a curve tighter than 22 mm in radius. If the metal around the Antenna reaches the coil surface, the communications distance will be reduced significantly com-

pared with mounting to a non-metallic surface.

Mutual Interference between Antennas (Reference) To prevent malfunctioning due to mutual interference when using more than one Antenna, leave suffi-

cient space between them as shown in the following diagrams. Installing the Antennas Facing Each Other Installing the Antennas in Parallel 100 mm min. 120 mm min. S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a 146 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Chemical Resistance

V680-HS63

Effect of Surrounding Metals on the Antenna (Reference) In addition to surface mounting, it is also possible to embed the V680-HS63 in a metal casing to protect it from being struck by other objects. To prevent malfunctioning, allow a space of at least 30 mm between the Antenna and the sides of the metal casing. If the space is less than 30 mm, the read/write distance will be greatly diminished. In addition, the height of metal casing must not exceed that of the Antenna. 23mm mim. R22 min. Metal casing 60 mm min. Note 1. Do not bend the cable into a curve tighter than 22 mm in radius. reduced significantly 2. The communications distance will be the Antenna is installed closer than 30 mm to metal surfaces. if g n i s a c l a t e 30 mm min.M 30 mm min. 30 mm min. 30 mm min.

Mutual Interference between Antennas (Reference) To prevent malfunctioning due to mutual interference when using more than one Antenna, leave suffi-

cient space between them as shown in the following diagrams. Installing the Antennas Facing Each Other Installing the Antennas in Parallel 430 mm min. 270 mm min. S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a RFID System User's Manual 147 Section 7 Chemical Resistance

V680-HS65

Effect of Surrounding Metals on the Antenna (Reference) In addition to surface mounting, it is also possible to embed the V680-HS65 in a metal casing to protect it from being struck by other objects. To prevent malfunctioning, allow a space of at least 100 mm between the Antenna and the sides of the metal casing. If the space is less than 100 mm, the read/

write distance will be greatly diminished. In addition, the height of metal casing must not exceed that of the Antenna. 30mm min. Metal casing R22 min. 100mm min. 60mm min. g n i s a c l a t e M 100mm min. 100mm min. 100mm min. Note 1. Do not bend the cable into a curve tighter than 22 mm in radius. reduced significantly 2. The communications distance will the be Antenna is installed closer than 100 mm to metal surfaces. if S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a

Mutual Interference between Antennas (Reference) To prevent malfunctioning due to mutual interference when using more than one Antenna, leave suffi-

cient space between them as shown in the following diagrams. Installing the Antennas Facing Each Other Installing the Antennas in Parallel 400 mm min. 700 mm min. 148 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Chemical Resistance ID

V680-D1KP52MT

Differences in Surrounding Metals (Reference) Communications distances are affected by the type of metal in back of or surrounding the Tag, as shown in the following table. V680-D1KP52MT 100%

SUS 8590%

8085%

8085%

. /100%

Mutual Interference with Tags (Reference) Provide the mounting distances indicated below to prevent malfunctions due to mutual interference when using more than one Tag. 25mm min. 25mm min. S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a RFID System User's Manual 149 Section 7 Chemical Resistance

V680-D1KP66MT

Effect of Metal behind Tags (Reference) The V680-D1KP66MT can be surface-mounted or it can be embedded in metal. If it is embedded in metal, the height of the metal casing must not exceed that of the Tag. ID Tag Embedded Metal 3.5mm min. ID Tag Surface-mounted Metal V680-HS52 &V680-D1KP66MT

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 t u o h t i w e c n a t s i d s n o i t a c i n u m m o c e h T

0 0 1 s i l a t e m 0 10 30 20 40 Distance to metal (x) 50

(mm) V680-HS63 &V680-D1KP66MT

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 t u o h t i w e c n a t s i d s n o i t a c i n u m m o c e h T

0 0 1 s i l a t e m 0 10 30 20 40 Distance to metal (x) 50

(mm) V680-HS65 &V680-D1KP66MT

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 t u o h t i w e c n a t s i d s n o i t a c i n u m m o c e h T

0 0 1 s i l a t e m S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a 0 10 30 20 40 Distance to metal (x) 50 60

(mm) ID x x

Mutual Interference with Tags (Reference) Provide the mounting distances indicated below to prevent malfunctions due to mutual interference when using more than one Tag. 100mm min. 100mm min. 150 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Chemical Resistance

V680-D2KF52M

Differences in Surrounding Metals (Reference) Communications distances are affected by the type of metal in back of or surrounding the Tag, as shown in the following table. V680-D2KF52M Steel 100%

SUS Brass 80% to 85%

80% to 85%

Aluminum 75% to 80%

The values for steel are set to 100%

Mutual Interference with Tags (Reference) Provide the mounting distances indicated below to prevent malfunctions due to mutual interference when using more than one Tag. 25mm min. 25mm min. S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a RFID System User's Manual 151 Section 7 Chemical Resistance

V680-D2KF67M

Effect of Surrounding Metals (Reference) The V680-D2KF67M can be surface-mounted or it can be embedded in metal. If it is embedded in metal, the height of the metal casing must not exceed that of the Tag. ID Tag Embedded Metal 4.5mm min. ID Tag Surface-mounted Metal V680-HS52 &V680-D2KF67M

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 t u o h t i w e c n a t s i d s n o i t a c i n u m m o c e h T

0 0 1 s i l a t e m V680-HS63 & V680-D2KF67M

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 t u o h t i w e c n a t s i d s n o i t a c i n u m m o c e h T

0 0 1 s i l a t e m 0 10 30 20 40 Distance to metal (x) 50

(mm) 0 10 30 20 40 Distance to metal (x) 50

(mm) S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a V680-HS65 & V680-D2KF67M

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 t u o h t i w e c n a t s i d s n o i t a c i n u m m o c e h T

0 0 1 s i l a t e m 0 10 30 40 20 Distance to metal (x) 50

(mm) X ID Tag X

Mutual Interference with Tag (Reference) To prevent malfunctioning due to mutual interference when using more than one Tag, leave sufficient space between them as shown in the following diagram. 120mm min. 120mm min. 152 RFID System User's Manual

V680-D1KP66T

Effect of Metal behind Tags (Reference) Section 7 Chemical Resistance The V680-D1KP66T communications distance is reduced if there is any metal material behind the Tag. If the Tag is to be mounted to metal, then either use a V600-A86 Attachment (sold separately) or insert a non-metal spacer (such as plastic or resin). The relationship between the distance from the Tag to the metal surface and the communications distance is shown below. The Attachment is 10 mm thick, and more than one Attachment can be stacked. V680-HS52 &V680-D1KP66T V600-A86 Attachment Installation M3 countersunk screw

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 t u o h t i w e c n a t s i d s n o i t a c i n u m m o c e h T

0 0 1 s i l a t e m Install so that the mounting holes are aligned. 0 10 Antenna 30 20 40 Distance to metal (x) ID Tag 50

(mm) Metal on back Y Communica-

tions distance X Metal V680-HS63 &V680-D1KP66T

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 t u o h t i w e c n a t s i d s n o i t a c i n u m m o c e h T

0 0 1 s i l a t e m V680-HS65 &V680-D1KP66T

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 t u o h t i w e c n a t s i d s n o i t a c i n u m m o c e h T

0 0 1 s i l a t e m S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a 50

(mm) Metal on back 0 10 30 20 40 Distance to metal (x) Antenna ID Tag 50

(mm) 0 10 30 20 40 Distance to metal (x) Antenna ID Tag Metal on back Metal Y Communica-

tions distance X Metal Y Communica-

tions distance X

Mutual Interference with Tag (Reference) To prevent malfunctioning due to mutual interference when using more than one Tag, leave sufficient space between them as shown in the following diagram. 100mm min. 100mm min. RFID System User's Manual 153 Section 7 Chemical Resistance

V680-D1KP66T-SP

Effect of Metal behind Tags (Reference) Mounting ID Tags to metal workpieces or palettes will affect the communications capabilities. Place non-metal-

lic parts (e.g., plastic or resin) between the metallic parts by referring to the following relationship between the distance between the ID Tag and the metallic body versus the communications distance. V680-HS52 &V680-D1KP66T-SP Antenna ID Tag Metal on back Y Metal Communica-

tions distance X 50

(mm) 0 10 20 40 Distance to metal (x) 30 V680-HS63 &V680-D1KP66T-SP Antenna ID Tag Metal Y Communica-

tions distance X Metal on back Antenna ID Tag Metal Y Communica-

tions distance X Metal on back

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 t u o h t i w e c n a t s i d s n o i t a c i n u m m o c e h T

0 0 1 s i l a t e m

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 t u o h t i w e c n a t s i d s n o i t a c i n u m m o c e h T t u o h t i w e c n a t s i d s n o i t a c i n u m m o c e h T

0 0 1 s i l a t e m

0 0 1 s i l a t e m 0 10 20 40 Distance to metal (x) 30 50

(mm) V680-HS65 &V680-D1KP66T-SP S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a 0 10 20 40 Distance to metal (x) 30 50

(mm) 154 RFID System User's Manual

Mutual Interference with Tag (Reference) Section 7 Chemical Resistance To prevent malfunctioning due to mutual interference when using more than one Tag, leave sufficient space between them as shown in the following diagram. 100mm min. 100mm min. 100mm min. 100mm min. S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a RFID System User's Manual 155 Section 7 Chemical Resistance

V680-D2KF67

Effect of Metal behind Tags (Reference) The V680-D2KF67 communications distance is reduced if there is any metal material behind the Tag. V680-HS52 &V680-D2KF67

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 t u o h t i w e c n a t s i d s n o i t a c i n u m m o c e h T

0 0 1 s i l a t e m V680-HS63 &V680-D2KF67

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 t u o h t i w e c n a t s i d s n o i t a c i n u m m o c e h T

0 0 1 s i l a t e m 0 10 Antenna 30 20 40 Distance to metal (x) ID Tag 50

(mm) 0 10 Metal on back Y Communica-

tions distance X 30 20 40 Distance to metal (x) ID Tag Antenna 50

(mm) Metal on back Y Communica-

tions distance X S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a V680-HS65 &V680-D2KF67

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 t u o h t i w e c n a t s i d s n o i t a c i n u m m o c e h T

0 0 1 s i l a t e m 0 10 30 20 40 Distance to metal (x) Antenna ID Tag Metal Y Communica-

tions distance X 50

(mm) Metal on back

Mutual Interference with Tag (Reference) To prevent malfunctioning due to mutual interference when using more than one Tag, leave sufficient space between them as shown in the following diagram. 200mm min. 200mm min. 156 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Chemical Resistance

V680-D8KF68/-D32KF68

Effect of Metal behind Tags (Reference) Special Attachment (V680-A81) Installation Direction M4 screw Spring washer Flat washer The transmission distance will be reduced if there is metal in back of a Tag. When mounting on a metal surface, use the special Attachment (V680-A81) of another sales or insert a non-metallic spacer (e.g., plastic, wood, etc.). The following diagrams show the relationship between the distance between a Tag and metal surface and the transmission distance. The Attachment is 10 mm thick. V680-HS63 &V680-D8KF68/-D32KF68 V680-HS63 &V680-D8KF68/-D32KF68 When Attachment (V680-A81) is used t u o h t i When Attachment (V680-A81) is used When Attachment (V680-A81) is not used When Attachment (V680-A81) is not used

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 t u o h t i w e c n a t s i d s n o i t a c i n u m m o c e h T

0 0 1 s i l a t e m

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 w e c n a t s i d s n o i t a c i n u m m o c e h T

0 0 1 s i l a t e m 0 10 20 30 40

(mm) Distance to metal (x) Antenna Atachment ID Tag l a t e M Y Communica-

tions distance X k c a b n o l a t e M 0 10 20 30 40

(mm) Distance to metal (x) Antenna Atachment ID Tag l a t e M k c a b n o l a t e M Y Communica-

tions distance X S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a RFID System User's Manual 157 Section 7 Chemical Resistance

Mutual Interference with Tags (Reference) To prevent malfunctioning due to mutual interference when using more than one Tag, leave sufficient space between them as shown in the following diagram. When V680-HS63, V680-HS52 are Used 120mm min. 120mm min. 120mm min. 120mm min. When V680-HS65 is Used 150mm min. 150mm min. 150mm min. 150mm min. S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a 158 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Chemical Resistance Infuence of Angle (Refernce) Install Antennas and Tags as close to parallel to each other as possible. Communications are possible even when an Antenna and a Tag are mounted at an angle, but the communications distance will be shortened. The relation between the angle and the communications distance is shown below.

Percentage Drop in Communications Distance According to Angle of V680-D1KP52MT V680-HS51 and V680-D1KP52MT V680-HS51 and V680-D1KP52MT

(Metal: Steel) V680-HS52 and V680-D1KP52MT V680-HS52 and V680-D1KP52MT

(Metal: Steel) V680-HS63 and V680-D1KP52MT 0 0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

Tag angle () 20

-5%

0%

0%

-13%

-5%

30

-10%

-4%

-2%

-25%

-9%

10

-1%

0%

0%

-6%

-2%

40

-15%

-28%

-6%

-14%

-: The measurement is no possible because the Tag comes in contact with the Antenna. V680-HS51 & V680-D1KP52MT V680-HS51 & V680-D1KP52MT Steel Nuts Antenna ID Tag Steel Nuts Antenna

(Metal: Steel) ID Tag Toothed washer Non-metallic material Toothed washer Steel V680-HS52 & V680-D1KP52MT V680-HS52 & V680-D1KP52MT ID Tag

(Metal: Steel) ID Tag Antenna Non-metallic material Antenna Steel S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a V680-HS63 & V680-D1KP52MT ID Tag Non-metallic material Antenna Steel RFID System User's Manual 159 Section 7 Chemical Resistance

Percentage Drop in Communications Distance According to Angle of V680-D1KP66T V680-HS52 and V680-D1KP66T V680-HS63 and V680-D1KP66T V680-HS65 and V680-D1KP66T 0 0%

0%

0%

Tag angle () 20

-2%

-3%

-3%

10

-1%

-2%

-1%

30

-4%

-5%

-6%

40

-7%

-9%

-11%

V680-HS52 & V680-D1KP66T V680-HS63 & V680-D1KP66T ID Tag l a i r e t a m c i l l a t e m

n o N Antenna Antenna ID Tag V680-HS65 & V680-D1KP66T ID Tag l a t e M Antenna S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a 160 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Chemical Resistance

Percentage Drop in Communications Distance According to Angle of V680-D1KP66MT V680-HS52 and V680-D1KP66MT

(Metal: Steel) V680-HS63 and V680-D1KP66MT

(Metal: Steel) V680-HS65 and V680-D1KP66MT

(Metal: Steel) 0 0%

0%

0%

Tag angle () 20

-2%

-4%

-6%

10

-1%

-1%

-1%

30

-5%

-7%

-15%

40

-9%

-13%

-: The measurement is no possible because the Tag comes in contact with the Antenna. V680-HS52 & V680-D1KP66MT V680-HS63 & V680-D1KP66MT

(Metal: Steel)

(Metal: Steel) ID Tag l a i r e t a m c i l l a t e m

n o N Antenna Antenna ID Tag V680-HS65 & V680-D1KP66MT

(Metal: Steel) ID Tag l a t e M Antenna S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a RFID System User's Manual 161 Section 7 Chemical Resistance

Percentage Drop in Communications Distance According to Angle of V680-D1KP66T-SP V680-HS52 and V680-D1KP66T-SP V680-HS63 and V680-D1KP66T-SP V680-HS65 and V680-D1KP66T-SP 0 0%

0%

0%

Tag angle () 20

-2%

-3%

-3%

10

-1%

-2%

-1%

30

-4%

-5%

-6%

40

-7%

-9%

-11%

V680-HS52 & V680-D1KP66T-SP V680-HS63 & V680-D1KP66T-SP ID Tag l a i r e t a m c i l l a t e m

n o N Antenna Antenna ID Tag V680-HS65 & V680-D1KP66T-SP ID Tag l a t e M Antenna S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a 162 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Chemical Resistance

Percentage Drop in Communications Distance According to Angle of V680-D2KF52M Tag angle () V680-HS51 and V680-D2KF52M V680-HS51 and V680-D2KF52M

(Metal: Steel) V680-HS52 and V680-D2KF52M V680-HS52 and V680-D2KF52M

(Metal: Steel) V680-HS63 and V680-D2KF52M 0 0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

10

-2%

0%

0%

-2%

0%

20

-6%

0%

0%

-7%

-1%

30

-12%

-7%

-2%

-4%

40

-22%

-30%

-5%

-9%

-: The measurement is no possible because the Tag comes in contact with the Antenna. V680-HS51 & V680-D2KF52M Steel Nuts Antenna V680-HS51 & V680-D2KF52M

(Metal: Steel) Steel ID Tag Antenna Nuts ID Tag Toothed washer Non-metallic material Toothed washer Non-metallic material V680-HS52 & V680-D2KF52M V680-HS52 & V680-D2KF52M

(Metal: Steel) ID Tag ID Tag Antenna Non-metallic material Antenna Steel V680-HS63 & V680-D2KF52M ID Tag Non-metallic material Antenna Steel S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a RFID System User's Manual 163 Section 7 Chemical Resistance

Percentage Drop in Communications Distance According to Angle of V680-D2KF67 V680-HS52 and V680-D2KF67 V680-HS63 and V680-D2KF67 V680-HS65 and V680-D2KF67 0 0%

0%

0%

Tag angle () 20 0%

-2%

-3%

10

-0%

-1%

-1%

30

-1%

-3%

-7%

40

-2%

-6%

-11%

V680-HS52 & V680-D2KF67 V680-HS63 & V680-D2KF67 ID Tag l a i r e t a m c i l l a t e m

n o N Antenna Antenna ID Tag V680-HS65 & V680-D2KF67 l a t e M ID Tag Antenna S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a 164 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Chemical Resistance

Percentage Drop in Communications Distance According to Angle of V680-D2KF67M V680-HS52 and V680-D2FKP67M

(Metal: Steel) V680-HS63 and V680-D2FKP67M

(Metal: Steel) V680-HS65 and V680-D2FKP67M

(Metal: Steel) 0 0%

0%

0%

Tag angle () 20

-2%

-5%

-7%

10

-1%

-2%

-2%

30

-4%

-8%

-16%

40

-6%

-14%

-31%

V680-HS52 & V680-D2KF67M V680-HS63 & V680-D2KF67M

(Metal: Steel)

(Metal: Steel) ID Tag Antenna V680-HS65 & V680-D2KF67M

(Metal: Steel) ID Tag l a i r e t a m c i l l a t e m

n o N Antenna l a t e M ID Tag Antenna S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a RFID System User's Manual 165 Section 7 Chemical Resistance

Percentage Drop in Communications Distance According to Angle of V680-D8KF68, V680-D32KF68 V680-HS63 and V680-D8KF68 or V680-D32KF68

(Horizontal-facing ID Tag) V680-HS63 and V680-D8KF68 or V680-D32KF68

(Vertical-facing ID Tag) V680-HS65 and V680-D8KF68 or V680-D32KF68

(Horizontal-facing ID Tag) V680-HS65 and V680-D8KF68 or V680-D32KF68

(Vertical-facing ID Tag) V680-HS63 & V680-D8KF68 or V680-D32KF68

(Horizontal-facing ID Tag) ID Tag l a t e M Antenna 0 0%

0%

0%

0%

Tag angle () 10 0%

-1%

-1%

-1%

20 0%

-2%

-2%

-3%

30 0%

-3%

-4%

-6%

40 0%

-5%

-6%

-10%

V680-HS63 & V680-D8KF68 or V680-D32KF68

(Vertical-facing ID Tag) l a t e M ID Tag Antenna V680-HS65 & V680-D8KF68 or V680-D32KF68

(Horizontal-facing ID Tag) V680-HS65 & V680-D8KF68 or V680-D32KF68

(Horizontal-facing ID Tag) S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a l a t e M ID Tag l a t e M ID Tag Antenna Antenna 166 RFID System User's Manual ID Tag Memory V680-D1KP Data User area Address 0000Hex 0001Hex 0002Hex 0003Hex 03E6Hex 03E7Hex Section 7 Chemical Resistance EEPROM is used as memory in the Tags. The memory capacity available to the user is 1,000 bytes, including 0000H to 0003H (the Write Protection Setting Area). V680-D2KF 1 byte Data Address 0000Hex 0001Hex 0002Hex 0003Hex 07CEHex 07CFHex Address 0000Hex 0001Hex 0002Hex 0003Hex 1FFEHe 1FFFHe Address 0000Hex 0001Hex 0002Hex 0003Hex 7FFEHe 7FFFHe V680-D8KF V680-D32KF 1 byte Data User area FRAM is used as memory in the Tags. The memory capacity available to the user is 1,000 bytes, including 0000H to 0003H (the Write Protection Setting Area) 1 byte Data S e c t i o n 7 I User area FRAM is used as memory in the Tags. The memory capacity available to the user is 8,192 bytes, including 0000H to 0003H (the Write Protection Setting Area) D T a g M e m o r y User area 1 byte FRAM is used as memory in the Tags. The memory capacity available to the user is 32,744 bytes, including 0000H to 0003H (the Write Protection Setting Area) 16 (2 ) 1 8 (1

) RFID System User's Manual 167 Section 7 Chemical Resistance ID Tag Memory Capacities and Memory Types (V680 Series)

(As of December 2007) Model V680-D1KP52MT V680-D1KP66T V680-D1KP66MT V680-D1KP66T-SP V680-D2KF52M V680-D2KF67 V680-D2KF67M V680-D8KF68 V680-D32KF68 Memory capacity

(user memory) Memory type Life expectancy 1,000 bytes EEPROM Overwrite operations: 100,000 times for each address at 25C Data retention: 10 years (up to 85C) 2,000 bytes 8,192 bytes 32,744 bytes FRAM Number of accesses: 10 billion times Data retention: 10 years (up to 55C) S e c t i o n 7 I D T a g M e m o r y C a p a c i t i e s a n d M e m o r y T y p e s

V 6 8 0 S e r i e s

) 168 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Chemical Resistance Chemical Resistance of the Antennas, and Tags Chemical Resistance of the Antennas

Applicable Models V680-HS51 V680-HS52-W/R V680-HS63-W/R V680-HS65-W/R ABS resin is used for case material and epoxy resin for filling material. Refer to the following lists and do not use chemicals that affect ABS and epoxy resin.

Chemicals That Cause Deformations, Cracks, Etc. ABS resin Epoxy resin Trichlene, acetone, xylene, toluene, gasoline, creosol, methylene chloride, phenol, cyclohexane, aqua regia, chromic acid, sulfuric acid (90% RT), methyl ethyl ketone, aniline, nitrobenzine, monochlorobenzine, pyridine, nitric acid (60% RT), formic acid (80% RT) Aqua regia, chromic acid, sulfuric acid (90% RT), nitric acid (60% RT), ammonia solution, acetone, methylene chloride, phenol

Chemicals That May Cause Discoloration, Swelling, Etc. ABS resin Epoxy resin Hydrochloric acid, alcohol, Freon, sodium hydroxide, hydrogen peroxide, benzine, sulfuric acid (10% RT), nitric acid (10% RT), phosphoric acid (85% RT), ammonia solution Sulfuric acid (10% RT), nitric acid (10% RT), hydrochlo-

ric acid (30% RT), acetic acid (50% RT), oxalic acid, calcium hydroxide, benzine, creosol, alcohol, cyclohex-

ane, toluene, xylene, benzine, grease

Chemicals That Do Not Affect PPS Resin or Epoxy Resin ABS resin Epoxy resin Ammonia, kerosine, mineral oil, developer, Yushiroken S50, Chemi-Cool Z, Velocity No. 3, Yushiroken EEE-

30Y, petroleum, grease, acetic acid, oxalic acid, cal-

cium hydroxide, phosphoric acid (30% RT), hydrochlo-

ric acid (10% RT), potassium hydroxide Ammonia, hydrochloric acid (10% RT), potassium hydroxide, petroleum, gasoline, Yushiroken S50, Chemi-Cool Z, Velocity No. 3, Yushiroken EEE-30Y Note: The above results are from tests conducted a room temperature (23C). Even if the chemicals do not affect the ABS or epoxy resins at room temperature, they may affect the resins at higher or lower temperatures. Check the chemicals carefully in advance. S e c t i o n 7 C h e m c a i l i R e s s t a n c e o f t h e A n t e n n a s

, a n d T a g s RFID System User's Manual 173 Section 7 Chemical Resistance Chemical Resistance of Tags

Applicable Model V680-D1KP52MT V680-D2KF52M PPS resin is used for case material and epoxy resin for filling material. Refer to the following lists and do not use chemicals that affect PPS and epoxy resin. Tags cannot be used in applications with explosion-proof specifications.

Chemicals That Cause Deformations, Cracks, Etc. PPS resin Epoxy resin Aqua regia Aqua regia, chromic acid, sulfuric acid (90% RT), nitric acid (60% RT), ammonia solution, acetone, methylene chloride, phenol

Chemicals That May Cause Discoloration, Swelling, Etc. PPS resin Nitric acid (60% RT) Epoxy resin Sulfuric acid (10% RT), nitric acid (10% RT), hydrochlo-

ric acid (30% RT), acetic acid (50% RT), oxalic acid, calcium hydroxide, benzine, creosol, alcohol, cyclohex-

ane, toluene, xylene, benzine, grease

Chemicals That Do Not Affect PPS Resin or Epoxy Resin PPS resin Epoxy resin Ammonia, hydrochloric acid (10% RT), potassium hydroxide, petroleum, gasoline, Yushiroken S50, Chemi-Cool Z, Velocity No. 3, Yushiroken EEE-30Y, methyl ethyl ketone, sodium hydroxide (10%RT) Hydrochloric acid (37%RT), sulfuric acid (98%RT), nitric acid (40%RT), Hydrogen fluoride solution

(40%RT), chromic acid (40%RT), hydrogen peroxide

(28%RT), sodium hydroxide solution (60%RT), ammonia solution (28%RT), sodium chloride (10%RT), sodium carbonate (20%RT), sodium hypochlorite, phenol solution (5%RT), glacial acetic acid, acetic acid, oleic acid, Methyl alcohol (95%RT), ethyl alcohol

(95%RT), Ethyl acetate, sebacic acid, diethylhexyl, acetone, diethyl ether, n-heptane, 2-2-4 trimethylpen-

tane, benzine, toluene, aniline, mineral oil, gasoline, insulating oil, dichloroethylene, carbon tetrachloride Note: The above results are from tests conducted a room temperature (23C). Even if the chemicals do not affect the PPS or epoxy resins at room temperature, they may affect the resins at higher or lower temperatures. Check the chemicals carefully in advance. S e c t i o n 7 C h e m c a i l i R e s s t a n c e o f t h e A n t e n n a s

, a n d T a g s 174 RFID System User's Manual

Applicable Models V680-D1KP66T/66MT Chemical Sulfuric acid Hydrochloric acid 37%

10%

98%

50%

30%

3%

60%

40%

10%

Hydrogen fluoride solution 40%

Chromic acid 40%

Hydrogen peroxide solu-

tion Nitric acid 28%

Ammonia solution 3%

Sodium hydroxide solution 60%

10%

1%

28%

10%

10%

20%

2%

Sodium chloride Sodium carbonate Section 7 Chemical Resistance At room tempera-

ture A A A A A A B A A A A A A A A A A A A A A At 90C Chemical A A B A A A C B A A A B A A A A B B A A A Sodium hypochlorite Phenol solution Glacial acetic acid Acetic acid Oleic acid Methyl alcohol Ethyl alcohol Ethyl acetate Sebacic acid diethylhexyl Acetone Diethyl ether n-heptane 2-2-4 trimethylpentane Benzene Toluene Aniline Mineral oil Gasoline Insulating oil Dichloroethylene Carbon tetrachloride 5%

95%

95%

At room tempera-

ture A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A At 90C A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A: Has no adverse effect, B: May cause discoloration, swelling, etc., C: Causes deformation, cracks, etc. The above table shows the extent of changes in PPS resin exposed to each chemical at room temperature and at 90C. If actual chemicals, concentrations, and temperatures are different from those shown in the tables, always conduct tests under the actual conditions in which the Tags are to be used. S e c t i o n 7 C h e m c a i l i R e s s t a n c e o f t h e A n t e n n a s

, a n d T a g s RFID System User's Manual 175 Section 7 Chemical Resistance

Applicable Models V680-D1KP66T-SP

Chemical Resistance of Fluoroplastic PFA (Reference) PFA: Tetrafluorethylene-Perfluoroalkylvinyletheir Copolymer Fluoroplastic PFA does not react with most chemicals except molten alkali metal, hot pressurized fluorine (F2), and some halogen derivatives. The following tables show the results of tests in which PFA was soaked in or exposed to commonly used organic and inorganic chemicals. In these tests, a compression-molded test piece (1.3 mm thick) was soaked in the chemical at a specified temperature for a week (168 houre) and taken out of the chemical, then the weight change, tensile strength, and elongation of the test piece were immediately measured. If the change in the tensile strength is 15 % or less, the cange in the elongation is 10 % or less, and the increase in the weight is less than 0.5 %, the results of the test can be considered normal. If PFA is exposed to trichloroacetic acid, tri-n-butyl phosphate, perchloroethylene, carbon thtrachloride, and other liquids (which easily make resin surfaces wet) at a high temperature, it tends to increase its weight due to absorption and reduce its tensile strength. Even when PFA absorbs chemicals and sol-

vents, its molecular structure will not change, If, however, PFA is subject to temperature or pressure changes or mechanical damage when it has absorbed chemicals, the chemicals will repeatedly expand and contract inside pfa, causing mechanical problems such as cracks and bulging. In fact, this problem occurs with any kind of plastic. S e c t i o n 7 C h e m c a i l i R e s s t a n c e o f t h e A n t e n n a s

, a n d T a g s

Inorganic Chemicals Chemical name temperature Test

(C) 120 concentrated hydrochloric acid 120 Concentrated sulfuric acid 23 Hydrofluoric acid (60%) 23 Fuming sulfuric acid 120 Aqua regia 120 Chromic acid (50%) 120 Consentrated nitric acid 23 Fuming nitric acid 66 Concentrated ammonia solution Caustic soda (50%) 120 Hydrogen peroxide solution (30%) 23 23 Bromine 120 Chlorine 100 Ferrous chloride (25%) Zinc chloride (25%) 100 151 Chlorosulfonic acid Concentrated phosphoric acid 100 Resulting characteristics

(%) Tensile strength Elongation Weight increase rate (%) 98 95 99 95 99 93 95 99 98 93 93 99 92 93 96 91 93 100 98 99 96 100 97 98 99 100 99 95 100 100 98 100 100 100 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.4 0.0 0.5 0.5 0.0 2.7 2.7 0.0 176 RFID System User's Manual

Organic Chemicals Chemical name temperature Test

(C) Section 7 Chemical Resistance Resulting characteristics

(%) Tensile strength Elongation Weight increase rate (%) Glacial acetic acid Acetic anhydride Trichloroacetic acid Isooctane Naphtha Mineral oil Toluene o-creosol Nitrobenzene Benzyl alcohol Aniline n-butylamine Ethylenediamine Tetrahydrofuran Benzaldehyde Cyclohexane Methyl ethyl ketone Acetophenone Dimethylphtalate n-butyl acetate Tri-n-butyl phosphate Methylene chloride Perchloroethylene Carbon tetrachloride Dimethyl formamide Dimethyl sulfoxide Dioxane Reference: Fluoroplastics Handbook, The Nikkan Kogyo Shimbun Ltd. (Takaomi Satogawa) 100 99 100 100 100 95 100 96 100 99 100 97 100 100 99 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 118 139 196 99 100 180 110 191 210 205 185 78 117 66 179 156 80 202 200 125 200 40 121 77 154 189 101 0.4 0.3 2.2 0.7 0.5 0.0 0.7 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.1 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.6 0.3 0.5 2.0 0.8 2.0 2.3 0.2 0.1 0.6 95 91 90 94 91 87 88 92 90 93 94 86 96 88 90 92 90 90 98 93 91 94 86 87 96 95 92 S e c t i o n 7 C h e m c a i l i R e s s t a n c e o f t h e A n t e n n a s

, a n d T a g s RFID System User's Manual 177 Section 7 Chemical Resistance

Substances Extracted from Tag (Reference) If chemicals penetrate into a Tag through PFA, ions may be extracted from the Tag.

Results of Ion-exchange Chromatography A built-in Tag was soaked in hot water (100C for 16 houres), and extracted ions were analyzed. The results are shown below. Extracted Ions (Concentration) Cl: 0.5 ppm, Na+: 10 ppm, NH4+: 11 ppm, K+: 1.0 ppm

Results of ICP Emission Spectral Analysis The V680-D1KP66T-SP Tag was soaked in condentrated hydrochloric acid (which can easily penetrate through PFA) at 80C fo 300 hours, then extracted substances were analyzed. Extracted Substances (Concentration) Si: 700 ng/ml, S: 1,000 ng/ml, Ca: 30 ng/ml The chemical resistance and extracted substances presented here should be used for reference only. The rates of change in Tag characteristics and the amounts of substances extracted will vary with temperatures and chemical concentrations. Before using Tags under actual production environment, always conduct tests to check for any problems S e c t i o n 7 C h e m c a i l i R e s s t a n c e o f t h e A n t e n n a s

, a n d T a g s 178 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Chemical Resistance

Applicable Models V680-D2KF67/67M Chemicals that affect Tags are shown below. ABS resin is used for case material and epoxy resin for filling material. Refer to the following lists and do not use chemicals that affect ABS and epoxy resin. Tags cannot be used in applications with explosion-proof specifications.

Chemicals That Cause Deformations, Cracks, Etc. ABS resin Epoxy resin Trichlene, acetone, xylene, toluene, gasoline, creosol, methylene chloride, phenol, cyclohexane, aqua regia, chromic acid, sulfuric acid (90% RT), methyl ethyl ketone, aniline, nitrobenzine, monochlorobenzine, pyridine, nitric acid (60% RT), formic acid (80% RT) Aqua regia, chromic acid, sulfuric acid (90% RT), nitric acid (60% RT), ammonia solution, acetone, methylene chloride, phenol

Chemicals That May Cause Discoloration, Swelling, Etc. ABS resin Epoxy resin Hydrochloric acid, alcohol, Freon, sodium hydroxide, hydrogen peroxide, benzine, sulfuric acid (10% RT), nitric acid (10% RT), phosphoric acid (85% RT), ammonia solution Sulfuric acid (10% RT), nitric acid (10% RT), hydrochlo-

ric acid (30% RT), acetic acid (50% RT), oxalic acid, calcium hydroxide, benzine, creosol, alcohol, cyclohex-

ane, toluene, xylene, benzine, grease

Chemicals That Do Not Affect PPS Resin or Epoxy Resin ABS resin Epoxy resin Ammonia, kerosine, mineral oil, developer, Yushiroken S50, Chemi-Cool Z, Velocity No. 3, Yushiroken EEE-

30Y, petroleum, grease, acetic acid, oxalic acid, cal-

cium hydroxide, phosphoric acid (30% RT), hydrochlo-

ric acid (10% RT), potassium hydroxide Ammonia, hydrochloric acid (10% RT), potassium hydroxide, petroleum, gasoline, Yushiroken S50, Chemi-Cool Z, Velocity No. 3, Yushiroken EEE-30Y Note: The above results are from tests conducted a room temperature (23C). Even if the chemicals do not affect the ABS or epoxy resins at room temperature, they may affect the resins at higher or lower temperatures. Check the chemicals carefully in advance. S e c t i o n 7 C h e m c a i l i R e s s t a n c e o f t h e A n t e n n a s

, a n d T a g s RFID System User's Manual 179 Section 7 Chemical Resistance

Applicable Model V680-D8KF68/D32KF68 Chemicals that affect Tags are shown below. Polybutylene terephthalate (PBT) resin is used for case material and epoxy resin for filling material. Refer to the following lists and do not use chemicals that affect PBT and epoxy resins. Tags cannot be used in applications with explosion-proof specifications.

Chemicals That Cause Deformations, Cracks, Etc. PBT resin Epoxy resin Acetone, trichloroethylene, ethylene dichloride, sodium hydroxide, and other alkaline substances Aqua regia, chromic acid, sulfuric acid (90% RT), nitric acid (60% RT), liquid ammonia, acetone, methylene chloride, phenol

Chemicals That May Cause Discoloration, Swelling, Etc. PBT resin Epoxy resin Hydrochloric acid (10% RT), acetic acid (5% RT), ben-

zene Sulfuric acid (10% RT), nitric acid (10% RT), concen-

trated hydrochloric acid, acetic acid (50% RT), nitric acid, calcium hydroxide, benzene, cresol, alcohol, microhexanon, toluene, xylene, benzene, grease

Chemicals That Do Not Affect PPS Resin or Epoxy Resin PBT resin Epoxy resin Nitric acid (30% RT), concentrated hydrochloric acid, acetic acid, ethyl acetate (100% RT), potassium perma-

ganate (5% RH), ethyl acetate, carbon tetrachloride, methanol, ethanol, gasoline Ammonia, hydrochloric acid (10% RT), calcium hydrox-

ide, petroleum, gasoline, Yushiroken S50, Chemi-cool Z, Velocity No. 3, Yushiroken EEE-30Y, methyl ethyl ketone, sodium hydroxide Note: The above results are from tests conducted at room temperature (23C). Even if the chemicals do not affect the PPS or epoxy resins at room temperature, they may affect the resins at higher or lower temperatures. Check the chemicals carefully in advance. S e c t i o n 7 C h e m c a i l i R e s s t a n c e o f t h e A n t e n n a s

, a n d T a g s 180 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Chemical Resistance Degree of Protection Ingress protection degrees (IP-@@) are determined by the following tests. Be sure to check the sealing capa-

bility under the actual operating environment and conditions before actual use. IP indicates the ingress protection symbol.

IEC (International Electrotechnical Commission) Standards IEC 60529: 1989-11

(A) First Digit: Degree of Protection from Solid Materials Degree Degree No protection 50 mm dia. Protects against penetration of any solid object such as a hand that is 50 mm or more in diameter. 12.5 mm dia. Protects against penetration of any solid object, such as a finger, that is 12.5 mm or more in diame-

ter. 2.5 mm Protects against penetration of any solid object, such as a wire, that is 2.5 mm or more in diameter. Protects against penetration of any solid object, such as a wire, that is 1 mm or more in diameter. 1 mm Protects against penetration of dust of a quantity that may cause malfunction or obstruct the safe operation of the product. Protects against penetration of all dust. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6

(B) Second Digit: Degree of Protection Against Water Degree Protection Test method (with pure water) 0 1 2 No protection Not protected against water. No test Protection against water drops Protects against vertical drops of water towards the product. Water is dropped vertically towards the product from the test machine for 10 min. 200 mm Protection against water drop Protects against drops of water approaching at a maxi-

mum angle of 15to the left, right, back, and front from ver-

tical towards the product. Water is dropped for 2.5 min each (i.e., 10 min in total) towards the product inclined 15 to the left, right, back, and front from the test machine. 15 200 mm S e c t i o n 7 D e g r e e o f P r o t e c t i o n 182 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Chemical Resistance Degree Protection Test method (with pure water) 3 4 5 6 Protection against sprin-

kled water Protects against sprinkled water approaching at a maxi-

mum angle of 60 from verti-

cal towards the product. Water is sprinkled for 10 min at a maximum angle of 60 to the left and right from vertical from the test machine. Water rate is 0.07 liter/min per hole. Protection against water spray Protects against water spray approaching at any angle towards the product. Water is sprayed at any angle towards the product for 10 min from the test machine. Water rate is 0.07 liter/min per hole. Protection against water jet spray Protects against water jet spray approaching at any angle towards the product. Water is jet sprayed at any angle towards the product for 1 min per square meter for at least 3 min in total from the test machine. 2.5 to 3 m 12.5 liter/min Discharging nozzle: 6.3 dia. Protection against high pressure water jet spray Protects against high-pres-

sure water jet spray approach-

ing at any angle towards the product. Water is jet sprayed at any angle towards the product for 1 min per square meter for at least 3 min in total from the test machine. 2.5 to 3 m 100 liter/min 7 Protection underwater Resists the penetration of water when the product is placed underwater at speci-

fied pressure for a specified time. The product is placed 1 m deep in water (if the product is 850 mm max. in height) for 30 min. Discharging nozzle: 6.3 dia. 1 m 8

(See Note) Protection underwater Can be used continuously underwater. The test method is determined by the manufacturer and user.

Oil resistance (OMRON in-house standard) Protection Oil-resistant No adverse affect from oil drops or oil spray approaching from any direction. Oil-proof Protects against penetration of oil drops or oil spray approaching from any direction. Note: This OMRON in-house standard confirms resistance to cutting and other oils. It is equivalent to the former JEM standard. S e c t i o n 7 D e g r e e o f P r o t e c t i o n RFID System User's Manual 183 Revision History A manual revision code appears as a suffix to the catalog number at the bottom of the front and rear pages. Cat. No.: Z248-E1-04 Revision code Revision code Date Revised contents 01 02 03 October 2006 Original production May 2007 Added items for V680-D8KF68/-D32KF68 ID Tags. July 2007 Added items for V680-A81, V680-HS65 Antenna, and the overseas regulations and standards. 03A September 2007 Added information on metal on back surface of the V680-HS65, corrected Tag specifications, and made other minor corrections. 04 December 2007 Added item for V680-HS51 Antenna, the overseas regulations and standards, , and made other minor corrections. 184 RFID System User's Manual OMRON Corporation Industrial Automation Company Sensing Devices Division H.Q. Industrial Sensors Division Shiokoji Horikawa, Shimogyo-ku, Kyoto, 600-8530 Japan Tel: (81)75-344-7022/Fax: (81)75-344-7107 Regional Headquarters OMRON EUROPE B.V. Sensor Business Unit Carl-Benz-Str. 4, D-71154 Nufringen, Germany Tel: (49) 7032-811-0/Fax: (49) 7032-811-199 OMRON ELECTRONICS LLC One Commerce Drive Schaumburg, IL 60173-5302 U.S.A. Tel: (1) 847-843-7900/Fax: (1) 847-843-7787 OMRON ASIA PACIFIC PTE. LTD. No. 438A Alexandra Road # 05-05/08 (Lobby 2), Alexandra Technopark, Singapore 119967 Tel: (65) 6835-3011/Fax: (65) 6835-2711 OMRON (CHINA) CO., LTD. Room 2211, Bank of China Tower, 200 Yin Cheng Zhong Road, Pu Dong New Area, Shanghai, 200120, China Tel: (86) 21-5037-2222/Fax: (86) 21-5037-2200 In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice. Authorized Distributor:

Cat. No. Z279-E1-01 Printed in Japan 0308-0.3C (1006)

 

 

Section 7 Chemical Resistance ID

V680-D1KP52MT

Differences in Surrounding Metals (Reference) Communications distances are affected by the type of metal in back of or surrounding the Tag, as shown in the following table. V680-D1KP52MT 100%

SUS 8590%

8085%

8085%

. /100%

Mutual Interference with Tags (Reference) Provide the mounting distances indicated below to prevent malfunctions due to mutual interference when using more than one Tag. 25mm min. 25mm min. S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a RFID System User's Manual 149 Section 7 Chemical Resistance

V680-D1KP66MT

Effect of Metal behind Tags (Reference) The V680-D1KP66MT can be surface-mounted or it can be embedded in metal. If it is embedded in metal, the height of the metal casing must not exceed that of the Tag. ID Tag Embedded Metal 3.5mm min. ID Tag Surface-mounted Metal V680-HS52 &V680-D1KP66MT

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 t u o h t i w e c n a t s i d s n o i t a c i n u m m o c e h T

0 0 1 s i l a t e m 0 10 30 20 40 Distance to metal (x) 50

(mm) V680-HS63 &V680-D1KP66MT

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 t u o h t i w e c n a t s i d s n o i t a c i n u m m o c e h T

0 0 1 s i l a t e m 0 10 30 20 40 Distance to metal (x) 50

(mm) V680-HS65 &V680-D1KP66MT

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 t u o h t i w e c n a t s i d s n o i t a c i n u m m o c e h T

0 0 1 s i l a t e m S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a 0 10 30 20 40 Distance to metal (x) 50 60

(mm) ID x x

Mutual Interference with Tags (Reference) Provide the mounting distances indicated below to prevent malfunctions due to mutual interference when using more than one Tag. 100mm min. 100mm min. 150 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Chemical Resistance

V680-D2KF52M

Differences in Surrounding Metals (Reference) Communications distances are affected by the type of metal in back of or surrounding the Tag, as shown in the following table. V680-D2KF52M Steel 100%

SUS Brass 80% to 85%

80% to 85%

Aluminum 75% to 80%

The values for steel are set to 100%

Mutual Interference with Tags (Reference) Provide the mounting distances indicated below to prevent malfunctions due to mutual interference when using more than one Tag. 25mm min. 25mm min. S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a RFID System User's Manual 151 Section 7 Chemical Resistance

V680-D2KF67M

Effect of Surrounding Metals (Reference) The V680-D2KF67M can be surface-mounted or it can be embedded in metal. If it is embedded in metal, the height of the metal casing must not exceed that of the Tag. ID Tag Embedded Metal 4.5mm min. ID Tag Surface-mounted Metal V680-HS52 &V680-D2KF67M

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 t u o h t i w e c n a t s i d s n o i t a c i n u m m o c e h T

0 0 1 s i l a t e m V680-HS63 & V680-D2KF67M

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 t u o h t i w e c n a t s i d s n o i t a c i n u m m o c e h T

0 0 1 s i l a t e m 0 10 30 20 40 Distance to metal (x) 50

(mm) 0 10 30 20 40 Distance to metal (x) 50

(mm) S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a V680-HS65 & V680-D2KF67M

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 t u o h t i w e c n a t s i d s n o i t a c i n u m m o c e h T

0 0 1 s i l a t e m 0 10 30 40 20 Distance to metal (x) 50

(mm) X ID Tag X

Mutual Interference with Tag (Reference) To prevent malfunctioning due to mutual interference when using more than one Tag, leave sufficient space between them as shown in the following diagram. 120mm min. 120mm min. 152 RFID System User's Manual

V680-D1KP66T

Effect of Metal behind Tags (Reference) Section 7 Chemical Resistance The V680-D1KP66T communications distance is reduced if there is any metal material behind the Tag. If the Tag is to be mounted to metal, then either use a V600-A86 Attachment (sold separately) or insert a non-metal spacer (such as plastic or resin). The relationship between the distance from the Tag to the metal surface and the communications distance is shown below. The Attachment is 10 mm thick, and more than one Attachment can be stacked. V680-HS52 &V680-D1KP66T V600-A86 Attachment Installation M3 countersunk screw

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 t u o h t i w e c n a t s i d s n o i t a c i n u m m o c e h T

0 0 1 s i l a t e m Install so that the mounting holes are aligned. 0 10 Antenna 30 20 40 Distance to metal (x) ID Tag 50

(mm) Metal on back Y Communica-

tions distance X Metal V680-HS63 &V680-D1KP66T

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 t u o h t i w e c n a t s i d s n o i t a c i n u m m o c e h T

0 0 1 s i l a t e m V680-HS65 &V680-D1KP66T

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 t u o h t i w e c n a t s i d s n o i t a c i n u m m o c e h T

0 0 1 s i l a t e m S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a 50

(mm) Metal on back 0 10 30 20 40 Distance to metal (x) Antenna ID Tag 50

(mm) 0 10 30 20 40 Distance to metal (x) Antenna ID Tag Metal on back Metal Y Communica-

tions distance X Metal Y Communica-

tions distance X

Mutual Interference with Tag (Reference) To prevent malfunctioning due to mutual interference when using more than one Tag, leave sufficient space between them as shown in the following diagram. 100mm min. 100mm min. RFID System User's Manual 153 Section 7 Chemical Resistance

V680-D1KP66T-SP

Effect of Metal behind Tags (Reference) Mounting ID Tags to metal workpieces or palettes will affect the communications capabilities. Place non-metal-

lic parts (e.g., plastic or resin) between the metallic parts by referring to the following relationship between the distance between the ID Tag and the metallic body versus the communications distance. V680-HS52 &V680-D1KP66T-SP Antenna ID Tag Metal on back Y Metal Communica-

tions distance X 50

(mm) 0 10 20 40 Distance to metal (x) 30 V680-HS63 &V680-D1KP66T-SP Antenna ID Tag Metal Y Communica-

tions distance X Metal on back Antenna ID Tag Metal Y Communica-

tions distance X Metal on back

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 t u o h t i w e c n a t s i d s n o i t a c i n u m m o c e h T

0 0 1 s i l a t e m

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 t u o h t i w e c n a t s i d s n o i t a c i n u m m o c e h T t u o h t i w e c n a t s i d s n o i t a c i n u m m o c e h T

0 0 1 s i l a t e m

0 0 1 s i l a t e m 0 10 20 40 Distance to metal (x) 30 50

(mm) V680-HS65 &V680-D1KP66T-SP S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a 0 10 20 40 Distance to metal (x) 30 50

(mm) 154 RFID System User's Manual

Mutual Interference with Tag (Reference) Section 7 Chemical Resistance To prevent malfunctioning due to mutual interference when using more than one Tag, leave sufficient space between them as shown in the following diagram. 100mm min. 100mm min. 100mm min. 100mm min. S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a RFID System User's Manual 155 Section 7 Chemical Resistance

V680-D2KF67

Effect of Metal behind Tags (Reference) The V680-D2KF67 communications distance is reduced if there is any metal material behind the Tag. V680-HS52 &V680-D2KF67

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 t u o h t i w e c n a t s i d s n o i t a c i n u m m o c e h T

0 0 1 s i l a t e m V680-HS63 &V680-D2KF67

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 t u o h t i w e c n a t s i d s n o i t a c i n u m m o c e h T

0 0 1 s i l a t e m 0 10 Antenna 30 20 40 Distance to metal (x) ID Tag 50

(mm) 0 10 Metal on back Y Communica-

tions distance X 30 20 40 Distance to metal (x) ID Tag Antenna 50

(mm) Metal on back Y Communica-

tions distance X S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a V680-HS65 &V680-D2KF67

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 t u o h t i w e c n a t s i d s n o i t a c i n u m m o c e h T

0 0 1 s i l a t e m 0 10 30 20 40 Distance to metal (x) Antenna ID Tag Metal Y Communica-

tions distance X 50

(mm) Metal on back

Mutual Interference with Tag (Reference) To prevent malfunctioning due to mutual interference when using more than one Tag, leave sufficient space between them as shown in the following diagram. 200mm min. 200mm min. 156 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Chemical Resistance

V680-D8KF68/-D32KF68

Effect of Metal behind Tags (Reference) Special Attachment (V680-A81) Installation Direction M4 screw Spring washer Flat washer The transmission distance will be reduced if there is metal in back of a Tag. When mounting on a metal surface, use the special Attachment (V680-A81) of another sales or insert a non-metallic spacer (e.g., plastic, wood, etc.). The following diagrams show the relationship between the distance between a Tag and metal surface and the transmission distance. The Attachment is 10 mm thick. V680-HS63 &V680-D8KF68/-D32KF68 V680-HS63 &V680-D8KF68/-D32KF68 When Attachment (V680-A81) is used t u o h t i When Attachment (V680-A81) is used When Attachment (V680-A81) is not used When Attachment (V680-A81) is not used

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 t u o h t i w e c n a t s i d s n o i t a c i n u m m o c e h T

0 0 1 s i l a t e m

(%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 w e c n a t s i d s n o i t a c i n u m m o c e h T

0 0 1 s i l a t e m 0 10 20 30 40

(mm) Distance to metal (x) Antenna Atachment ID Tag l a t e M Y Communica-

tions distance X k c a b n o l a t e M 0 10 20 30 40

(mm) Distance to metal (x) Antenna Atachment ID Tag l a t e M k c a b n o l a t e M Y Communica-

tions distance X S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a RFID System User's Manual 157 Section 7 Chemical Resistance

Mutual Interference with Tags (Reference) To prevent malfunctioning due to mutual interference when using more than one Tag, leave sufficient space between them as shown in the following diagram. When V680-HS63, V680-HS52 are Used 120mm min. 120mm min. 120mm min. 120mm min. When V680-HS65 is Used 150mm min. 150mm min. 150mm min. 150mm min. S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a 158 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Chemical Resistance Infuence of Angle (Refernce) Install Antennas and Tags as close to parallel to each other as possible. Communications are possible even when an Antenna and a Tag are mounted at an angle, but the communications distance will be shortened. The relation between the angle and the communications distance is shown below.

Percentage Drop in Communications Distance According to Angle of V680-D1KP52MT V680-HS51 and V680-D1KP52MT V680-HS51 and V680-D1KP52MT

(Metal: Steel) V680-HS52 and V680-D1KP52MT V680-HS52 and V680-D1KP52MT

(Metal: Steel) V680-HS63 and V680-D1KP52MT 0 0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

Tag angle () 20

-5%

0%

0%

-13%

-5%

30

-10%

-4%

-2%

-25%

-9%

10

-1%

0%

0%

-6%

-2%

40

-15%

-28%

-6%

-14%

-: The measurement is no possible because the Tag comes in contact with the Antenna. V680-HS51 & V680-D1KP52MT V680-HS51 & V680-D1KP52MT Steel Nuts Antenna ID Tag Steel Nuts Antenna

(Metal: Steel) ID Tag Toothed washer Non-metallic material Toothed washer Steel V680-HS52 & V680-D1KP52MT V680-HS52 & V680-D1KP52MT ID Tag

(Metal: Steel) ID Tag Antenna Non-metallic material Antenna Steel S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a V680-HS63 & V680-D1KP52MT ID Tag Non-metallic material Antenna Steel RFID System User's Manual 159 Section 7 Chemical Resistance

Percentage Drop in Communications Distance According to Angle of V680-D1KP66T V680-HS52 and V680-D1KP66T V680-HS63 and V680-D1KP66T V680-HS65 and V680-D1KP66T 0 0%

0%

0%

Tag angle () 20

-2%

-3%

-3%

10

-1%

-2%

-1%

30

-4%

-5%

-6%

40

-7%

-9%

-11%

V680-HS52 & V680-D1KP66T V680-HS63 & V680-D1KP66T ID Tag l a i r e t a m c i l l a t e m

n o N Antenna Antenna ID Tag V680-HS65 & V680-D1KP66T ID Tag l a t e M Antenna S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a 160 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Chemical Resistance

Percentage Drop in Communications Distance According to Angle of V680-D1KP66MT V680-HS52 and V680-D1KP66MT

(Metal: Steel) V680-HS63 and V680-D1KP66MT

(Metal: Steel) V680-HS65 and V680-D1KP66MT

(Metal: Steel) 0 0%

0%

0%

Tag angle () 20

-2%

-4%

-6%

10

-1%

-1%

-1%

30

-5%

-7%

-15%

40

-9%

-13%

-: The measurement is no possible because the Tag comes in contact with the Antenna. V680-HS52 & V680-D1KP66MT V680-HS63 & V680-D1KP66MT

(Metal: Steel)

(Metal: Steel) ID Tag l a i r e t a m c i l l a t e m

n o N Antenna Antenna ID Tag V680-HS65 & V680-D1KP66MT

(Metal: Steel) ID Tag l a t e M Antenna S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a RFID System User's Manual 161 Section 7 Chemical Resistance

Percentage Drop in Communications Distance According to Angle of V680-D1KP66T-SP V680-HS52 and V680-D1KP66T-SP V680-HS63 and V680-D1KP66T-SP V680-HS65 and V680-D1KP66T-SP 0 0%

0%

0%

Tag angle () 20

-2%

-3%

-3%

10

-1%

-2%

-1%

30

-4%

-5%

-6%

40

-7%

-9%

-11%

V680-HS52 & V680-D1KP66T-SP V680-HS63 & V680-D1KP66T-SP ID Tag l a i r e t a m c i l l a t e m

n o N Antenna Antenna ID Tag V680-HS65 & V680-D1KP66T-SP ID Tag l a t e M Antenna S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a 162 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Chemical Resistance

Percentage Drop in Communications Distance According to Angle of V680-D2KF52M Tag angle () V680-HS51 and V680-D2KF52M V680-HS51 and V680-D2KF52M

(Metal: Steel) V680-HS52 and V680-D2KF52M V680-HS52 and V680-D2KF52M

(Metal: Steel) V680-HS63 and V680-D2KF52M 0 0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

10

-2%

0%

0%

-2%

0%

20

-6%

0%

0%

-7%

-1%

30

-12%

-7%

-2%

-4%

40

-22%

-30%

-5%

-9%

-: The measurement is no possible because the Tag comes in contact with the Antenna. V680-HS51 & V680-D2KF52M Steel Nuts Antenna V680-HS51 & V680-D2KF52M

(Metal: Steel) Steel ID Tag Antenna Nuts ID Tag Toothed washer Non-metallic material Toothed washer Non-metallic material V680-HS52 & V680-D2KF52M V680-HS52 & V680-D2KF52M

(Metal: Steel) ID Tag ID Tag Antenna Non-metallic material Antenna Steel V680-HS63 & V680-D2KF52M ID Tag Non-metallic material Antenna Steel S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a RFID System User's Manual 163 Section 7 Chemical Resistance

Percentage Drop in Communications Distance According to Angle of V680-D2KF67 V680-HS52 and V680-D2KF67 V680-HS63 and V680-D2KF67 V680-HS65 and V680-D2KF67 0 0%

0%

0%

Tag angle () 20 0%

-2%

-3%

10

-0%

-1%

-1%

30

-1%

-3%

-7%

40

-2%

-6%

-11%

V680-HS52 & V680-D2KF67 V680-HS63 & V680-D2KF67 ID Tag l a i r e t a m c i l l a t e m

n o N Antenna Antenna ID Tag V680-HS65 & V680-D2KF67 l a t e M ID Tag Antenna S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a 164 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Chemical Resistance

Percentage Drop in Communications Distance According to Angle of V680-D2KF67M V680-HS52 and V680-D2FKP67M

(Metal: Steel) V680-HS63 and V680-D2FKP67M

(Metal: Steel) V680-HS65 and V680-D2FKP67M

(Metal: Steel) 0 0%

0%

0%

Tag angle () 20

-2%

-5%

-7%

10

-1%

-2%

-2%

30

-4%

-8%

-16%

40

-6%

-14%

-31%

V680-HS52 & V680-D2KF67M V680-HS63 & V680-D2KF67M

(Metal: Steel)

(Metal: Steel) ID Tag Antenna V680-HS65 & V680-D2KF67M

(Metal: Steel) ID Tag l a i r e t a m c i l l a t e m

n o N Antenna l a t e M ID Tag Antenna S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a RFID System User's Manual 165 Section 7 Chemical Resistance

Percentage Drop in Communications Distance According to Angle of V680-D8KF68, V680-D32KF68 V680-HS63 and V680-D8KF68 or V680-D32KF68

(Horizontal-facing ID Tag) V680-HS63 and V680-D8KF68 or V680-D32KF68

(Vertical-facing ID Tag) V680-HS65 and V680-D8KF68 or V680-D32KF68

(Horizontal-facing ID Tag) V680-HS65 and V680-D8KF68 or V680-D32KF68

(Vertical-facing ID Tag) V680-HS63 & V680-D8KF68 or V680-D32KF68

(Horizontal-facing ID Tag) ID Tag l a t e M Antenna 0 0%

0%

0%

0%

Tag angle () 10 0%

-1%

-1%

-1%

20 0%

-2%

-2%

-3%

30 0%

-3%

-4%

-6%

40 0%

-5%

-6%

-10%

V680-HS63 & V680-D8KF68 or V680-D32KF68

(Vertical-facing ID Tag) l a t e M ID Tag Antenna V680-HS65 & V680-D8KF68 or V680-D32KF68

(Horizontal-facing ID Tag) V680-HS65 & V680-D8KF68 or V680-D32KF68

(Horizontal-facing ID Tag) S e c t i o n 7 R e f e r e n c e D a t a l a t e M ID Tag l a t e M ID Tag Antenna Antenna 166 RFID System User's Manual ID Tag Memory V680-D1KP Data User area Address 0000Hex 0001Hex 0002Hex 0003Hex 03E6Hex 03E7Hex Section 7 Chemical Resistance EEPROM is used as memory in the Tags. The memory capacity available to the user is 1,000 bytes, including 0000H to 0003H (the Write Protection Setting Area). V680-D2KF 1 byte Data Address 0000Hex 0001Hex 0002Hex 0003Hex 07CEHex 07CFHex Address 0000Hex 0001Hex 0002Hex 0003Hex 1FFEHe 1FFFHe Address 0000Hex 0001Hex 0002Hex 0003Hex 7FFEHe 7FFFHe V680-D8KF V680-D32KF 1 byte Data User area FRAM is used as memory in the Tags. The memory capacity available to the user is 1,000 bytes, including 0000H to 0003H (the Write Protection Setting Area) 1 byte Data S e c t i o n 7 I User area FRAM is used as memory in the Tags. The memory capacity available to the user is 8,192 bytes, including 0000H to 0003H (the Write Protection Setting Area) D T a g M e m o r y User area 1 byte FRAM is used as memory in the Tags. The memory capacity available to the user is 32,744 bytes, including 0000H to 0003H (the Write Protection Setting Area) 16 (2 ) 1 8 (1

) RFID System User's Manual 167 Section 7 Chemical Resistance ID Tag Memory Capacities and Memory Types (V680 Series)

(As of December 2007) Model V680-D1KP52MT V680-D1KP66T V680-D1KP66MT V680-D1KP66T-SP V680-D2KF52M V680-D2KF67 V680-D2KF67M V680-D8KF68 V680-D32KF68 Memory capacity

(user memory) Memory type Life expectancy 1,000 bytes EEPROM Overwrite operations: 100,000 times for each address at 25C Data retention: 10 years (up to 85C) 2,000 bytes 8,192 bytes 32,744 bytes FRAM Number of accesses: 10 billion times Data retention: 10 years (up to 55C) S e c t i o n 7 I D T a g M e m o r y C a p a c i t i e s a n d M e m o r y T y p e s

V 6 8 0 S e r i e s

) 168 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Chemical Resistance Chemical Resistance of the Antennas, and Tags Chemical Resistance of the Antennas

Applicable Models V680-HS51 V680-HS52-W/R V680-HS63-W/R V680-HS65-W/R ABS resin is used for case material and epoxy resin for filling material. Refer to the following lists and do not use chemicals that affect ABS and epoxy resin.

Chemicals That Cause Deformations, Cracks, Etc. ABS resin Epoxy resin Trichlene, acetone, xylene, toluene, gasoline, creosol, methylene chloride, phenol, cyclohexane, aqua regia, chromic acid, sulfuric acid (90% RT), methyl ethyl ketone, aniline, nitrobenzine, monochlorobenzine, pyridine, nitric acid (60% RT), formic acid (80% RT) Aqua regia, chromic acid, sulfuric acid (90% RT), nitric acid (60% RT), ammonia solution, acetone, methylene chloride, phenol

Chemicals That May Cause Discoloration, Swelling, Etc. ABS resin Epoxy resin Hydrochloric acid, alcohol, Freon, sodium hydroxide, hydrogen peroxide, benzine, sulfuric acid (10% RT), nitric acid (10% RT), phosphoric acid (85% RT), ammonia solution Sulfuric acid (10% RT), nitric acid (10% RT), hydrochlo-

ric acid (30% RT), acetic acid (50% RT), oxalic acid, calcium hydroxide, benzine, creosol, alcohol, cyclohex-

ane, toluene, xylene, benzine, grease

Chemicals That Do Not Affect PPS Resin or Epoxy Resin ABS resin Epoxy resin Ammonia, kerosine, mineral oil, developer, Yushiroken S50, Chemi-Cool Z, Velocity No. 3, Yushiroken EEE-

30Y, petroleum, grease, acetic acid, oxalic acid, cal-

cium hydroxide, phosphoric acid (30% RT), hydrochlo-

ric acid (10% RT), potassium hydroxide Ammonia, hydrochloric acid (10% RT), potassium hydroxide, petroleum, gasoline, Yushiroken S50, Chemi-Cool Z, Velocity No. 3, Yushiroken EEE-30Y Note: The above results are from tests conducted a room temperature (23C). Even if the chemicals do not affect the ABS or epoxy resins at room temperature, they may affect the resins at higher or lower temperatures. Check the chemicals carefully in advance. S e c t i o n 7 C h e m c a i l i R e s s t a n c e o f t h e A n t e n n a s

, a n d T a g s RFID System User's Manual 173 Section 7 Chemical Resistance Chemical Resistance of Tags

Applicable Model V680-D1KP52MT V680-D2KF52M PPS resin is used for case material and epoxy resin for filling material. Refer to the following lists and do not use chemicals that affect PPS and epoxy resin. Tags cannot be used in applications with explosion-proof specifications.

Chemicals That Cause Deformations, Cracks, Etc. PPS resin Epoxy resin Aqua regia Aqua regia, chromic acid, sulfuric acid (90% RT), nitric acid (60% RT), ammonia solution, acetone, methylene chloride, phenol

Chemicals That May Cause Discoloration, Swelling, Etc. PPS resin Nitric acid (60% RT) Epoxy resin Sulfuric acid (10% RT), nitric acid (10% RT), hydrochlo-

ric acid (30% RT), acetic acid (50% RT), oxalic acid, calcium hydroxide, benzine, creosol, alcohol, cyclohex-

ane, toluene, xylene, benzine, grease

Chemicals That Do Not Affect PPS Resin or Epoxy Resin PPS resin Epoxy resin Ammonia, hydrochloric acid (10% RT), potassium hydroxide, petroleum, gasoline, Yushiroken S50, Chemi-Cool Z, Velocity No. 3, Yushiroken EEE-30Y, methyl ethyl ketone, sodium hydroxide (10%RT) Hydrochloric acid (37%RT), sulfuric acid (98%RT), nitric acid (40%RT), Hydrogen fluoride solution

(40%RT), chromic acid (40%RT), hydrogen peroxide

(28%RT), sodium hydroxide solution (60%RT), ammonia solution (28%RT), sodium chloride (10%RT), sodium carbonate (20%RT), sodium hypochlorite, phenol solution (5%RT), glacial acetic acid, acetic acid, oleic acid, Methyl alcohol (95%RT), ethyl alcohol

(95%RT), Ethyl acetate, sebacic acid, diethylhexyl, acetone, diethyl ether, n-heptane, 2-2-4 trimethylpen-

tane, benzine, toluene, aniline, mineral oil, gasoline, insulating oil, dichloroethylene, carbon tetrachloride Note: The above results are from tests conducted a room temperature (23C). Even if the chemicals do not affect the PPS or epoxy resins at room temperature, they may affect the resins at higher or lower temperatures. Check the chemicals carefully in advance. S e c t i o n 7 C h e m c a i l i R e s s t a n c e o f t h e A n t e n n a s

, a n d T a g s 174 RFID System User's Manual

Applicable Models V680-D1KP66T/66MT Chemical Sulfuric acid Hydrochloric acid 37%

10%

98%

50%

30%

3%

60%

40%

10%

Hydrogen fluoride solution 40%

Chromic acid 40%

Hydrogen peroxide solu-

tion Nitric acid 28%

Ammonia solution 3%

Sodium hydroxide solution 60%

10%

1%

28%

10%

10%

20%

2%

Sodium chloride Sodium carbonate Section 7 Chemical Resistance At room tempera-

ture A A A A A A B A A A A A A A A A A A A A A At 90C Chemical A A B A A A C B A A A B A A A A B B A A A Sodium hypochlorite Phenol solution Glacial acetic acid Acetic acid Oleic acid Methyl alcohol Ethyl alcohol Ethyl acetate Sebacic acid diethylhexyl Acetone Diethyl ether n-heptane 2-2-4 trimethylpentane Benzene Toluene Aniline Mineral oil Gasoline Insulating oil Dichloroethylene Carbon tetrachloride 5%

95%

95%

At room tempera-

ture A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A At 90C A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A: Has no adverse effect, B: May cause discoloration, swelling, etc., C: Causes deformation, cracks, etc. The above table shows the extent of changes in PPS resin exposed to each chemical at room temperature and at 90C. If actual chemicals, concentrations, and temperatures are different from those shown in the tables, always conduct tests under the actual conditions in which the Tags are to be used. S e c t i o n 7 C h e m c a i l i R e s s t a n c e o f t h e A n t e n n a s

, a n d T a g s RFID System User's Manual 175 Section 7 Chemical Resistance

Applicable Models V680-D1KP66T-SP

Chemical Resistance of Fluoroplastic PFA (Reference) PFA: Tetrafluorethylene-Perfluoroalkylvinyletheir Copolymer Fluoroplastic PFA does not react with most chemicals except molten alkali metal, hot pressurized fluorine (F2), and some halogen derivatives. The following tables show the results of tests in which PFA was soaked in or exposed to commonly used organic and inorganic chemicals. In these tests, a compression-molded test piece (1.3 mm thick) was soaked in the chemical at a specified temperature for a week (168 houre) and taken out of the chemical, then the weight change, tensile strength, and elongation of the test piece were immediately measured. If the change in the tensile strength is 15 % or less, the cange in the elongation is 10 % or less, and the increase in the weight is less than 0.5 %, the results of the test can be considered normal. If PFA is exposed to trichloroacetic acid, tri-n-butyl phosphate, perchloroethylene, carbon thtrachloride, and other liquids (which easily make resin surfaces wet) at a high temperature, it tends to increase its weight due to absorption and reduce its tensile strength. Even when PFA absorbs chemicals and sol-

vents, its molecular structure will not change, If, however, PFA is subject to temperature or pressure changes or mechanical damage when it has absorbed chemicals, the chemicals will repeatedly expand and contract inside pfa, causing mechanical problems such as cracks and bulging. In fact, this problem occurs with any kind of plastic. S e c t i o n 7 C h e m c a i l i R e s s t a n c e o f t h e A n t e n n a s

, a n d T a g s

Inorganic Chemicals Chemical name temperature Test

(C) 120 concentrated hydrochloric acid 120 Concentrated sulfuric acid 23 Hydrofluoric acid (60%) 23 Fuming sulfuric acid 120 Aqua regia 120 Chromic acid (50%) 120 Consentrated nitric acid 23 Fuming nitric acid 66 Concentrated ammonia solution Caustic soda (50%) 120 Hydrogen peroxide solution (30%) 23 23 Bromine 120 Chlorine 100 Ferrous chloride (25%) Zinc chloride (25%) 100 151 Chlorosulfonic acid Concentrated phosphoric acid 100 Resulting characteristics

(%) Tensile strength Elongation Weight increase rate (%) 98 95 99 95 99 93 95 99 98 93 93 99 92 93 96 91 93 100 98 99 96 100 97 98 99 100 99 95 100 100 98 100 100 100 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.4 0.0 0.5 0.5 0.0 2.7 2.7 0.0 176 RFID System User's Manual

Organic Chemicals Chemical name temperature Test

(C) Section 7 Chemical Resistance Resulting characteristics

(%) Tensile strength Elongation Weight increase rate (%) Glacial acetic acid Acetic anhydride Trichloroacetic acid Isooctane Naphtha Mineral oil Toluene o-creosol Nitrobenzene Benzyl alcohol Aniline n-butylamine Ethylenediamine Tetrahydrofuran Benzaldehyde Cyclohexane Methyl ethyl ketone Acetophenone Dimethylphtalate n-butyl acetate Tri-n-butyl phosphate Methylene chloride Perchloroethylene Carbon tetrachloride Dimethyl formamide Dimethyl sulfoxide Dioxane Reference: Fluoroplastics Handbook, The Nikkan Kogyo Shimbun Ltd. (Takaomi Satogawa) 100 99 100 100 100 95 100 96 100 99 100 97 100 100 99 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 118 139 196 99 100 180 110 191 210 205 185 78 117 66 179 156 80 202 200 125 200 40 121 77 154 189 101 0.4 0.3 2.2 0.7 0.5 0.0 0.7 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.1 0.1 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.6 0.3 0.5 2.0 0.8 2.0 2.3 0.2 0.1 0.6 95 91 90 94 91 87 88 92 90 93 94 86 96 88 90 92 90 90 98 93 91 94 86 87 96 95 92 S e c t i o n 7 C h e m c a i l i R e s s t a n c e o f t h e A n t e n n a s

, a n d T a g s RFID System User's Manual 177 Section 7 Chemical Resistance

Substances Extracted from Tag (Reference) If chemicals penetrate into a Tag through PFA, ions may be extracted from the Tag.

Results of Ion-exchange Chromatography A built-in Tag was soaked in hot water (100C for 16 houres), and extracted ions were analyzed. The results are shown below. Extracted Ions (Concentration) Cl: 0.5 ppm, Na+: 10 ppm, NH4+: 11 ppm, K+: 1.0 ppm

Results of ICP Emission Spectral Analysis The V680-D1KP66T-SP Tag was soaked in condentrated hydrochloric acid (which can easily penetrate through PFA) at 80C fo 300 hours, then extracted substances were analyzed. Extracted Substances (Concentration) Si: 700 ng/ml, S: 1,000 ng/ml, Ca: 30 ng/ml The chemical resistance and extracted substances presented here should be used for reference only. The rates of change in Tag characteristics and the amounts of substances extracted will vary with temperatures and chemical concentrations. Before using Tags under actual production environment, always conduct tests to check for any problems S e c t i o n 7 C h e m c a i l i R e s s t a n c e o f t h e A n t e n n a s

, a n d T a g s 178 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Chemical Resistance

Applicable Models V680-D2KF67/67M Chemicals that affect Tags are shown below. ABS resin is used for case material and epoxy resin for filling material. Refer to the following lists and do not use chemicals that affect ABS and epoxy resin. Tags cannot be used in applications with explosion-proof specifications.

Chemicals That Cause Deformations, Cracks, Etc. ABS resin Epoxy resin Trichlene, acetone, xylene, toluene, gasoline, creosol, methylene chloride, phenol, cyclohexane, aqua regia, chromic acid, sulfuric acid (90% RT), methyl ethyl ketone, aniline, nitrobenzine, monochlorobenzine, pyridine, nitric acid (60% RT), formic acid (80% RT) Aqua regia, chromic acid, sulfuric acid (90% RT), nitric acid (60% RT), ammonia solution, acetone, methylene chloride, phenol

Chemicals That May Cause Discoloration, Swelling, Etc. ABS resin Epoxy resin Hydrochloric acid, alcohol, Freon, sodium hydroxide, hydrogen peroxide, benzine, sulfuric acid (10% RT), nitric acid (10% RT), phosphoric acid (85% RT), ammonia solution Sulfuric acid (10% RT), nitric acid (10% RT), hydrochlo-

ric acid (30% RT), acetic acid (50% RT), oxalic acid, calcium hydroxide, benzine, creosol, alcohol, cyclohex-

ane, toluene, xylene, benzine, grease

Chemicals That Do Not Affect PPS Resin or Epoxy Resin ABS resin Epoxy resin Ammonia, kerosine, mineral oil, developer, Yushiroken S50, Chemi-Cool Z, Velocity No. 3, Yushiroken EEE-

30Y, petroleum, grease, acetic acid, oxalic acid, cal-

cium hydroxide, phosphoric acid (30% RT), hydrochlo-

ric acid (10% RT), potassium hydroxide Ammonia, hydrochloric acid (10% RT), potassium hydroxide, petroleum, gasoline, Yushiroken S50, Chemi-Cool Z, Velocity No. 3, Yushiroken EEE-30Y Note: The above results are from tests conducted a room temperature (23C). Even if the chemicals do not affect the ABS or epoxy resins at room temperature, they may affect the resins at higher or lower temperatures. Check the chemicals carefully in advance. S e c t i o n 7 C h e m c a i l i R e s s t a n c e o f t h e A n t e n n a s

, a n d T a g s RFID System User's Manual 179 Section 7 Chemical Resistance

Applicable Model V680-D8KF68/D32KF68 Chemicals that affect Tags are shown below. Polybutylene terephthalate (PBT) resin is used for case material and epoxy resin for filling material. Refer to the following lists and do not use chemicals that affect PBT and epoxy resins. Tags cannot be used in applications with explosion-proof specifications.

Chemicals That Cause Deformations, Cracks, Etc. PBT resin Epoxy resin Acetone, trichloroethylene, ethylene dichloride, sodium hydroxide, and other alkaline substances Aqua regia, chromic acid, sulfuric acid (90% RT), nitric acid (60% RT), liquid ammonia, acetone, methylene chloride, phenol

Chemicals That May Cause Discoloration, Swelling, Etc. PBT resin Epoxy resin Hydrochloric acid (10% RT), acetic acid (5% RT), ben-

zene Sulfuric acid (10% RT), nitric acid (10% RT), concen-

trated hydrochloric acid, acetic acid (50% RT), nitric acid, calcium hydroxide, benzene, cresol, alcohol, microhexanon, toluene, xylene, benzene, grease

Chemicals That Do Not Affect PPS Resin or Epoxy Resin PBT resin Epoxy resin Nitric acid (30% RT), concentrated hydrochloric acid, acetic acid, ethyl acetate (100% RT), potassium perma-

ganate (5% RH), ethyl acetate, carbon tetrachloride, methanol, ethanol, gasoline Ammonia, hydrochloric acid (10% RT), calcium hydrox-

ide, petroleum, gasoline, Yushiroken S50, Chemi-cool Z, Velocity No. 3, Yushiroken EEE-30Y, methyl ethyl ketone, sodium hydroxide Note: The above results are from tests conducted at room temperature (23C). Even if the chemicals do not affect the PPS or epoxy resins at room temperature, they may affect the resins at higher or lower temperatures. Check the chemicals carefully in advance. S e c t i o n 7 C h e m c a i l i R e s s t a n c e o f t h e A n t e n n a s

, a n d T a g s 180 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Chemical Resistance Degree of Protection Ingress protection degrees (IP-@@) are determined by the following tests. Be sure to check the sealing capa-

bility under the actual operating environment and conditions before actual use. IP indicates the ingress protection symbol.

IEC (International Electrotechnical Commission) Standards IEC 60529: 1989-11

(A) First Digit: Degree of Protection from Solid Materials Degree Degree No protection 50 mm dia. Protects against penetration of any solid object such as a hand that is 50 mm or more in diameter. 12.5 mm dia. Protects against penetration of any solid object, such as a finger, that is 12.5 mm or more in diame-

ter. 2.5 mm Protects against penetration of any solid object, such as a wire, that is 2.5 mm or more in diameter. Protects against penetration of any solid object, such as a wire, that is 1 mm or more in diameter. 1 mm Protects against penetration of dust of a quantity that may cause malfunction or obstruct the safe operation of the product. Protects against penetration of all dust. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6

(B) Second Digit: Degree of Protection Against Water Degree Protection Test method (with pure water) 0 1 2 No protection Not protected against water. No test Protection against water drops Protects against vertical drops of water towards the product. Water is dropped vertically towards the product from the test machine for 10 min. 200 mm Protection against water drop Protects against drops of water approaching at a maxi-

mum angle of 15to the left, right, back, and front from ver-

tical towards the product. Water is dropped for 2.5 min each (i.e., 10 min in total) towards the product inclined 15 to the left, right, back, and front from the test machine. 15 200 mm S e c t i o n 7 D e g r e e o f P r o t e c t i o n 182 RFID System User's Manual Section 7 Chemical Resistance Degree Protection Test method (with pure water) 3 4 5 6 Protection against sprin-

kled water Protects against sprinkled water approaching at a maxi-

mum angle of 60 from verti-

cal towards the product. Water is sprinkled for 10 min at a maximum angle of 60 to the left and right from vertical from the test machine. Water rate is 0.07 liter/min per hole. Protection against water spray Protects against water spray approaching at any angle towards the product. Water is sprayed at any angle towards the product for 10 min from the test machine. Water rate is 0.07 liter/min per hole. Protection against water jet spray Protects against water jet spray approaching at any angle towards the product. Water is jet sprayed at any angle towards the product for 1 min per square meter for at least 3 min in total from the test machine. 2.5 to 3 m 12.5 liter/min Discharging nozzle: 6.3 dia. Protection against high pressure water jet spray Protects against high-pres-

sure water jet spray approach-

ing at any angle towards the product. Water is jet sprayed at any angle towards the product for 1 min per square meter for at least 3 min in total from the test machine. 2.5 to 3 m 100 liter/min 7 Protection underwater Resists the penetration of water when the product is placed underwater at speci-

fied pressure for a specified time. The product is placed 1 m deep in water (if the product is 850 mm max. in height) for 30 min. Discharging nozzle: 6.3 dia. 1 m 8

(See Note) Protection underwater Can be used continuously underwater. The test method is determined by the manufacturer and user.

Oil resistance (OMRON in-house standard) Protection Oil-resistant No adverse affect from oil drops or oil spray approaching from any direction. Oil-proof Protects against penetration of oil drops or oil spray approaching from any direction. Note: This OMRON in-house standard confirms resistance to cutting and other oils. It is equivalent to the former JEM standard. S e c t i o n 7 D e g r e e o f P r o t e c t i o n RFID System User's Manual 183 Revision History A manual revision code appears as a suffix to the catalog number at the bottom of the front and rear pages. Cat. No.: Z248-E1-04 Revision code Revision code Date Revised contents 01 02 03 October 2006 Original production May 2007 Added items for V680-D8KF68/-D32KF68 ID Tags. July 2007 Added items for V680-A81, V680-HS65 Antenna, and the overseas regulations and standards. 03A September 2007 Added information on metal on back surface of the V680-HS65, corrected Tag specifications, and made other minor corrections. 04 December 2007 Added item for V680-HS51 Antenna, the overseas regulations and standards, , and made other minor corrections. 184 RFID System User's Manual OMRON Corporation Industrial Automation Company Sensing Devices Division H.Q. Industrial Sensors Division Shiokoji Horikawa, Shimogyo-ku, Kyoto, 600-8530 Japan Tel: (81)75-344-7022/Fax: (81)75-344-7107 Regional Headquarters OMRON EUROPE B.V. Sensor Business Unit Carl-Benz-Str. 4, D-71154 Nufringen, Germany Tel: (49) 7032-811-0/Fax: (49) 7032-811-199 OMRON ELECTRONICS LLC One Commerce Drive Schaumburg, IL 60173-5302 U.S.A. Tel: (1) 847-843-7900/Fax: (1) 847-843-7787 OMRON ASIA PACIFIC PTE. LTD. No. 438A Alexandra Road # 05-05/08 (Lobby 2), Alexandra Technopark, Singapore 119967 Tel: (65) 6835-3011/Fax: (65) 6835-2711 OMRON (CHINA) CO., LTD. Room 2211, Bank of China Tower, 200 Yin Cheng Zhong Road, Pu Dong New Area, Shanghai, 200120, China Tel: (86) 21-5037-2222/Fax: (86) 21-5037-2200 In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice. Authorized Distributor:

Cat. No. Z279-E1-01 Printed in Japan 0308-0.3C (1006)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date: October 11, 2023 Federal Communications Commission Authorization and Evaluation Division 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia, MD 21046 RE: CFR 47 2.911 (d)(5) Attestation FCC ID: E4E6CYSIDV6800208 Omron Corporation (the applicant) certifies that the equipment for which authorization is sought is not covered equipment prohibited from receiving an equipment authorization pursuant to section 2.903 of the FCC rules. Omron Corporation (the applicant) certifies that, as of the date of the filing of the application, the applicant is not identified on the Covered List as an entity producing covered equipment and is not an affiliate or subsidiary of an entity identified on the Covered List. Sincerely yours, Koji Shimada Omron Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

omRON Federal Communications Commission Authorization and Evaluation Division 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia, MD 21046 Koji Shimada Omron Corporation FCC ID: E4E6CYSIDV6800208 Grantee FRN: 0012494407 Omron Corporation (the applicant) as required by section 2.911(d)(7), designates the following agent, located in the United States, for purposes of acting as the applicants agent for service of process. The applicant acknowledges that they will maintain an agent for no less than one year after the grantee has terminated all marketing and importation or the conclusion of any Commission-related proceeding involving the equipment. The applicant further acknowledges their responsibility under CFR 47 2.929(c) to inform the FCC whenever the agent information changes. U.S. Agent Information:

Contact Person: Craig Brockman Company Name: Omron Electronic LLC FRN: 0033928771 Company Address: 2895 Greenspoint Pkwy Suite 200 Hoffman Estates IL 60019 United States Email: craig.brockman@omron.com Sincerely yours, Signature:

Date: June 22, 2023 RE: CFR 47 2.911 (d)(7) Agent Designation Attestation

 

 

omRON KojiShi a Omron Corporation UL Verification Services Inc. 47173 Benicia Street, Fremont, CA 94538 Applicant: Omron Corporation FCC ID: E4E6CYSIDV6800208 To whom it may concern:

We, the undersigned, hereby authorize Miki Murasato of Consumer, Medical & Information Technologies Division, UL Japan, Inc. to act on our behalf in all manners relating to application for equipment authorization, including signing of all documents relating to these matters. Any and all acts carried out by UL Japan, Inc. on our behalf shall have the same effect as acts of our own. We, the undersigned, hereby certify that we are not subject to a denial of federal benefits, that includes FCC benefits, pursuant to Section 5301 of the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1988, 21 U.S.C. 862. This authorization is valid until further written notice from the applicant. The application for the subject equipment has not been submitted to another TCB for certification. Sincerely Yours, Letter of Authorization Date: July 21, 2023

 

 

a OmRON UL Verification Services Inc. 47173 Benicia Street, Fremont, CA 94538 FCC ID _ : E4E6CYSIDV6800208 Applicant : Omron Corporation To Whom It May Concern:

This is to request a Class II permissive change for FCC ID: E4E6CYSIDV6800208 granted on February 11, 2008. We changed the following points from the original model. Add an antenna Please refer to attached Confidential_ Theory of Operation-Specification for details of this modification. Meanwhile we submit the following documents related to this change. There is no change before and after change except for these documents. Test R ort RF Ex osure External Photo Internal Photo User Manual Label Drawin / Location Block Dia am S ecification Schematic Dia am Parts List x a bd XI O xX C O This time, we performed the testing and confirmed that this product still meets the minimum requirements of the applicable rules of FCC. Please refer to the test report submitted with this application. Thank you for your attention to this matter. Sincerely,

/ birnodd Koji Shim a Omron Corporation Request for Class II Permissive Change July 21, 2023

 

 

Declaration Letter of professional installation Date: November 17, 2023 UL Verification Services Inc. 47173 Benicia Street, Fremont, CA 94538 FCC ID : E4E6CYSIDV6800208 Applicant : Omron Corporation To whom it may concern:

Please be advised ReaderWriter/RFID System, model: V680-HAM81, V680-HAM91 is RFID device for industry only and mounted inside of the end product by us professionally. As regards the detailed conditions for installation, please refer to User manual. Thank you for your attention to this matter. Sincerely, Koji Shimada Omron Corporation

 

 

Date: October 24, 2023 UL Verification Services Inc. 47173 Benicia Street, Fremont, CA 94538 FCC ID Applicant

: E4E6CYSIDV6800208

: Omron Corporation To whom it may concern:

Since this device is complied with FCC limits for fundamental and spurious emissions only by radiated measurements, antenna test report is not submitted in this application. Sincerely Yours, Koji Shimada Omron Corporation

 

 

omrRONn

/ Jt Ama. A Koji Shi ada Omron Corporation UL Verification Services Inc. 47173 Benicia Street, Fremont, CA 94538 Applicant: Omron Corporation FCC ID: E4E6CYSIDV6800208 To whom it may concern:

Please be advised that the following information is to be held confidential on behalf of us, referring to the FCC rules 0.457 and 0.459:

Theory of Operation The application contains technical information which we deem to be trade secrets and proprietary. If made public, the information might be used to the disadvantage of the applicant in the market place. Thank you for your attention to this matter. Request for Confidentiality Date: July 21, 2023